]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Dired recognize dirs when file size in human units
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "5x5" '("5x5-")))
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72
73 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
79
80 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81
82 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84
85 \(fn)" t nil)
86
87 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-mode" '("ada-")))
88
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
93
94 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-prj" '("ada-prj-" "ada-old-cross-prefix" "ada-customize")))
95
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
100
101 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
103
104 \(fn)" t nil)
105
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
112
113 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
116
117 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
118
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
120
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
125
126 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
127
128 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
132 outside a function.")
133
134 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
135
136 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
138 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
139
140 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
141
142 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
147 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
148
149 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
150
151 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
152 Prompt for a change log name.
153
154 \(fn)" nil nil)
155
156 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
157 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
158
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
161 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
163
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
171
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
175
176 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
177
178 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
182
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
185
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
187
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
191
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
195
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
199
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
203
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
206
207 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
208
209 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
213
214 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
215
216 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
222
223 \\{change-log-mode-map}
224
225 \(fn)" t nil)
226
227 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
229
230 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
232
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
238
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
240
241 \(fn)" nil nil)
242
243 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
248
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
251
252 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
253
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
255
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
260
261 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
270 interpreted as `error'.")
271
272 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
273
274 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
281 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
282
283 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
284
285 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
287
288 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
289
290 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
292
293 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
294
295 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
297
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
303
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
307
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
313
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
384
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
386
387 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
388
389 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
390
391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "advice" '("ad-" "ad--make-advised-docstring" "ad--defalias-fset")))
392
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
397
398 (autoload 'align "align" "\
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
405
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
409
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
414
415 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
416
417 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
421
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
424
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
429
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
431 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
433
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
435 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
439
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
446
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
448
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
450 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
451
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
454
455 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
456
457 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
463
464 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
465
466 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
473
474 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
475
476 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
483
484 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
485
486 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
488
489 \(fn)" t nil)
490
491 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
495
496 \(fn)" t nil)
497
498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "align" '("align-" "align--set-marker")))
499
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
504 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
505
506 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
508
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
510
511 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
512
513 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
515
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
518
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
521
522 \(fn)" nil nil)
523
524 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
526
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
530
531 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
534
535 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
537
538 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
539 Auto-layout is not.
540
541 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
542
543 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
544
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
548
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
556
557 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
558
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
560
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
562
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
564
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
566
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
568
569 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
570
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
572
573 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
574
575 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
576
577 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
579
580 \(fn)" nil t)
581
582 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
587
588 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
596
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
598
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
604 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
607
608 and many other features.
609
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
615
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
618 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
620 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
622 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
626
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
629 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
630 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
631 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
632 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
633 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
634
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
637 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
638 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
639 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
640 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
641 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
642 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
644 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
647
648
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
651 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
652 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
654
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
657 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
658 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
661 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
664 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
667
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
670 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
672 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
673 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
674 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
677 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
678
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
681 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
683
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
689 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
690 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
693 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
694 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
698 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
701
702 Topic Encryption
703
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
707
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
713
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
721
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
725
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
727
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
730
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
733 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
734 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
735 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
736
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
739 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
742
743 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
750
751 Extending Allout
752
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
756
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
766
767 Terminology
768
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
770
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
780
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
793
794 Topic text constituents:
795
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
809
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
816
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
832 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
842 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
843
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
847
848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
849
850 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
851
852 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
854
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
857
858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
859
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-" "count-trailing-whitespace-region" "regexp-sans-escapes" "solicit-char-in-string" "nullify-allout-prefix-data" "produce-allout-mode-menubar-entries" "set-allout-regexp")))
861
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
867 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
868
869 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
871
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
873
874 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
875
876 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
878
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
881
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
884
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
888
889 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
890
891 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
892
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
894
895 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
900
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
904
905 The graphics include:
906
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
908
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
911
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
914
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
918
919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
920
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
922
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
927
928 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
929
930 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
936
937 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
938
939 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
940
941
942 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
943
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "ftp-error" "internal-ange-ftp-mode")))
945
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
950
951 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
958
959 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
960
961 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
967
968 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
969
970 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
975
976 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
977
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animate-n-steps" "animate-place-char" "animate-step" "animate-initialize" "animation-buffer-name")))
979
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
984 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
988
989 \(fn)" t nil)
990
991 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
993
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
998
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1001
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1003
1004 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
1005
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-" "ansi-color--find-face")))
1007
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1013 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
1014
1015 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1020 \\[yank].
1021
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1023 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1026
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1031
1032 \(fn)" t nil)
1033
1034 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1036
1037 \(fn)" t nil)
1038
1039 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1042
1043 \(fn)" nil nil)
1044
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1046
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1051
1052 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1058
1059 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1060
1061 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1065
1066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1067
1068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "appt" '("appt-")))
1069
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1079
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1082
1083 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1084
1085 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091
1092 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1093 variables, not just user options.
1094
1095 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1100 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1102
1103 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1104
1105 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1106
1107 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113
1114 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1115 noninteractive functions.
1116
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1119
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1122
1123 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1124
1125 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1127
1128 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1129
1130 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1134
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1139
1140 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1142
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1144
1145 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1146
1147 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1152
1153 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1154
1155 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1161
1162 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1165
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1167
1168 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1169
1170 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1176
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1178 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1181
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1183
1184 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1185
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1187
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1192
1193 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1199
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1203
1204 \\{archive-mode-map}
1205
1206 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1207
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1209
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1214
1215 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1217
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1221
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1223
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1227
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1233
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1241
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1245
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1248
1249 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1250 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1251 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1252 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1253
1254 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1255 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1256 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1257 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1258
1259 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1260 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1261 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1262 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1263
1264 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1265 between that of point and mark.
1266
1267 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1268 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1269
1270 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1271 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1272 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1273 newlines inside rows)
1274
1275 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1276
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1278
1279 \(fn)" t nil)
1280
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "limit-index" "xor" "current-line" "move-to-column-untabify" "untabify-backward")))
1282
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1287 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1288
1289 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1294
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1296
1297 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1298
1299
1300 How to submit a bug report
1301
1302 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1303
1304
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1306
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1311
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1315
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1346
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1349
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1355
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1359
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1363
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1365
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1367 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1368
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1372
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1375
1376
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1379
1380
1381 Settings
1382
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1384
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1386
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1388
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1390
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1393
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1395
1396
1397 Drawing with keys
1398
1399 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1401 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1405
1406 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1407
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1409
1410 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1411 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1412 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1413 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1414 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1415 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1416
1417
1418 Arrows
1419
1420 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1421 of the line/poly-line
1422
1423 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1424 of the line/poly-line
1425
1426
1427 Selecting operation
1428
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1430
1431 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1432 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1433 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1434 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1435 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1436 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1437 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1438 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1439 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1440 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1441 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1442 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1443 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1444 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1445 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1446 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1447 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1448 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1449 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1450 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1451
1452
1453 Variables
1454
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1456 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1457
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1475 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1476 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1477
1478 Hooks
1479
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1481
1482
1483 Keymap summary
1484
1485 \\{artist-mode-map}
1486
1487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1488
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1490
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1495
1496 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1499
1500 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1501 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1502 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1503 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1504
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1506 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1507
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1510
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1512
1513 Special commands:
1514 \\{asm-mode-map}
1515
1516 \(fn)" t nil)
1517
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1519
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1524
1525 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1528 let-binding.")
1529
1530 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1531
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source-" "auth-source--" "auto-source--symbol-keyword" "auth-sources")))
1533
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1538
1539 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1541 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1542 for a description of this minor mode.")
1543
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551
1552 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1553 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1554 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1555 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1556 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1557 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1558 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1559 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1560
1561 For example:
1562 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1563 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1564 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1565 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1566 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1567
1568 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1569
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1571
1572 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1573 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1574 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1575 for a description of this minor mode.
1576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1578 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1579
1580 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1581
1582 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1583 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1587
1588 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1589 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1590 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1591
1592 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1593
1594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1595
1596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-kp-digits" "autoarg-kp-digit-argument" "autoarg-kp-mode-map" "autoarg-mode-map" "autoarg-terminate")))
1597
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1602
1603 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1604 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1605
1606 \(fn)" t nil)
1607
1608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-mode-" "autoconf-definition-regexp" "autoconf-font-lock-keywords" "autoconf-imenu-generic-expression" "autoconf-current-defun-function")))
1609
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1614
1615 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1616 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1617 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1618
1619 \(fn)" t nil)
1620
1621 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1622 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1623 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1624 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1625
1626 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1627
1628 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1629 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1630 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1631 for a description of this minor mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1634 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1635
1636 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1637
1638 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1639 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1643
1644 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1645 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1646
1647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1648
1649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert" "auto-insert-directory" "auto-insert-alist" "auto-insert-prompt" "auto-insert-query")))
1650
1651 ;;;***
1652 \f
1653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1654 ;;;;;; 0))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1656
1657 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1658
1659 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1660
1661 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1662
1663 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1664 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1665 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1666
1667 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1668 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1669 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1670 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1671 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1672
1673 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1674
1675 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1678 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1679 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1680 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1681 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1682
1683 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1684 directory or directories specified.
1685
1686 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1687 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1688 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1689 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1690 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1691 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1692
1693 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1694
1695 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1696 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1697 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1698 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1699 should be non-nil).
1700
1701 \(fn)" nil nil)
1702
1703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("make-autoload" "no-update-autoloads" "generate" "autoload-")))
1704
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1709
1710 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1711 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1715
1716 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1717 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1718 disk changes.
1719
1720 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1721 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1722 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1723
1724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1725
1726 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1727 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1728
1729 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1730 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1731
1732 \(fn)" nil nil)
1733
1734 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1735 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1737 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1738 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1739
1740 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1741 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1742 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1743 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1744 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1745
1746 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1747 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1748 writing before you save the file!
1749
1750 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1751
1752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1753
1754 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1755 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1756
1757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1758 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1759
1760 \(fn)" nil nil)
1761
1762 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1763 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1764 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1765 for a description of this minor mode.
1766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1768 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1769
1770 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1771
1772 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1773 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1775 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1776 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1777
1778 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1779 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1780 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1781
1782 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1783 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1784 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1785 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1786 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1787
1788 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1789 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1790 specifies in the mode line.
1791
1792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1793
1794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-mode-" "global-auto-revert-ignore-modes" "global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer" "global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers")))
1795
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1799 ;;;;;; 0))
1800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1801
1802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-" "avl-tree--")))
1803
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1808
1809 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1810 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1811 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1813 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1814
1815 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1816
1817 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1818 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1819 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1820 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1821
1822 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1823 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1824 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1825
1826 Effects of the different modes:
1827 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1828 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1829 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1830 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1831 a random distance & direction.
1832 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1833 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1834 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1835
1836 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1837 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1838 definition of \"random distance\".)
1839
1840 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1841
1842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1843
1844 ;;;***
1845 \f
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1848
1849 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1850
1851 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1852 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1853
1854 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1855 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1856 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1857
1858 \\{bat-mode-map}
1859
1860 \(fn)" t nil)
1861
1862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-" "bat--syntax-propertize")))
1863
1864 ;;;***
1865 \f
1866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1868 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1869
1870 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1871 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1872 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1873 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1874
1875 \(fn)" t nil)
1876
1877 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1878 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1879 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1880 for a description of this minor mode.
1881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1883 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1884
1885 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1886
1887 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1888 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1892
1893 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1894 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1895 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1896 seconds.
1897
1898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1899
1900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1901
1902 ;;;***
1903 \f
1904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1905 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1907
1908 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1909 Time execution of FORMS.
1910 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1911 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1912 FORMS once.
1913 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1914 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1915 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1916
1917 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1918
1919 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1920
1921 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1922 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1923 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1924 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1925 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1926
1927 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1928
1929 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1930
1931 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1932 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1933 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1934 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1935 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1936
1937 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1938
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1940
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1944 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1945
1946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1947
1948 ;;;***
1949 \f
1950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1954 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1955 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1956 of corresponding buffers.
1957 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1958 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1959 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1960 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1961 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1962
1963 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1964 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1965 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1966
1967 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1968
1969 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1971
1972 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1973
1974 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1975 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1976 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1977 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1978
1979 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1980 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1981 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1982 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1983 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1984
1985 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1986 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1987
1988
1989 Special information:
1990
1991 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1992
1993 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1994 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1995 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1996 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1997 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1998 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1999 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
2000 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2001 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
2002 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
2003 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
2004
2005 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
2006 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2007 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2008 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2009 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2010 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2011 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2012 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2013
2014 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2015
2016 ----------------------------------------------------------
2017 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2018 if that value is non-nil.
2019
2020 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
2021
2022 \(fn)" t nil)
2023
2024 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
2025 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2026 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2027 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2028 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2029 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2030 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2031 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2032 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2033 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2034 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2035 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2036
2037 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
2038
2039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2040
2041 ;;;***
2042 \f
2043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2046
2047 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
2048 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2049
2050 \(fn)" t nil)
2051
2052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2053
2054 ;;;***
2055 \f
2056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2058
2059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat--unpack-" "bindat--pack-" "bindat-" "bindat--fixed-length-alist" "bindat--length-group")))
2060
2061 ;;;***
2062 \f
2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2065
2066 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2067 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
2068
2069 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
2070 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2071 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2072
2073 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
2074
2075 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2076 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2077
2078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2079
2080 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2081 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2082
2083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2084
2085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2086
2087 ;;;***
2088 \f
2089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2091
2092 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2093 Play blackbox.
2094 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2095
2096 What is blackbox?
2097
2098 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2099 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2100 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2101 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2102 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2103 your score.
2104
2105 Overview of play:
2106
2107 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2108 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2109 four.
2110
2111 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2112 movement keys.
2113
2114 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2115 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2116
2117 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2118 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2119
2120 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2121 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2122 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2123 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2124 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2125 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2126
2127 Details:
2128
2129 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2130
2131 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2132 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2133 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2134 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2135
2136 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2137 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2138 denoted by the letter `R'.
2139
2140 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2141 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2142 denoted by the letter `H'.
2143
2144 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2145 example.
2146
2147 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2148 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2149 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2150 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2151 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2152 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2153 ray.
2154
2155 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2156 degree deflection it causes.
2157
2158 1
2159 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2160 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2161 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2162 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2163 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2164 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2165 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2166 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2167 2 3
2168
2169 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2170 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2171
2172
2173 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2174 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2175 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2176 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2177 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2178 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2179 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2180 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2181
2182 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2183 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2184 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2185 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2186 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2187 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2188 emerging from the box.
2189
2190 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2191
2192 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2193 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2194 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2195 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2196 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2197 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2198 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2200
2201 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2202 a reflection.
2203
2204 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2205
2206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("bb-" "blackbox-mode" "blackbox-mode-map" "blackbox-redefine-key")))
2207
2208 ;;;***
2209 \f
2210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2211 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2212 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2213 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2214 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2215 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2216
2217 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2218 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2219 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2220 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2221 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2222 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2223 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2226 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2227 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2228
2229 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2230 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2231 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2232 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2233 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2234 recent one.
2235
2236 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2237 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2238 yank successive words.
2239
2240 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2241 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2242 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2243 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2244 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2245
2246 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2247 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2248 the list of bookmarks.)
2249
2250 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2251
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2253 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2254 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2255
2256 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2257 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2258 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2259 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2260 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2261 ever deletes the most recent one.
2262
2263 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2264 is nil, raise an error.
2265
2266 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2267 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2268 yank successive words.
2269
2270 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2271 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2272 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2273 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2274 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2275
2276 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2277 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2278 the list of bookmarks.)
2279
2280 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2283 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2284 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2285 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2286 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2287 this.
2288
2289 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2290 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2291 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2292 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2293
2294 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2295 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2296
2297 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2298 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2299 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2300
2301 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2302
2303 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2304 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2305
2306 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2307
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2309 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2310
2311 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2312 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2313 after a bookmark was set in it.
2314
2315 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2316
2317 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2318 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2319
2320 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2321 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2322
2323 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2324
2325 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2326
2327 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2328 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2329 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2330 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2331
2332 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2333 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2334 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2335
2336 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2337 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2338 name.
2339
2340 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2341
2342 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2343 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2344 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2345
2346 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2347 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2348 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2349 this.
2350
2351 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2354 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2355
2356 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2357 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2358 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2359 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2360 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2361 probably because we were called from there.
2362
2363 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2364
2365 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2366 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2367
2368 \(fn)" t nil)
2369
2370 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2371
2372 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2373 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2374 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2375 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2376 \(second argument).
2377
2378 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2379 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2380 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2381 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2382 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2383
2384 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2385 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2386 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2387 `bookmark-default-file'.
2388
2389 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2390
2391 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2392 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2393 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2394 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2395 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2396 while loading.
2397
2398 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2399 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2400 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2401 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2402 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2403 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2404
2405 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2406 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2407 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2408
2409 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2410
2411 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2412 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2413 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2414 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2415 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2416
2417 \(fn)" t nil)
2418
2419 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2420
2421 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2422
2423 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2424 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2425
2426 \(fn)" t nil)
2427
2428 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2429
2430 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2431
2432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark-" "bookmarks-already-loaded" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified" "bookmark--jump-via")))
2433
2434 ;;;***
2435 \f
2436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2438
2439 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2440 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2441 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2442 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2443
2444 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2445 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2446 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2447 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2448 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2449
2450 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2451
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2454 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2455 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2456 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2457 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2458
2459 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2463 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2464 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2465 narrowed.
2466
2467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2470 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2471
2472 \(fn)" t nil)
2473
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2476
2477 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2478
2479 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2482 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2483 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2484 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2485 first, if that exists.
2486
2487 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2488 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2489 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2490 ignore it).
2491 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2492 as ARGS.
2493
2494 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2495
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2498 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2499 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501
2502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2503
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2506 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2507 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2508 says which browser to use.
2509
2510 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2511
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2513 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2514 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2515 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2516
2517 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2522 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2523
2524 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2525 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2526 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2527 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2528
2529 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2530 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2531 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2532
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537
2538 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2539
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2544
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2547 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2548 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549
2550 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2551 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2552 new tab in an existing window instead.
2553
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2562 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2563
2564 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2565 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2566 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2567
2568 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2571
2572 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2573 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2574
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2576
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2579 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2580 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2581 Chromium.
2582 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2583
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2585
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2589 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2590
2591 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2592 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2593 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2594 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595
2596 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2597 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2598 new tab in an existing window instead.
2599
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604
2605 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2609
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2611
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2614 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2615 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2616
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2619 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2620 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621
2622 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2623 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2624
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626
2627 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2628
2629 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2630 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2631
2632 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2633 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2634 program is invoked according to the variable
2635 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2636
2637 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2638 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2639 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2640 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2641
2642 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2643 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2644
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2646
2647 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2648
2649 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2650 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2651 Default to the URL around or before point.
2652
2653 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2654 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2655 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2656
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2659 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2660 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2661
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2664
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2666
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2668
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2672 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2673
2674 When called interactively, if variable
2675 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2676 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2677 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2678 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2679
2680 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2681 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2682 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2683
2684 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2685 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2686
2687 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2688
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2692
2693 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2694 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2695 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2696
2697 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2698 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2699
2700 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2701
2702 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2703 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2704 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2705 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2706
2707 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2708
2709 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2710
2711 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2712 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2713 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2714 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2715 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2716 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2717 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2718
2719 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2720
2721 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2722 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2723 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2724 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2725 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2726
2727 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2728 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2729 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2730 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2731
2732 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2733 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2734
2735 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2736
2737 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2738 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2739 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2740 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2741 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2742 current one.
2743
2744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2745 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2746 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2747 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2748
2749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2751
2752 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2753
2754 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2755 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2756 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2757 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2758 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2759 don't offer a form of remote control.
2760
2761 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2762
2763 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2764 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2765 Default to the URL around or before point.
2766 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2767
2768 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2769
2770 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2771 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2772 Default to the URL around the point.
2773
2774 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2775 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2776
2777 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2778 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2779
2780 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2781
2782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2783
2784 ;;;***
2785 \f
2786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2788 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2789
2790 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2791 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2792 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2793 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2794
2795 \(fn)" t nil)
2796
2797 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2798 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2799 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2800 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2801
2802 \(fn)" t nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2805 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2806
2807 \(fn)" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2810 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2811 \\<bs-mode-map>
2812 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2813 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2814 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2815 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2816
2817 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2818 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2819 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2820 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2821 name of buffer configuration.
2822
2823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2824
2825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-" "bs--")))
2826
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2831
2832 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2833 Play Bubbles game.
2834 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2835 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2836 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2837 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2838 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2839 columns on its right towards the left.
2840
2841 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2842 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2843 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2844 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2845
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2847
2848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles--" "bubbles-")))
2849
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2855
2856 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2857
2858 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2859 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2863
2864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2865
2866 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2867 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2868
2869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2870
2871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2872
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2876 ;;;;;; 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2878
2879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2880
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2884 ;;;;;; 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2886 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2887 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2888 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2889
2890 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2891
2892 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2893 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2894 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2895 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2896 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2897 else the global value will be modified.
2898
2899 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2900
2901 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2902 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2903 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2904 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2905 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2906 else the global value will be modified.
2907
2908 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2911 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2912 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2913
2914 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2915
2916 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2918 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2919 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2920
2921 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2922 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2923 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2924 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2925 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2926 before scanning it.
2927
2928 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2929 that already has a `.elc' file.
2930
2931 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2932 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2933
2934 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2935 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2936 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2937 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2939 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2940
2941 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2942
2943 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2944 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2945 Print the result in the echo area.
2946 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2947
2948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2949
2950 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2951 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2952 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2953
2954 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2955
2956 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2957 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2958 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2959 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2960 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2961 all functions called by those functions.
2962
2963 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2964 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2965 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2966
2967 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2968 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2969 invoked interactively.
2970
2971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2972
2973 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2974 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2975 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2976 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2977
2978 \(fn)" nil nil)
2979
2980 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2981 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2982 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2983 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2984 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2985 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2986 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2987 already up-to-date.
2988
2989 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2990
2991 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2992 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2993 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2994 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2995
2996 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2997 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2998 and corresponding effects.
2999
3000 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3001
3002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("byte-" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "no-byte-compile" "batch-byte-compile-file")))
3003
3004 ;;;***
3005 \f
3006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3007 ;;;;;; 0))
3008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3009
3010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("calendar-bahai-" "diary-bahai-" "holiday-bahai-new-year" "holiday-bahai-ridvan" "holiday-bahai")))
3011
3012 ;;;***
3013 \f
3014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3015 ;;;;;; 0))
3016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3017
3018 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3019
3020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("calendar-chinese-" "diary-chinese-" "holiday-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3021
3022 ;;;***
3023 \f
3024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3025 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3027
3028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("calendar-coptic-" "calendar-ethiopic-" "diary-ethiopic-date" "diary-coptic-date")))
3029
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3034
3035 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3036
3037 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3038
3039 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3040
3041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("calendar-" "dst-adjust-time" "dst-in-effect")))
3042
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3046 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3048
3049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("calendar-french-" "diary-french-date")))
3050
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3056
3057 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3058 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3059 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3060 from the cursor position.
3061
3062 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3063
3064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("calendar-hebrew-" "diary-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3065
3066 ;;;***
3067 \f
3068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3070
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3072
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3076 ;;;;;; 0))
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3078
3079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("calendar-islamic-" "diary-islamic-" "holiday-islamic" "holiday-islamic-new-year")))
3080
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3085
3086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("calendar-iso-" "diary-iso-date")))
3087
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3091 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3093
3094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("calendar-julian-" "calendar-astro-" "holiday-julian" "diary-julian-date" "diary-astro-day-number")))
3095
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3099 ;;;;;; 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3101
3102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("calendar-mayan-" "diary-mayan-date")))
3103
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3108
3109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal-menu-" "calendar-mouse-view-diary-entries" "calendar-mouse-view-other-diary-entries")))
3110
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3115
3116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3117
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3123
3124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("calendar-persian-" "diary-persian-date")))
3125
3126 ;;;***
3127 \f
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3130
3131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3132
3133 ;;;***
3134 \f
3135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3137
3138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame" "diary-frame-parameters")))
3139
3140 ;;;***
3141 \f
3142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3144 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3145
3146 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3147 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
3148
3149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3150
3151 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3152 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
3153
3154 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3155
3156 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3157 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3158
3159 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3160
3161 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3162 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3163 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3164 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3165
3166 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3167
3168 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3169 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3170 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3171 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3172
3173 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3174
3175 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3176 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
3177 This is most useful in the X window system.
3178 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
3179 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3180
3181 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3182
3183 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3184 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
3185 See calc-keypad for details.
3186
3187 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3188
3189 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3190 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3191
3192 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3193
3194 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3195 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3196
3197 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3200 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3201
3202 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3203
3204 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3205 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3206 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3207
3208 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3209
3210 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3211 Define Calc function.
3212
3213 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3214 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3215 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3216
3217 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3218 actual Lisp function name.
3219
3220 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3221
3222 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3223
3224 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3225
3226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("calc-" "math-" "var-" "calcDigit-" "defcalcmodevar" "inexact-result")))
3227
3228 ;;;***
3229 \f
3230 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3231 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 783192 607000))
3232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3233
3234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("calcAlg-" "math-" "calc-")))
3235
3236 ;;;***
3237 \f
3238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3240
3241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc-" "calcFunc-")))
3242
3243 ;;;***
3244 \f
3245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3247
3248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("calcFunc-" "math-" "calc-")))
3249
3250 ;;;***
3251 \f
3252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3254
3255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc-" "calcFunc-")))
3256
3257 ;;;***
3258 \f
3259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3261
3262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("calc-" "calcFunc-" "math-")))
3263
3264 ;;;***
3265 \f
3266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3267 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3268
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc-" "math-" "calcFunc-")))
3270
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 791192 607000))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3276
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3278
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3283
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("math-" "calc-" "var-" "calcFunc-")))
3285
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3290
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-compute-" "math-check-financial")))
3292
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3297
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-" "var-TimeZone")))
3299
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3304
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc-" "math-" "calcFunc-frac" "calcFunc-fdiv")))
3306
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3311
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-")))
3313
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3318
3319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-graph-" "calc-gnuplot-" "calc-temp-file-name" "calc-dumb-map")))
3320
3321 ;;;***
3322 \f
3323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3325
3326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3327
3328 ;;;***
3329 \f
3330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3332
3333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3334
3335 ;;;***
3336 \f
3337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3339
3340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-keypad-" "calc-pack-interval" "calc-do-keypad")))
3341
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3346
3347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("calc-" "math-")))
3348
3349 ;;;***
3350 \f
3351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3353
3354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-showing-full-precision" "math-with-extra-prec" "math-working")))
3355
3356 ;;;***
3357 \f
3358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3360
3361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-")))
3362
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3367
3368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-")))
3369
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3374
3375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3376
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 803192 607000))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3382
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow-show" "math-iipow")))
3384
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3389
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3391
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3396
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-mdet" "calc-mtrace" "calc-mlud")))
3398
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3403
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("math-nlfit-" "calc-fit-s-shaped-logistic-curve" "calc-fit-bell-shaped-logistic-curve" "calc-fit-hubbert-linear-curve")))
3405
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3410
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("math-" "calcFunc-")))
3412
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3417
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("calc-" "calcFunc-" "math-" "var-")))
3419
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3424
3425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-")))
3426
3427 ;;;***
3428 \f
3429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3431
3432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3433
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3438
3439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3440
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3445
3446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("calcFunc-" "calc-vector-" "math-")))
3447
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3452
3453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc-" "calcVar-digit" "calcVar-oper")))
3454
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3459
3460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("calc-" "calcFunc-" "math-map-over-constants-rec" "math-map-over-constants" "math-chopping-small")))
3461
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3466
3467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3468
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3473
3474 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3475
3476
3477 \(fn N)" t nil)
3478
3479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-handle-" "calc-redo" "calc-last-args" "calc-find-last-x" "calc-undo-does-pushes")))
3480
3481 ;;;***
3482 \f
3483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3485
3486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("math-" "calc-" "calcFunc-")))
3487
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3492
3493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-")))
3494
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3498 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 811192 607000))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3500
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3502
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3507
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3509
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3514
3515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-")))
3516
3517 ;;;***
3518 \f
3519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3521
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-cwidth" "calcFunc-cheight" "calcFunc-cascent" "calcFunc-cdescent")))
3523
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3528
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-sel-" "calc-commute-left" "calc-commute-right" "calc-build-assoc-term")))
3530
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3535
3536 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3537 Run the Emacs calculator.
3538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3539
3540 \(fn)" t nil)
3541
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3543
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3548
3549 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3550 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3551 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3552 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3553 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3554 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3555
3556 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3557 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3558 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3559 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3560 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3561 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3562 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3563 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3564 window.
3565
3566 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3567 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3568
3569 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3570 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3571 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3572 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3573 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3574 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3575
3576 Runs the following hooks:
3577
3578 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3579 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3580 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3581 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3582
3583 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3584
3585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3586
3587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "diary-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "holiday-buffer")))
3588
3589 ;;;***
3590 \f
3591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3593
3594 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3595 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3596
3597 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3598
3599 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3600 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3601 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3602 it fails.
3603
3604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3605
3606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3607
3608 ;;;***
3609 \f
3610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3612
3613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3614
3615 ;;;***
3616 \f
3617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3619
3620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-mode-syntax-table" "awk-font-lock-keywords" "c-awk-_-harmless-nonws-char-re")))
3621
3622 ;;;***
3623 \f
3624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3625 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3627
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3629
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3634
3635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3636
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3641
3642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("c-" "c--" "cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "cc-eval-when-compile")))
3643
3644 ;;;***
3645 \f
3646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3647 ;;;;;; 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3649
3650 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3651 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3652
3653 \(fn)" nil nil)
3654
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3656
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3661
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("c-" "javadoc-font-lock-" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "pike-font-lock-" "idl-font-lock-" "java-font-lock-" "objc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-" "autodoc-")))
3663
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3668
3669 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3670 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3671
3672 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3673 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3674
3675 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3676 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3677
3678 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3679
3680 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3681 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3682 made from scratch.
3683
3684 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3685
3686 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3687 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3688
3689 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3690 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3691 made from scratch.
3692
3693 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3694
3695 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3696 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3697
3698 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3699
3700 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3701 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3702 made from scratch.
3703
3704 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3705
3706 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3707 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3708
3709 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3710 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3711 made from scratch.
3712
3713 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3714
3715 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3717
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3719
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3723
3724 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3725
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3728
3729 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3730 variables are guessed:
3731
3732 * `c-basic-offset', and
3733 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3734 `c-offsets-alist'.
3735
3736 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3737 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3738
3739 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3740 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3741
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3744 guess is made from scratch.
3745
3746 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3747 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3748
3749 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3750
3751 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3752 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3753 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3754 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3755
3756 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3757 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3758 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3759
3760 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3761
3762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3763
3764 ;;;***
3765 \f
3766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3768
3769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3770
3771 ;;;***
3772 \f
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3775
3776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-java-" "cc-imenu-objc-" "cc-imenu-c-" "cc-imenu-init" "cc-imenu-c++-generic-expression")))
3777
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3782
3783 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3784 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3785 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3786 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3787 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3788 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3789 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3790
3791 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3792 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3794 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3796 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3798 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3799 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3800
3801 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3802 Major mode for editing C code.
3803
3804 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3805 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3806 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3807 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3808
3809 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3810
3811 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3812 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3813
3814 Key bindings:
3815 \\{c-mode-map}
3816
3817 \(fn)" t nil)
3818
3819 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3820 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3821 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3822 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3823 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3824 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3825 message.
3826
3827 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3828
3829 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3830 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3831
3832 Key bindings:
3833 \\{c++-mode-map}
3834
3835 \(fn)" t nil)
3836 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3837
3838 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3839 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3840 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3841 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3842 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3843 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3844 message.
3845
3846 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3847
3848 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3849 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3850
3851 Key bindings:
3852 \\{objc-mode-map}
3853
3854 \(fn)" t nil)
3855 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3856
3857 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3858 Major mode for editing Java code.
3859 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3860 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3861 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3862 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3863 message.
3864
3865 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3866
3867 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3868 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3869
3870 Key bindings:
3871 \\{java-mode-map}
3872
3873 \(fn)" t nil)
3874 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3875
3876 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3877 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3878 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3879 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3880 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3881 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3882 message.
3883
3884 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3885
3886 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3887 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3888
3889 Key bindings:
3890 \\{idl-mode-map}
3891
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3893 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3894 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3895
3896 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3897 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3898 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3899 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3900 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3901 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3902 message.
3903
3904 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3905
3906 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3907 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3908
3909 Key bindings:
3910 \\{pike-mode-map}
3911
3912 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3914 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3915 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3916 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3917 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3918
3919 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3920 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3921 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3922 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3923 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3924 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3925
3926 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3927
3928 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3929 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3930
3931 Key bindings:
3932 \\{awk-mode-map}
3933
3934 \(fn)" t nil)
3935
3936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c-" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-" "c++-mode-" "awk-mode-map")))
3937
3938 ;;;***
3939 \f
3940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3941 ;;;;;; 0))
3942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3943
3944 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3945 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3946 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3947 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3948
3949 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3950
3951 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3952 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3953 might get set too.
3954
3955 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3956 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3957 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3958 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3959 in this way.
3960
3961 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3962 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3963 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3964 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3965 a null operation.
3966
3967 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3968
3969 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3970 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3971 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3972 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3973
3974 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3975
3976 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3977 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3978 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3979
3980 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3983 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3984 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3985 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3986 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3987
3988 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3989
3990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
3991
3992 ;;;***
3993 \f
3994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
3995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3996 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3997 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3998 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3999
4000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "c++-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4001
4002 ;;;***
4003 \f
4004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4005 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4006
4007 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4008 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4009
4010 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4011
4012 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4013 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4014
4015 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4016
4017 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4018 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4019
4020 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4021 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4022 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4023 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4024 execution.
4025
4026 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4027
4028 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4029
4030 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4031 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4032
4033 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4034 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4035 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4036 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4037
4038 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4039 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4040 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4041 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4042 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4043 `write' commands.
4044
4045 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4046 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4047 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4048 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4049
4050 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4051 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4052 semantics.
4053
4054 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4055
4056 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4057
4058 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4059
4060 STATEMENT :=
4061 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4062 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4063
4064 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4065 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4066 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4067 | integer
4068
4069 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4070
4071 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4072 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4073 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4074
4075 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4076 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4077 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4078
4079 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4080
4081 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4082 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4083 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4084 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4085 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4086 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4087 ;; last STATEMENT.
4088 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4089
4090 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4091 BREAK := (break)
4092
4093 REPEAT :=
4094 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4095 (repeat)
4096 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4097 ;; (repeat))
4098 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4099 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4100 ;; (read REG)
4101 ;; (repeat))
4102 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4103 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4104 ;; (read REG)
4105 ;; (repeat))
4106 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4107
4108 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4109 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4110 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4111 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4112 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4113 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4114 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4115 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4116 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4117 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4118 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4119 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4120 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4121 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4122 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4123 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4124
4125 WRITE :=
4126 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4127 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4128 ;; representation.
4129 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4130 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4131 ;; (write r7))
4132 | (write EXPRESSION)
4133 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4134 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4135 ;; representation.
4136 | (write integer)
4137 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4138 ;; buffer.
4139 | (write string)
4140 ;; Same as: (write string)
4141 | string
4142 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4143 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4144 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4145 ;; representation.
4146 | (write REG ARRAY)
4147 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4148 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4149 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4150 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4151 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4152 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4153
4154 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4155 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4156
4157 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4158 END := (end)
4159
4160 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4161 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4162 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4163
4164 ARG := REG | integer
4165
4166 OPERATOR :=
4167 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4168 + | - | * | / | %
4169
4170 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4171 | & | `|' | ^
4172
4173 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4174 | << | >>
4175
4176 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4177 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4178 | <8
4179
4180 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4181 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4182 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4183 | >8
4184
4185 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4186 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4187 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4188 | //
4189
4190 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4191 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4192
4193 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4194 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4195 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4196 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4197 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4198 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4199 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4200 | de-sjis
4201
4202 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4203 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4204 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4205 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4206 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4207 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4208 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4209 ;; byte of SJIS.
4210 | en-sjis
4211
4212 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4213 ;; Same meaning as C code
4214 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4215
4216 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4217 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4218 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4219 | <8=
4220
4221 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4222 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4223 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4224
4225 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4226 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4227 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4228 | //=
4229
4230 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4231
4232
4233 TRANSLATE :=
4234 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4235 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4236 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4237 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4238 ;; respectively.
4239 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4240 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4241 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4242 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4243
4244 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4245 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4246 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4247
4248 LOOKUP :=
4249 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4250 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4251 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4252 ;; respectively.
4253 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4254 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4255 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4256
4257 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4258 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4259 ;; REG.
4260 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4261 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4262 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4263
4264 MAP :=
4265 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4266 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4267 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4268 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4269
4270 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4271 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4272 MAP-ID := integer
4273
4274 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4275
4276 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4277
4278 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4279 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4280 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4281 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4282 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4283 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4284
4285 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4286
4287 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4288 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4289 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4290
4291 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4292
4293 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4294
4295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4296
4297 ;;;***
4298 \f
4299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4301
4302 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4303 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4304 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4305 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4306
4307 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4308
4309 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4310
4311 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4312 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4313
4314 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4315
4316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv--" "cconv-analyze-form" "cconv-convert" "cconv-liftwhen")))
4317
4318 ;;;***
4319 \f
4320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4322
4323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-put-region" "cdl-get-file")))
4324
4325 ;;;***
4326 \f
4327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4328 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4329 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4330
4331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-menu-map" "cedet-packages" "cedet-version")))
4332
4333 ;;;***
4334 \f
4335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4336 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4337 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4338
4339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4340
4341 ;;;***
4342 \f
4343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4344 ;;;;;; 0))
4345 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4346
4347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-directory-name-to-file-name" "cedet-file-name-to-directory-name" "cedet-files-list-recursively")))
4348
4349 ;;;***
4350 \f
4351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4352 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4353 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4354
4355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-gnu-global-" "cedet-global-min-version" "cedet-global-command" "cedet-global-gtags-command")))
4356
4357 ;;;***
4358 \f
4359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4360 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4361 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4362
4363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4364
4365 ;;;***
4366 \f
4367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4369 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4370
4371 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4372 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4373 There are no special keybindings by default.
4374
4375 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4376 to the action header.
4377
4378 \(fn)" t nil)
4379
4380 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4381 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4382 There are no special keybindings by default.
4383
4384 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4385 to the action header.
4386
4387 \(fn)" t nil)
4388
4389 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4390 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4391
4392 \(fn)" t nil)
4393
4394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine3-" "cfengine-" "cfengine2-" "cfengine3--current-function" "cfengine3--prettify-symbols-alist")))
4395
4396 ;;;***
4397 \f
4398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4400
4401 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4402 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4403 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4404 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4405 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4406
4407 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4408 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4409
4410 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4411 from which to start.
4412
4413 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4414
4415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-search-backward" "char-fold-search-forward" "char-fold--make-space-string" "char-fold-table")))
4416
4417 ;;;***
4418 \f
4419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4421 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4422
4423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart-" "chart")))
4424
4425 ;;;***
4426 \f
4427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4428 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4430
4431 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4432 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4433 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4434
4435 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4436
4437 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4438 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4439 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4440
4441 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4442
4443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4444
4445 ;;;***
4446 \f
4447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4448 ;;;;;; 0))
4449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4450 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4451 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4452 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4453 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4454 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4455 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4456 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4457 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4458 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4459
4460 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4461 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4462
4463 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4464 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4465 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4466
4467 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4468 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4469 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4470 the users will view as each check is completed.
4471
4472 \(fn)" t nil)
4473
4474 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4475 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4476 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4477 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4478 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4479 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4480 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4481 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4482
4483 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4484
4485 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4486 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4487 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4488 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4489 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4490 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4491 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4492 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4493
4494 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4495
4496 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4497 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4498 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4499 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4500 spacing are all verified.
4501
4502 \(fn)" t nil)
4503
4504 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4505 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4506 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4507 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4508 otherwise stop after the first error.
4509
4510 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4511
4512 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4513 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4514
4515 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4516
4517 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4518 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4519 Only documentation strings are checked.
4520 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4521 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4522 a separate buffer.
4523
4524 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4525
4526 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4527 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4528 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4529 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4530 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4531
4532 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4533
4534 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4535 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4536 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4537 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4538 if there is one.
4539
4540 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4541
4542 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4543 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4544 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4545 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4546 if there is one.
4547 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4548
4549 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4550
4551 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4552 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4553 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4554
4555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4556
4557 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4558 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4559 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4560 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4561 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4562
4563 \(fn)" t nil)
4564
4565 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4566 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4567 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4568 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4569 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4570 space at the end of each line.
4571
4572 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4573
4574 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4575 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4576 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4577 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4578
4579 \(fn)" t nil)
4580
4581 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4582 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4583 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4584 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4585
4586 \(fn)" t nil)
4587
4588 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4589 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4590 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4591 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4592
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4594
4595 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4596 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4597 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4598 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4599
4600 \(fn)" t nil)
4601
4602 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4603 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4604 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4605 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4606
4607 \(fn)" t nil)
4608
4609 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4610 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4611 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4612 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4613
4614 \(fn)" t nil)
4615
4616 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4617 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4618 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4619 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4620
4621 \(fn)" t nil)
4622
4623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4624 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4625 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4626 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4627
4628 \(fn)" t nil)
4629
4630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4631 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4632 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4633 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4634
4635 \(fn)" t nil)
4636
4637 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4638 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4641 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4642
4643 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4644 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4645 checking of documentation strings.
4646
4647 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4648
4649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4650
4651 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4652 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4653
4654 \(fn)" t nil)
4655
4656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4657
4658 ;;;***
4659 \f
4660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4661 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4663
4664 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4665 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4666 Return the length of resulting text.
4667
4668 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4671 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4672
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4674
4675 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4676 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4677 Return the length of resulting text.
4678
4679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4680
4681 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4682 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4683
4684 \(fn)" t nil)
4685
4686 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4687
4688
4689 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4690
4691 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4692
4693
4694 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4695
4696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz-" "iso2022-" "zw-start-gb" "hz/zw-start-gb" "decode-hz-line-continuation")))
4697
4698 ;;;***
4699 \f
4700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4702
4703 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4704 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4705 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4706 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4707 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4708 editing and the result is evaluated.
4709
4710 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4711
4712 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4713 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4714 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4715 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4716 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4717
4718 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4719
4720 \(fn)" t nil)
4721
4722 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4723 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4724 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4725 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4726 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4727
4728 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4729 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4730 \\{command-history-map}
4731
4732 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4733 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4734
4735 \(fn)" t nil)
4736
4737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-max" "list-command-history-filter" "default-command-history-filter" "default-command-history-filter-garbage")))
4738
4739 ;;;***
4740 \f
4741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4743
4744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "cl--" "define-" "lexical-" "defsetf" "labels" "flet")))
4745
4746 ;;;***
4747 \f
4748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4749 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 133363 124000))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4751
4752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl--" "cl-type-definition" "cl-help-type" "cl-prettyprint")))
4753
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4757 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4759
4760 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4761 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4762 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4763 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4764 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4765 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4766 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4767 of this function.
4768
4769 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4770 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4771 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4772 property are:
4773
4774 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4775 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4776
4777 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4778 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4779 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4780 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4781 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4782 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4783 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4784 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4785 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4786 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4787 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4788 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4789
4790 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4791 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4792 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4793
4794 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4795 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4796 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4797 list elements are:
4798
4799 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4800
4801 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4802
4803 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4804
4805 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4806 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4807
4808 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4809 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4810
4811 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4812 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4813 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4814 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4815 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4816 value specified by their associated list element.
4817
4818 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4819
4820 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4821 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4822 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4823
4824 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4825 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4826 * indent the first argument by 4.
4827 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4828 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4829 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4830
4831 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4832 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4833 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4834 instead.
4835
4836 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4837
4838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-indent-call-method" "common-lisp-indent-function-1" "common-lisp-loop-part-indentation")))
4839
4840 ;;;***
4841 \f
4842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4844 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4845
4846 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4847
4848 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4849 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4850 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4851 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4852 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4853 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4854
4855 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4856 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4857
4858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-" "cl--")))
4859
4860 ;;;***
4861 \f
4862 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4863 ;;;;;; (22344 54959 786653 803000))
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4865
4866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl--" "cl-" "function-form")))
4867
4868 ;;;***
4869 \f
4870 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4871 ;;;;;; (22233 28356 901820 212000))
4872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4873
4874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4875
4876 ;;;***
4877 \f
4878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4880
4881 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4882 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4883 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4884 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4885
4886 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4887 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4888 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4889 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4890
4891 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4892 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4893
4894 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4895
4896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4897
4898 ;;;***
4899 \f
4900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4901 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4902
4903 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4904 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4905 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4906 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4907 of `scheme-program-name').
4908 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4909 it is given as initial input.
4910 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4911 discards input when it starts up.
4912 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4913 is run).
4914 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4915
4916 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4917
4918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("scheme-" "inferior-scheme-" "cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme")))
4919
4920 ;;;***
4921 \f
4922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4923 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4924
4925 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4926 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4927 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4928 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4929
4930 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4931 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4932
4933 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4934 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4935 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4936
4937 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4938
4939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
4940
4941 ;;;***
4942 \f
4943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4945
4946 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4947 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4948 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4949 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4950 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4951 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4952 functions have already modified the buffer.
4953
4954 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4955
4956 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4957 either globally or locally.")
4958
4959 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4960 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4961 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4962 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4963
4964 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4965 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4966 `start-file-process'
4967 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4968 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4969 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4970
4971 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4972 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4973
4974 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4975
4976 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4977
4978 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4979
4980 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4981 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4982 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4983 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4984 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4985 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4986 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4987 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4988 process as its initial input.
4989
4990 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4991
4992 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4993
4994 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4995
4996 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4997 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4998 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4999 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5000 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5001 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5002
5003 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5004
5005 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5006
5007 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5008 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5009 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5010 directory tracking functions.")
5011
5012 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5013 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5014 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5015
5016 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5017
5018 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5019
5020 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5021 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5022 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5023
5024 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5025
5026 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5027
5028 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5029 Send COMMAND to current process.
5030 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5031 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5032
5033 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5034
5035 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5036 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5037 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5038 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5039
5040 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5041
5042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "comint--" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5043
5044 ;;;***
5045 \f
5046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5047 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5048
5049 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5050 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5051 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5052 to get another window.
5053
5054 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5055 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5056
5057 This command pushes the mark in each window
5058 at the prior location of point in that window.
5059 If both windows display the same buffer,
5060 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5061 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5062
5063 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5064 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5065 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5066 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5067 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5068 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5069 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5070 ignored.
5071
5072 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5073 this command work in interlaced mode:
5074 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5075 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5076 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5077
5078 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5079
5080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-windows-" "compare-windows" "compare-ignore-case" "compare-ignore-whitespace")))
5081
5082 ;;;***
5083 \f
5084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5085 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5086
5087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5088
5089 ;;;***
5090 \f
5091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5093
5094 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5095 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5096
5097 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5098
5099 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5100 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5101 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5102
5103 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5104
5105 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5106 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5107 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5108
5109 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5110
5111 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5112 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5113 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5114 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5115 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5116
5117 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5118 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5119 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5120 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5121 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
5122
5123 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5124 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5125 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5126 describing how the process finished.")
5127
5128 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5129 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5130 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5131 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5132 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5133
5134 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5135 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
5136 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5137
5138 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5139
5140 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5141 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5142 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5143 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5144
5145 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5146
5147 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5148 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5149
5150 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5151 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5152
5153 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
5154 (lambda ()
5155 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
5156 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
5157 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
5158 (concat \"make -k \"
5159 (if buffer-file-name
5160 (shell-quote-argument
5161 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
5162
5163 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5164 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5165
5166 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5167 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5168 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5169 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5170
5171 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5172
5173 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5174 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5175 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5176 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5177
5178 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
5179 and move to the source code that caused it.
5180
5181 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5182 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5183
5184 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5185 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5186 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5187 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5188 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5189
5190 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5191 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5192 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
5193 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5194
5195 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5196 kills its subprocesses.
5197
5198 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5199 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5200 to a function that generates a unique name.
5201
5202 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5203
5204 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5205 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5206 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5207 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5208
5209 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5210 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5211
5212 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5213 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5214 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5215 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5216
5217 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5218 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5219 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5220
5221 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5222
5223 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5224
5225 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5226 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5227 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
5228 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
5229 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
5230
5231 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5232
5233 \\{compilation-mode-map}
5234
5235 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5236
5237 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5238
5239 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5240 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5241 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5242 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5243 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5244
5245 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5246 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5247 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5248 See `compilation-mode'.
5249
5250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5251
5252 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5253 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5254 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5255 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5256 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5257
5258 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5259 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5260 `compilation-mode'.
5261
5262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5263
5264 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5265 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5266 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5267
5268 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5269
5270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compilation-" "compilation--" "compile-" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5271
5272 ;;;***
5273 \f
5274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5275 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5276
5277 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5278 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5279 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5280 for a description of this minor mode.
5281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5283 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5284
5285 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5286
5287 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5288 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5290 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5291 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5292
5293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5294
5295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("completion-" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "cdabbrev-" "save-completions-" "add-" "locate-completion-" "set-" "list-all-" "completions-" "symbol-" "reset-" "make-" "find-" "kill-" "enable-completion" "num-cmpl-sources" "current-completion-source" "next-cdabbrev" "clear-all-completions" "inside-locate-completion-entry" "delete-completion" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "check-completion-length" "accept-completion" "complete" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "saved-cmpl-file-header" "load-completions-from-file" "completion--post-self-insert" "initialize-completions")))
5296
5297 ;;;***
5298 \f
5299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5300 ;;;;;; 0))
5301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5302
5303 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5304 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5305 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5306 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5307 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5308 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5309 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5310
5311 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5312 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5313 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5314
5315 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5316 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5317 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5318
5319 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5320 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5321 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5322 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5323
5324 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5325 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5326 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5327 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5328 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5329 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5330 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5331
5332 \\{conf-mode-map}
5333
5334 \(fn)" t nil)
5335
5336 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5337 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5338 Comments start with `#'.
5339 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5340
5341 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5342
5343 \[Desktop Entry]
5344 Encoding=UTF-8
5345 Name=The GIMP
5346 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5347 Name[cs]=GIMP
5348
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5350
5351 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5352 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5353 Comments start with `;'.
5354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5355
5356 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5357
5358 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5359 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5360 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5361
5362 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5363 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5364
5365 \(fn)" t nil)
5366
5367 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5368 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5369 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5370 between `/*' and `*/'.
5371 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5372
5373 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5374 // another kind of comment
5375 /* yet another */
5376
5377 name:value
5378 name=value
5379 name value
5380 x.1 =
5381 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5382 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5383
5384 \(fn)" t nil)
5385
5386 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5387 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5388 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5389 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5390 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5391 `conf-space-keywords'.
5392 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5393 in an interactive fashion instead.
5394
5395 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5396
5397 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5398
5399 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5400 image/png png
5401 image/tiff tiff tif
5402
5403 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5404 class desktop
5405 # Standard multimedia devices
5406 add /dev/audio desktop
5407 add /dev/mixer desktop
5408
5409 \(fn)" t nil)
5410
5411 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5412 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5413 See `conf-space-mode'.
5414
5415 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5416
5417 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5418 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5419 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5420 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5421
5422 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5423
5424 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5425 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5426
5427 \(fn)" t nil)
5428
5429 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5430 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5431 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5432 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5433
5434 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5435
5436 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5437 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5438
5439 \(fn)" t nil)
5440
5441 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5442 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5443 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5444 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5445
5446 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5447
5448 *background: gray99
5449 *foreground: black
5450
5451 \(fn)" t nil)
5452
5453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5454
5455 ;;;***
5456 \f
5457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5459
5460 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5461 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5462 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5463 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5464 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5465 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5466
5467 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5468
5469 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5470 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5471 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5472 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5473
5474 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5475
5476 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5477 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5478 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5479 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5480
5481 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5482
5483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie-" "cookie1")))
5484
5485 ;;;***
5486 \f
5487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5488 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5490 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5491 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5492 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5493
5494 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5495 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5496 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5497 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5498 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5499 following the copyright are updated as well.
5500 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5501 interactively.
5502
5503 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5504
5505 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5506 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5507 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5508 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5509 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5510
5511 \(fn)" t nil)
5512
5513 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5514 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5515
5516 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5517
5518 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5519 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5520 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5521
5522 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5523
5524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5525
5526 ;;;***
5527 \f
5528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5529 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5531 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5532 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5533 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5534 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5535 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5536 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5537 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5538
5539 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5540 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5541 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5542 Tab indents for Perl code.
5543 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5544 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5545
5546 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5547 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5548 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5549 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5550 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5551 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5552 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5553 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5554 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5555 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5556 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5557 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5558
5559 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5560
5561 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5562 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5563
5564 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5565
5566 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5567 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5568 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5569 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5570 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5571 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5572 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5573 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5574 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5575
5576 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5577
5578 bite if angry;
5579
5580 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5581 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5582 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5583 to nil.)
5584
5585 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5586 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5587 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5588
5589 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5590
5591 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5592 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5593 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5594 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5595 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5596
5597 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5598
5599 if (A) { B }
5600
5601 into
5602
5603 B if A;
5604
5605 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5606
5607 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5608 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5609 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5610 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5611 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5612 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5613 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5614 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5615 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5616 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5617 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5618 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5619 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5620
5621 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5622 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5623 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5624 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5625 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5626 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5627
5628 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5629 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5630 man via menu.
5631
5632 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5633 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5634 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5635 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5636 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5637
5638 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5639 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5640 span the needed amount of lines.
5641
5642 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5643 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5644 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5645 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5646
5647 Variables controlling indentation style:
5648 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5649 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5650 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5651 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5652 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5653 `cperl-auto-newline'
5654 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5655 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5656 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5657 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5658 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5659 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5660 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5661 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5662 `cperl-indent-level'
5663 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5664 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5665 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5666 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5667 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5668 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5669 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5670 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5671 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5672 `cperl-brace-offset'
5673 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5674 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5675 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5676 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5677 `cperl-label-offset'
5678 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5679 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5680 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5681
5682 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5683 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5684 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5685 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5686 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5687 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5688
5689 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5690 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5691 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5692 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5693
5694 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5695 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5696 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5697 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5698 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5699 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5700 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5701
5702 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5703 column 0 is indented on
5704 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5705
5706 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5707 with no args.
5708
5709 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5710 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5711 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5712
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5716 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5717
5718 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5719
5720 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5721 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5722
5723 \(fn)" t nil)
5724
5725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5726
5727 ;;;***
5728 \f
5729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5731
5732 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5733 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5734 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5735 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5736 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5737
5738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5739
5740 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5741 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5742
5743 \(fn)" t nil)
5744
5745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5746
5747 ;;;***
5748 \f
5749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5751
5752 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5753 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5754 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5755 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5756 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5757 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5758 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5759 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5760
5761 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5762 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5763
5764 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5765 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5766 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5767
5768 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5769 with empty strings removed.
5770
5771 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5772
5773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-" "crm--collection-fn" "crm--current-element" "crm--completion-command" "crm--choose-completion-string")))
5774
5775 ;;;***
5776 \f
5777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5779
5780 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5781 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5782
5783 \(fn)" t nil)
5784 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5785
5786 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5787 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5788
5789 \(fn)" t nil)
5790
5791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "css--" "scss-" "scss--hash-re")))
5792
5793 ;;;***
5794 \f
5795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5797
5798 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5799 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5800 See the `cua-mode' command
5801 for a description of this minor mode.
5802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5804 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5805
5806 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5807
5808 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5809 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5811 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5812 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5813
5814 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5815 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5816 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5817 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5818 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5819 normal function of these prefix keys.
5820
5821 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5822 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5823 options:
5824 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5825 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5826 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5827
5828 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5829 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5830 the prefix fallback behavior.
5831
5832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5833
5834 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5835 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5836
5837 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5838
5839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-" "cua--")))
5840
5841 ;;;***
5842 \f
5843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5845
5846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua--" "cua-")))
5847
5848 ;;;***
5849 \f
5850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5852
5853 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5854 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5855 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5856
5857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5858
5859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-" "cua--")))
5860
5861 ;;;***
5862 \f
5863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5864 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5866
5867 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5868
5869 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5870 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5871
5872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5873
5874 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5875 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5876 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5877 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5878 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5879 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5880 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5881
5882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5883
5884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-move-to-tangible" "cursor-sensor-tangible-pos" "cursor-sensor--detect" "cursor-sensor--move-to-tangible" "cursor-sensor--intangible-p")))
5885
5886 ;;;***
5887 \f
5888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
5889 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
5890
5891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-make-dependencies" "custom-dependencies-no-scan-regexp" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
5892
5893 ;;;***
5894 \f
5895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5896 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5897
5898 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5899 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5900
5901 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5902
5903 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5904 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5905
5906 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5907
5908 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5909 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5910
5911 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5912
5913 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5914 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5915
5916 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5917 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5918
5919 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5920 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5921
5922 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5923
5924 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5925
5926 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5927 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5928 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5929
5930 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5931 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5932
5933 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5934 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5935
5936 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5937 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5938
5939 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5940
5941 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5942
5943 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5944 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5945 Return VALUE.
5946
5947 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5948 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5949
5950 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5951 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5952
5953 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5954 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5955
5956 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5957
5958 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5961 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5962 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5963 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5964
5965 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5966 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5967 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5968
5969 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5970
5971 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5972 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5973 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5974 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5975 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5976
5977 \(fn)" t nil)
5978
5979 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5980 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5981 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5982 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5983
5984 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5985
5986 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5987 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5988 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5989
5990 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5991
5992 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5993 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5994
5995 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5996
5997 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5998
5999 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6000 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6001
6002 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6003
6004 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6005
6006 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6007 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6008 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6009
6010 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6011
6012 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6013 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6014 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6015 as part of Emacs itself.
6016
6017 Each elements looks like this:
6018
6019 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6020
6021 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6022 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6023 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6024 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6025 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6026 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6027 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6028 and `defface'.
6029
6030 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6031
6032 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
6033 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
6034 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
6035 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
6036 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
6037
6038 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6039 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6040 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6041 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6042
6043 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6044
6045 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6046 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6047 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6048 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6049 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6050 release.
6051
6052 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6053 that were added or redefined since that version.
6054
6055 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6056
6057 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6058 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6059 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6060 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6061
6062 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6063
6064 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6065 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6066
6067 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6068
6069 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6070 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6071 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6072
6073 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6074 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6075
6076 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6077
6078 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6079 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6080
6081 \(fn)" t nil)
6082
6083 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6084 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6085
6086 \(fn)" t nil)
6087
6088 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6089 Customize all saved options and faces.
6090
6091 \(fn)" t nil)
6092
6093 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6094 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6095 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6096 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6097 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6098 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6099
6100 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6101 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6102 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6103
6104 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6105
6106 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6107 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6108
6109 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6110
6111 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6112 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6113
6114 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6115
6116 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6117 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6118
6119 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6122 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6123 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6124 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6125
6126 \(fn)" nil nil)
6127
6128 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6129 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6130 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6131 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6132 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6133 that option.
6134 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6135
6136 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6137
6138 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6139 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6140 The result includes selecting that window.
6141 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6142 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6143 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6144 that option.
6145 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6146
6147 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6148
6149 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6150 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6151
6152 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6153
6154 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6155 File used for storing customization information.
6156 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6157 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6158 it should be an absolute file name.
6159
6160 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6161 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6162 something like the following in your init file:
6163
6164 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
6165 \(load custom-file)
6166
6167 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6168 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6169
6170 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6171 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6172 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6173 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6174 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6175
6176 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6177 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6178 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6179 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6180 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6181 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6182 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
6183 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6184 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6185 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6186
6187 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6188
6189 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6190 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6191
6192 \(fn)" nil nil)
6193
6194 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6195 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6196
6197 \(fn)" t nil)
6198
6199 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6200 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6201 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6202
6203 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6204
6205 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6206 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6207 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6208 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6209 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6210
6211 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6212
6213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("custom-" "Custom-" "customize-" "widget-" "custom--initialize-widget-variables")))
6214
6215 ;;;***
6216 \f
6217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6218 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6219
6220 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6221 Create or edit a custom theme.
6222 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6223 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6224 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6225 from the Custom save file.
6226 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6227 named *Custom Theme*.
6228
6229 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6230
6231 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6232 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6233
6234 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6235
6236 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6237 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6238
6239 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6240
6241 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6242 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6243 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6244 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6245
6246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6247
6248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-theme-" "custom-new-theme-" "custom-theme--" "custom-describe-theme" "describe-theme-1")))
6249
6250 ;;;***
6251 \f
6252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6253 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6254
6255 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6256 Mode used for cvs status output.
6257
6258 \(fn)" t nil)
6259
6260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-status-" "cvs-tree-" "cvs-tag-" "cvs-tags->tree")))
6261
6262 ;;;***
6263 \f
6264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6266 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6267
6268 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6269 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6270
6271 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6272
6273 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6274 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6275 C++ modes are included.
6276
6277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6278 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6279 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6280
6281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6282
6283 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6284
6285 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6286 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6287 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6288 for a description of this minor mode.
6289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6290 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6291 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6292
6293 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6294
6295 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6296 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6297 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6298 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6299 ARG is omitted or nil.
6300
6301 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6302 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6303 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6304
6305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6306
6307 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("cwarn-" "turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled")))
6308
6309 ;;;***
6310 \f
6311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6312 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6313 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6314
6315 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6316 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6317
6318 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6319
6320 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6321 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6322
6323 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6324
6325 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6326 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6327 For readability, the table is slightly
6328 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6329
6330 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6331 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6332 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6333 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6334 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6335
6336 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6337
6338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6339
6340 ;;;***
6341 \f
6342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6344 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6345 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6346 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6347 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6348
6349 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6350 Completion on current word.
6351 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6352 and presents suggestions for completion.
6353
6354 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6355 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6356 completions.
6357
6358 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
6359 then it searches *all* buffers.
6360
6361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6362
6363 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6364 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6365
6366 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6367 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6368 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6369 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6370 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6371
6372 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6373 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6374
6375 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6376 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6377 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6378
6379 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6380 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6381
6382 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6383
6384 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6385
6386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev--" "dabbrev-")))
6387
6388 ;;;***
6389 \f
6390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6391 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6392
6393 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6394 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6395
6396 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6397
6398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6399
6400 ;;;***
6401 \f
6402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6404
6405 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6406 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6407 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6408 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6409 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6410
6411 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6412
6413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6414
6415 ;;;***
6416 \f
6417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6419
6420 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6421 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6422
6423 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6424 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6425 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6426
6427 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6428 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6429 Data lines are not indented.
6430
6431 Key bindings:
6432
6433 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6434 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6435
6436 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6437 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6438 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6439 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6440
6441 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6442
6443 dcl-basic-offset
6444 Extra indentation within blocks.
6445
6446 dcl-continuation-offset
6447 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6448
6449 dcl-margin-offset
6450 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6451
6452 dcl-margin-label-offset
6453 Indentation for a label.
6454
6455 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6456 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6457
6458 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6459 dcl-block-end-regexp
6460 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6461 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6462 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6463 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6464 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6465
6466 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6467 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6468 Two such functions are included in the package:
6469 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6470 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6471
6472 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6473 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6474 One such function is included in the package:
6475 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6476
6477 dcl-tab-always-indent
6478 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6479 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6480 margin.
6481
6482 dcl-electric-characters
6483 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6484 typed.
6485
6486 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6487 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6488 which words trigger electric indentation.
6489
6490 dcl-tempo-comma
6491 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6492 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6493 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6494
6495 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6496 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6497 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6498 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6499
6500 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6501 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6502 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6503 dcl-imenu-label-call
6504 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6505
6506 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6507 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6508 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6509 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6510
6511
6512 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6513
6514 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6515 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6516 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6517 $ i = 1
6518 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6519 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6520 $ label:
6521 $ if i.eq.1
6522 $ then
6523 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6524 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6525 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6526 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6527 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6528 \"lined up with the command line\"
6529 $ type sys$input
6530 Data lines are not indented at all.
6531 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6532 $ endif
6533 $
6534
6535
6536 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6537 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6538
6539 \(fn)" t nil)
6540
6541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6542
6543 ;;;***
6544 \f
6545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6547
6548 (setq debugger 'debug)
6549
6550 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6551 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
6552 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6553 of the evaluator.
6554
6555 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6556 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6557 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6558
6559 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6562 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6563
6564 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6565
6566 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6567 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6568 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6569 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6570 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6571 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6572
6573 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6574 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6575
6576 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6577
6578 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6579 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6580 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6581 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6582 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6583
6584 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6585
6586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debugger-" "debugger--" "debug--" "inhibit-debug-on-entry" "debug-help-follow")))
6587
6588 ;;;***
6589 \f
6590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6592
6593 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6594 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6595
6596 \(fn)" t nil)
6597
6598 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6599 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6600 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6601 Upper-case letters are commands.
6602
6603 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6604 modify it.
6605
6606 The most useful commands are:
6607 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6608 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6609 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6610 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6611 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6612 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6613
6614 \(fn)" t nil)
6615
6616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-" "decipher--analyze" "decipher--digram-total" "decipher--digram-counts")))
6617
6618 ;;;***
6619 \f
6620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6621 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6622 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6623
6624 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6625 Customization of `columns' group.
6626
6627 \(fn)" t nil)
6628
6629 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6630 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6631
6632 START and END delimits the text region.
6633
6634 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6635
6636 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6637 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6638
6639 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6640
6641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6642
6643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6644
6645 ;;;***
6646 \f
6647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6648 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6649
6650 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6651
6652 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6653 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6654 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6655 for a description of this minor mode.
6656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6658 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6659
6660 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6661
6662 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6663 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6665 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6666 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6667
6668 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6669 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6670 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6671 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6672
6673 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6674 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6675
6676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6677
6678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("delete-selection-" "delete-active-region" "delsel-unload-function" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit" "delsel--replace-text-or-position")))
6679
6680 ;;;***
6681 \f
6682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6684
6685 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6686 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6687
6688 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6689
6690 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6691 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6692 or nil if there is no parent.
6693 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6694 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6695 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6696 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6697 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6698
6699 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6700 arguments are currently understood:
6701 :group GROUP
6702 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6703 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6704 :syntax-table TABLE
6705 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6706 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6707 :abbrev-table TABLE
6708 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6709 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6710 :after-hook FORM
6711 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6712 run. It should not be quoted.
6713
6714 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6715
6716 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6717
6718 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6719 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6720 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6721
6722 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6723 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6724
6725 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6726 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6727 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6728
6729 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6730 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6731
6732 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6733 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6734
6735 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6736
6737 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6738
6739 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6740
6741 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6742 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6743 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6744 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6745 the first time the mode is used.
6746
6747 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6748
6749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6750
6751 ;;;***
6752 \f
6753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6755
6756 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6757 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6758 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6759 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6760 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6761 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6762 otherwise.
6763
6764 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6765
6766 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6767 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6768 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6769 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6770
6771 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6772 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6773 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6774
6775 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6776 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6777 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6778 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6779 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6780 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6781 relevant to POS.
6782
6783 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6784
6785 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6786 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6787
6788 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6789 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6790 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6791 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6792 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6793 minibuffer window for width limit.
6794
6795 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6796 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6797
6798 \(fn)" nil nil)
6799
6800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-char-" "describe-text-" "describe-property-list")))
6801
6802 ;;;***
6803 \f
6804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6805 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6806
6807 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6808 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6809 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6810 for a description of this minor mode.
6811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6813 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6814
6815 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6816
6817 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6818 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6820 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6821 is omitted or nil.
6822
6823 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6824 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6825 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6826 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6827
6828 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6829 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6830
6831 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6832 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6833
6834 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6835
6836 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6837
6838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6839
6840 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6841 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6842 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6843 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6844
6845 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6846
6847 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6848 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6849
6850 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6851 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6852 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6853
6854 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6855 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6856
6857 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6858 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6859 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6860
6861 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6862 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6863 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6864 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6865
6866 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6867
6868 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6869 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6870
6871 Handlers are called with argument list
6872
6873 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6874
6875 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6876
6877 `desktop-file-version'
6878 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6879 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6880 `desktop-buffer-point'
6881 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6882 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6883 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6884
6885 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6886 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6887
6888 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6889 code like
6890
6891 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6892 ...
6893 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6894 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6895
6896 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6897 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6898 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6899
6900 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6901
6902 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6903 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6904 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6905 List elements must have the form
6906
6907 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6908
6909 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6910 function.
6911
6912 Handlers are called with argument list
6913
6914 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6915
6916 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6917
6918 `desktop-file-version'
6919 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6920 `desktop-buffer-name'
6921 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6922 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6923 `desktop-buffer-point'
6924 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6925 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6926 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6927
6928 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6929 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6930 created and set.
6931
6932 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6933 code like
6934
6935 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6936 ...
6937 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6938 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6939
6940 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6941 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6942 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6943
6944 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6945
6946 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6947
6948 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6949 Empty the Desktop.
6950 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6951 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6952 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6953 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6954 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6955 if different).
6956
6957 \(fn)" t nil)
6958
6959 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6960 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6961 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6962 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6963 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6964 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6965 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6966 do not rewrite the file.
6967
6968 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6969 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6970 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6971 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6972 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6973 file.
6974
6975 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6976 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6977 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6978 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6979 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6980 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6981 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6982 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6983 without further confirmation.
6984
6985 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6988 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6989 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6990
6991 \(fn)" t nil)
6992
6993 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6994 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6995 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6996 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6997 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6998 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6999 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7000 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7001
7002 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7003
7004 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7005 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7006 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7007
7008 \(fn)" nil nil)
7009
7010 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7011
7012 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7013 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7014 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7015 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7016 directory DIRNAME.
7017
7018 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7019
7020 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7021 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7022
7023 \(fn)" t nil)
7024
7025 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7026 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7027
7028 \(fn)" t nil)
7029
7030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7031
7032 ;;;***
7033 \f
7034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7036
7037 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7038 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7039 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7040 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7041 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7042 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7043
7044 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7045
7046 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7047 Repair a broken attribution line.
7048 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7049
7050 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7051
7052 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7053 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7054 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7055 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7056
7057 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7058
7059 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7060 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7061
7062 \(fn)" t nil)
7063
7064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-outlook-deuglify-" "gnus-outlook-repair-attribution-" "gnus-outlook-display-" "gnus-article-outlook-rearrange-citation" "gnus-outlook-rearrange-article")))
7065
7066 ;;;***
7067 \f
7068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7069 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7070
7071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7072
7073 ;;;***
7074 \f
7075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7076 ;;;;;; 0))
7077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7078
7079 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7080 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7081 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7082 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7083 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7084
7085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7086
7087 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7088 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7089 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7090 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7091
7092 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7093 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7094 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7095 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7096
7097 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7098 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7099
7100 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7101 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
7102 calendar-date-style \\='european
7103 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
7104
7105 \(diary-mail-entries)
7106
7107 # diary-rem.el ends here
7108
7109 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7112 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7113
7114 \(fn)" t nil)
7115
7116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7117
7118 ;;;***
7119 \f
7120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7121 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7122
7123 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7124 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7125
7126 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7127
7128 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7129 The command to use to run diff.")
7130
7131 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7132
7133 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7134 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7135 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7136 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7137 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7138 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7139
7140 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7141 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7142 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7143
7144 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7145
7146 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7147 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7148 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7149 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7150 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7151 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7152
7153 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7154
7155 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7156 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7157
7158 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7159
7160 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7161 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7162 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7163
7164 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7165
7166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7167
7168 ;;;***
7169 \f
7170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7171 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7172
7173 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7174 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7175 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7176 normal diffs.
7177
7178 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7179 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7180 headers for you on-the-fly.
7181
7182 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
7183 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
7184 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
7185
7186 \\{diff-mode-map}
7187
7188 \(fn)" t nil)
7189
7190 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7191 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7193 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7195
7196 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
7197
7198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7199
7200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-" "diff--auto-refine-data")))
7201
7202 ;;;***
7203 \f
7204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7205 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7206
7207 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7208 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7209 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7210
7211 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7212
7213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("dig-" "query-dig")))
7214
7215 ;;;***
7216 \f
7217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7218 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7219
7220 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7221 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7222 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7223 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7224 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7225 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7226 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7227 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7228
7229 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7230
7231 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7232 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7233 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7234 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7235 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7236 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7237
7238 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7239 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
7240 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7241 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7242
7243 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7244 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7245
7246 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7247 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7248 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7249 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7250 listing have no effect.
7251
7252 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
7253 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
7254 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
7255
7256 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7257
7258 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7259 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7260
7261 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7262 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
7263
7264 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7265 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7266
7267 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7268 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
7269
7270 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7273 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7274
7275 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7276
7277 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7278 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
7279 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
7280 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7281 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
7282 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
7283 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7284 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7285 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7286 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7287 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7288 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7289 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
7290 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7291 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7292 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7293 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7294 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7295 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7296 to see why something went wrong.
7297 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
7298 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
7299 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
7300 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7301 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7302 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
7303 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7304 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7305 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7306 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7307 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7308 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7309 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7310
7311 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7312 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7313 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7314 again for the directory tree.
7315
7316 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7317 for more info):
7318
7319 `dired-listing-switches'
7320 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7321 `dired-marker-char'
7322 `dired-del-marker'
7323 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7324 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7325 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7326 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7327
7328 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7329
7330 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7331 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7332 `dired-mode-hook'
7333 `dired-load-hook'
7334
7335 Keybindings:
7336 \\{dired-mode-map}
7337
7338 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7339 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7340
7341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7342
7343 ;;;***
7344 \f
7345 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7346 ;;;;;; (22316 28459 907124 107000))
7347 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7348
7349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7350
7351 ;;;***
7352 \f
7353 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7354 ;;;;;; (22258 27960 296487 495000))
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7356
7357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7358
7359 ;;;***
7360 \f
7361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7363
7364 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7365 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7367 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7368 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7369
7370 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7371 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7372 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7373
7374 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7375 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7376 directory.
7377
7378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7379
7380 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7381 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7382 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7383 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7384 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7385 from `default-directory'.
7386
7387 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7388
7389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7390
7391 ;;;***
7392 \f
7393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7395
7396 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7397 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7398 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7399 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7400 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7401 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7402
7403 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7404
7405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-column-1-indent" "disassemble-column-2-indent" "disassemble-recursive-indent" "disassemble-internal" "disassemble-1")))
7406
7407 ;;;***
7408 \f
7409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7411
7412 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7413 Return a new, empty display table.
7414
7415 \(fn)" nil nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7418 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7419 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7420 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7421 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7422
7423 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7424
7425 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7426 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7427 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7428 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7429 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7430
7431 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7432
7433 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7434 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7435
7436 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7439 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7440
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7442
7443 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7444 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7445
7446 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7447 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7448
7449 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7450 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7451 byte.
7452
7453 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7454 in the default way after this call.
7455
7456 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7457
7458 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7459 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7460
7461 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7462
7463 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7464 Display character C using printable string S.
7465
7466 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7467
7468 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7469 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7470 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7471 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7472
7473 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7474
7475 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7476 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7477 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7478 X frame.
7479
7480 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7481
7482 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7483 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7484
7485 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7486
7487 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7488 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7489
7490 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7491
7492 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7493 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7494
7495 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7496
7497 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7498 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7499
7500 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7501
7502 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7503 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7504
7505 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7506
7507 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7508 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7509
7510 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7511 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7512
7513 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7514 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7515
7516 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7517 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7518 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7519 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7520
7521 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7522 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7523 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7524 in `.emacs'.
7525
7526 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7527
7528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7529
7530 ;;;***
7531 \f
7532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7534
7535 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7536 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7537 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7538 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7539 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7540 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7541 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7542 Default is 2.
7543
7544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7545
7546 ;;;***
7547 \f
7548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7550
7551 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7552 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7553 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7554 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7555 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7556 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7557 private or ask).
7558 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7559 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7560 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7561 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7562 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7563
7564 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7565
7566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-open-" "dnd-get-local-file-" "dnd-handle-one-url" "dnd-unescape-uri" "dnd-insert-text")))
7567
7568 ;;;***
7569 \f
7570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7572
7573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7574
7575 ;;;***
7576 \f
7577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7579
7580 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7581 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7582 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7583 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7584 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7585 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7586 table and its own syntax table.
7587
7588 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7589
7590 \(fn)" t nil)
7591 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7592
7593 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7594 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7595
7596 \(fn)" t nil)
7597
7598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7599
7600 ;;;***
7601 \f
7602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7604
7605 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7606 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7607 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7608 OpenDocument format).
7609
7610 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7611
7612 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7613 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7614
7615 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7616 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7617
7618 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
7619 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7620 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
7621
7622 \(fn)" t nil)
7623
7624 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7625 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7626 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7627 to the next best mode.
7628
7629 \(fn)" nil nil)
7630
7631 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7632 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7634 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7635 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7636
7637 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7638
7639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7640
7641 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7642
7643
7644 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7645
7646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-" "doc-view--")))
7647
7648 ;;;***
7649 \f
7650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7651 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7652
7653 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7654 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7655
7656 \(fn)" t nil)
7657
7658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doctor-" "make-doctor-variables" "doc$" "doc//")))
7659
7660 ;;;***
7661 \f
7662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7663 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7664
7665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7666
7667 ;;;***
7668 \f
7669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7670 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7671
7672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos-" "dosified-file-name")))
7673
7674 ;;;***
7675 \f
7676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7678
7679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("msdos-shells" "dos-codepage-setup-hook")))
7680
7681 ;;;***
7682 \f
7683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7685
7686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "find-file-binary" "find-file-text" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-buffer-file-type-coding-system")))
7687
7688 ;;;***
7689 \f
7690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7691 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7692
7693 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7694 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7696 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7697 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7698
7699 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7700 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7701
7702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7703
7704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-translate-key" "double-read-event" "double-last-event" "double-prefix-only" "double-map")))
7705
7706 ;;;***
7707 \f
7708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7710 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7711
7712 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7713 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7714
7715 \(fn)" t nil)
7716
7717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun-" "dungeon-" "north" "south" "east" "west" "northeast" "southeast" "northwest" "southwest" "up" "down" "in" "out" "obj-special")))
7718
7719 ;;;***
7720 \f
7721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7722 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7723 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7724
7725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("font-setting-change-default-font" "dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event")))
7726
7727 ;;;***
7728 \f
7729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7730 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7732
7733 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7734
7735 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7736 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7737 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7738 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7739 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7740
7741 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7742 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7743 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7744 and disables it otherwise.
7745
7746 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7747 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7748 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7749 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7750
7751 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7752 documenting what its argument does.
7753
7754 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7755 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7756 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7757 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7758 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7759 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7760 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7761 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7762 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7763
7764 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7765 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7766 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7767 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7768 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7769 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7770 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7771 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7772 the minor mode is global):
7773
7774 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7775 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7776 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7777 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7778 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7779 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7780 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7781 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7782 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7783 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7784 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7785 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7786 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7787 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7788 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7789 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7790 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7791 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7792 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7793 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7794 in :variable).
7795
7796 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7797 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7798
7799 For example, you could write
7800 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7801 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7802 ...BODY CODE...)
7803
7804 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7805
7806 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7807
7808 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7809
7810 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7811
7812 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7813 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7814 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7815 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7816 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7817 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7818 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7819 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7820 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7821 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7822 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7823 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7824
7825 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7826 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7827 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7828 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7829 call another major mode in their body.
7830
7831 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7832 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7833 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7834
7835 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7836
7837 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7838
7839 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7840 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7841 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7842 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7843 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7844 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7845 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7846
7847 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7848
7849 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7850 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7851 :inherit Parent keymap.
7852 :group Ignored.
7853 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7854 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7855
7856 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7857
7858 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7859 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7860 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7861 the constant's documentation.
7862
7863 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7864
7865 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7866 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7867 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7868
7869 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7870
7871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-define-navigation" "easy-mmode-define-syntax" "easy-mmode-set-keymap-parents" "easy-mmode-pretty-mode-name")))
7872
7873 ;;;***
7874 \f
7875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7876 ;;;;;; 0))
7877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7878
7879 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7880 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7881 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7882 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7883
7884 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7885 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7886 as a top-level menu bar item.
7887
7888 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7889 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7890 pairs:
7891
7892 :filter FUNCTION
7893 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7894 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7895 items to actually display.
7896
7897 :visible INCLUDE
7898 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7899 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7900 alias for `:visible'.
7901
7902 :active ENABLE
7903 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7904 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7905 an alias for `:active'.
7906
7907 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7908 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7909
7910 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7911
7912 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7913
7914 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7915 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7916
7917 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7918 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7919
7920 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7921
7922 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7923
7924 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7925 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7926
7927 :keys KEYS
7928 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7929 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7930 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7931 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7932
7933 :key-sequence KEYS
7934 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7935 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7936 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7937 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7938
7939 :active ENABLE
7940 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7941 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7942 alias for `:active'.
7943
7944 :visible INCLUDE
7945 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7946 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7947 `:visible'.
7948
7949 :label FORM
7950 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7951 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7952
7953 :suffix FORM
7954 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7955 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7956
7957 :style STYLE
7958 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7959 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7960 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7961
7962 :selected SELECTED
7963 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7964 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7965
7966 :help HELP
7967 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7968
7969 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7970 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7971 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7972
7973 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7974 MENU. This is a submenu.
7975
7976 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7977
7978 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7979
7980 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7981
7982
7983 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7984
7985 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7986 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7987 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7988 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7989
7990 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7991
7992 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7993 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7994 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7995 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7996 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7997 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7998
7999 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8000 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8001 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8002
8003 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8004 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8005 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8006
8007 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8008 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8009
8010 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8011
8012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8013
8014 ;;;***
8015 \f
8016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8018
8019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8020
8021 ;;;***
8022 \f
8023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8025
8026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8027
8028 ;;;***
8029 \f
8030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8032
8033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8034
8035 ;;;***
8036 \f
8037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8039
8040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8041
8042 ;;;***
8043 \f
8044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8046
8047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-iso-" "ebnf-no-meta-identifier")))
8048
8049 ;;;***
8050 \f
8051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8053
8054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8055
8056 ;;;***
8057 \f
8058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8060
8061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8062
8063 ;;;***
8064 \f
8065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8067 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8068
8069 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8070 Customization for ebnf group.
8071
8072 \(fn)" t nil)
8073
8074 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8075 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8076
8077 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8078
8079 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8080 processed.
8081
8082 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8083
8084 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8085
8086 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8087 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8088
8089 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8090 killed after process termination.
8091
8092 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8093
8094 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8095
8096 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8097 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8098
8099 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8100 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8101 it to the printer.
8102
8103 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8104 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8105 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8106 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8107
8108 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8109
8110 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8111 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8112 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8113
8114 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8115
8116 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8118
8119 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8120
8121 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8122 processed.
8123
8124 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8125
8126 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8127
8128 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8130
8131 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8132 killed after process termination.
8133
8134 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8135
8136 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8137
8138 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8139 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8140 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8141 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8142
8143 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8144
8145 \(fn)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8148 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8149 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8150
8151 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8152
8153 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8154
8155 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8156 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8157
8158 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8159
8160 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8161 processed.
8162
8163 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8164
8165 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8168 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8169
8170 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8171 killed after EPS generation.
8172
8173 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8174
8175 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8176
8177 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8178 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8179
8180 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8181 The EPS file name has the following form:
8182
8183 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8184
8185 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8186 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8187
8188 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8189 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8190 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8191 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8192 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8193
8194 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8195 files.
8196
8197 \(fn)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8201
8202 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8203 The EPS file name has the following form:
8204
8205 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8206
8207 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8208 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8209
8210 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8211 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8212 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8213 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8214 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8215
8216 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8217 files.
8218
8219 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8220
8221 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8222
8223 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8225
8226 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8227
8228 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8229 are processed.
8230
8231 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8232
8233 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8236 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8237
8238 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8239 killed after syntax checking.
8240
8241 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8242
8243 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8246 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8247
8248 \(fn)" t nil)
8249
8250 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8251 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8252
8253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8256 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8257
8258 \(fn)" nil nil)
8259
8260 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8261 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8262
8263 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8264
8265 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8268 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8269
8270 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8271
8272 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8273
8274 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8275 Delete style NAME.
8276
8277 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8278
8279 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8282 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8283
8284 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8285
8286 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8287
8288 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8289 Set STYLE as the current style.
8290
8291 Returns the old style symbol.
8292
8293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8294
8295 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8298 Reset current style.
8299
8300 Returns the old style symbol.
8301
8302 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8303
8304 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8305
8306 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8307 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8308
8309 Returns the old style symbol.
8310
8311 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8312
8313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8314
8315 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8318 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8319
8320 Returns the old style symbol.
8321
8322 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8323
8324 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8325
8326 \(fn)" t nil)
8327
8328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8329
8330 ;;;***
8331 \f
8332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8334
8335 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8336 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8337 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8338 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8339 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8340 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8341
8342 Tree mode key bindings:
8343 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8344
8345 \(fn)" t nil)
8346
8347 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8348 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8349
8350 \(fn)" t nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8353 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8354
8355 \(fn)" t nil)
8356
8357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8358 View declaration of member at point.
8359
8360 \(fn)" t nil)
8361
8362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8363 Find declaration of member at point.
8364
8365 \(fn)" t nil)
8366
8367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8368 View definition of member at point.
8369
8370 \(fn)" t nil)
8371
8372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8373 Find definition of member at point.
8374
8375 \(fn)" t nil)
8376
8377 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8378 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8379
8380 \(fn)" t nil)
8381
8382 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8383 View definition of member at point in other window.
8384
8385 \(fn)" t nil)
8386
8387 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8388 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8389
8390 \(fn)" t nil)
8391
8392 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8393 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8394
8395 \(fn)" t nil)
8396
8397 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8398 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8399
8400 \(fn)" t nil)
8401
8402 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8403 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8404
8405 \(fn)" t nil)
8406
8407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8408 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8409 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8410 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8411 completion.
8412
8413 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8416 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8417 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8418 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8419
8420 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8421
8422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8423 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8424 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8425 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8426
8427 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8428
8429 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8430 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8431 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8432
8433 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8436 Search for call sites of a member.
8437 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8438 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8439 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8440 looks like a function call to the member.
8441
8442 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8443
8444 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8445 Move backward in the position stack.
8446 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8447
8448 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8449
8450 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8451 Move forward in the position stack.
8452 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8453
8454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8455
8456 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8457 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8458
8459 \(fn)" t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8462 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8463
8464 \(fn)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8467 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8468 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8469 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8470
8471 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8472
8473 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8474 Display statistics for a class tree.
8475
8476 \(fn)" t nil)
8477
8478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("ebrowse-" "ebrowse--" "electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook")))
8479
8480 ;;;***
8481 \f
8482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8484
8485 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8486 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
8487 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8488 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
8489 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8490 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8491 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8492
8493 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8494
8495 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
8496 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8497 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8498 also has this effect.
8499 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
8500 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8501 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
8502 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
8503 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
8504 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
8505 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
8506 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
8507 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
8508 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
8509
8510 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8511
8512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("Electric-buffer-menu-" "electric-buffer-menu-" "electric-buffer-overlay" "electric-buffer-update-highlight")))
8513
8514 ;;;***
8515 \f
8516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8517 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8518
8519 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8520 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8521 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8522
8523 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8524
8525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-undefined" "Electric-history-quit" "electric-command-history-hook" "electric-command-history" "electric-history-map")))
8526
8527 ;;;***
8528 \f
8529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8530 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8531
8532 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8533
8534
8535 \(fn)" nil nil)
8536
8537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8538
8539 ;;;***
8540 \f
8541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8542 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8543 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8544
8545 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8546 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8547 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8548 for a description of this minor mode.
8549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8551 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8552
8553 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8554
8555 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8556 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8560
8561 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8562 an EDE controlled project.
8563
8564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8565
8566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("ede-" "global-ede-mode-map" "ede" "project-try-ede")))
8567
8568 ;;;***
8569 \f
8570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8571 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8572
8573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-project-autoload-dirmatch" "ede-project-autoload" "ede-project-class-files" "ede-show-supported-projects" "ede-add-project-autoload")))
8574
8575 ;;;***
8576 \f
8577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8578 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8579 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8580
8581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8582
8583 ;;;***
8584 \f
8585 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8586 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8587 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8588
8589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8590
8591 ;;;***
8592 \f
8593 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8594 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8596
8597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-project-with-config-" "ede-extra-config-" "ede-target-with-" "ede-extra-config" "ede-project-with-config")))
8598
8599 ;;;***
8600 \f
8601 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8602 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8604
8605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-cpp-root-target" "ede-cpp-root-project-list" "ede-create-lots-of-projects-under-dir")))
8606
8607 ;;;***
8608 \f
8609 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8610 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8612
8613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("ede-customize-target" "eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-project-sort-targets-list" "ede-project-sort-targets-order")))
8614
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8619
8620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede--detect-" "ede-detect-qtest" "ede-detect-directory-for-project")))
8621
8622 ;;;***
8623 \f
8624 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8625 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8627
8628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-add-to-target" "ede-dired-keymap")))
8629
8630 ;;;***
8631 \f
8632 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8633 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8635
8636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8637
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8641 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8643
8644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-" "ede--")))
8645
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8649 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8651
8652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8653
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8657 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8659
8660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-" "ede-linux--get-" "ede-linux--detect-architecture" "ede-linux--include-path")))
8661
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8665 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 37741 19000))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8667
8668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8669
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8673 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8675
8676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-min-version" "ede-make-command")))
8677
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8681 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8683
8684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8685
8686 ;;;***
8687 \f
8688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8689 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8690
8691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8692
8693 ;;;***
8694 \f
8695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8697
8698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-varname" "ede-pmake-end-of-variable" "ede-pmake-insert-variable-once" "ede-pmake-insert-variable-shared")))
8699
8700 ;;;***
8701 \f
8702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8703 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8704
8705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8706
8707 ;;;***
8708 \f
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8710 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8712
8713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-archive-linker" "ede-proj-target-makefile-archive")))
8714
8715 ;;;***
8716 \f
8717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8718 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8720
8721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-proj-target-aux" "ede-aux-source")))
8722
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8726 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8728
8729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("ede-" "proj-comp-insert-variable-once")))
8730
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8734 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8736
8737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-proj-" "ede-xemacs-compiler" "ede-source-emacs" "ede-emacs-cedet-autogen-compiler" "ede-emacs-compiler")))
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8742 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8744
8745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-texi2html-compiler" "ede-proj-target-makefile-info" "ede-makeinfo-find-info-filename" "ede-makeinfo-compiler" "ede-makeinfo-source")))
8746
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8750 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8752
8753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-miscelaneous" "ede-misc-compile" "ede-misc-source")))
8754
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8758 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8760
8761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8762
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8766 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8768
8769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8770
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8774 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8776
8777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8778
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8782 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8784
8785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-g++-" "ede-gcc-shared-compiler" "ede-gcc-libtool-shared-compiler" "ede-proj-target-makefile-shared-object" "ede-cc-linker-libtool")))
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8792
8793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8798 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8800
8801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8802
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8807
8808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-save-" "ede-simple-project" "ede-simple-target" "ede-simple-load" "ede-simple-projectfile-for-dir")))
8809
8810 ;;;***
8811 \f
8812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8814
8815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source-scheme" "ede-sourcecode-list" "ede-sourcecode")))
8816
8817 ;;;***
8818 \f
8819 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8820 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8821 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8822
8823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8824
8825 ;;;***
8826 \f
8827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8828 ;;;;;; 0))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8830
8831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-insert" "ede-srecode-insert-with-dictionary" "ede-srecode-setup")))
8832
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8836 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8838
8839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8840
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8845
8846 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8847 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8848 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8849 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8850 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8851
8852 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8853 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8854 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
8855 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8856
8857 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8858
8859 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8860 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8861 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8862 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8863
8864 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8865
8866 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8867 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8868 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8869 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8870
8871 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8872
8873 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8874
8875 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8876 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8877 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8878 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8879 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8880
8881 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
8882 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
8883 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
8884 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
8885 instrumented for Edebug.
8886
8887 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8888 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8889 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8890 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8891 already is one.)
8892
8893 \(fn)" t nil)
8894
8895 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8896 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8897
8898 \(fn)" t nil)
8899
8900 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8901 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8902
8903 \(fn)" t nil)
8904
8905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug-" "edebug--" "global-edebug-" "save-" "get-edebug-spec" "&key" "def-edebug-spec" "quote" "defconst" "defvar" "defun" "defmacro" "arglist" "lambda-list" "interactive" "function-form" "function" "macro" "let" "let*" "setq" "setq-default" "cond" "condition-case" "\\`" "backquote-form" "\\," "\\,@" "cancel-edebug-on-entry" "edebug")))
8906
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
8911 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8912
8913 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8914 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8915
8916 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8917
8918 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8919 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8920
8921 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8922
8923 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8924
8925 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8926
8927 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
8928 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
8929 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
8930 nothing to revert then this command fails.
8931
8932 \(fn)" t nil)
8933
8934 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8935 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8936 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8937 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8938
8939 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8940
8941 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8942 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8943
8944 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8945
8946 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8947
8948 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8949 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8950
8951 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8952
8953 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8954
8955 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8956 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8957 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8958 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8959
8960 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8961
8962 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8963
8964 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8965 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8966 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8967 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8968
8969 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8970
8971 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8972
8973 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8974 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8975 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8976 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8977
8978 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8979
8980 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8981
8982 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8983 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8984 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8985 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8986
8987 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8988
8989 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8990
8991 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8992 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8993 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8994 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8995 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8996 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8997
8998 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8999
9000 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9001 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9002 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9003 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9004
9005 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9006
9007 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9008
9009 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9010 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9011 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9012 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9013
9014 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9015
9016 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9017
9018 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9019
9020 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9021 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9022 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9023 follows:
9024 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9025 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9026
9027 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9028
9029 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9030 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9031 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9032 follows:
9033 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9034 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9035
9036 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9037
9038 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9039 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9040 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9041 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9042 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9043
9044 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9045
9046 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9047 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9048 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9049 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9050 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9051 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9052
9053 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9054
9055 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9056
9057 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9058 Merge two files without ancestor.
9059
9060 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9061
9062 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9063 Merge two files with ancestor.
9064
9065 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9066
9067 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9068
9069 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9070 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9071
9072 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9073
9074 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9075 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9076
9077 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9078
9079 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9080 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9081 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9082 buffer.
9083
9084 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9085
9086 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9087 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9088 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9089 buffer.
9090
9091 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9092
9093 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9094 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9095 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9096 and don't ask the user.
9097 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9098 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9099
9100 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9101
9102 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9103 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9104 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9105 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9106 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9107 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9108 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9109 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9110
9111 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9112
9113 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9114
9115 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9116
9117 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9118 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9119 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9120 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9121 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9122
9123 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9124
9125 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9126
9127 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9128 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9129 When called interactively, displays the version.
9130
9131 \(fn)" t nil)
9132
9133 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9134 Display Ediff's manual.
9135 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9136
9137 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9138
9139 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9140
9141
9142 \(fn)" nil nil)
9143
9144 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9145
9146
9147 \(fn)" nil nil)
9148
9149 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9150
9151
9152 \(fn)" nil nil)
9153
9154 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9155
9156
9157 \(fn)" nil nil)
9158
9159 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9160
9161
9162 \(fn)" nil nil)
9163
9164 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9165
9166
9167 \(fn)" nil nil)
9168
9169 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9170
9171
9172 \(fn)" nil nil)
9173
9174 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9175
9176
9177 \(fn)" nil nil)
9178
9179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9180
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9185
9186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9187
9188 ;;;***
9189 \f
9190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9192
9193 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9194
9195
9196 \(fn)" t nil)
9197
9198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9199
9200 ;;;***
9201 \f
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9204
9205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9206
9207 ;;;***
9208 \f
9209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9210 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9211
9212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9217 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9218
9219 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9220 Display Ediff's registry.
9221
9222 \(fn)" t nil)
9223
9224 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9225
9226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9227
9228 ;;;***
9229 \f
9230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9232
9233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9234
9235 ;;;***
9236 \f
9237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9239
9240 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9241 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9242 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9243 which see.
9244
9245 \(fn)" t nil)
9246
9247 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9248 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9249 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9250 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9251
9252 \(fn)" t nil)
9253
9254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9260
9261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-vc-" "ediff-rcs-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision" "ediff-keep-tmp-versions" "ediff-delete-version-file")))
9262
9263 ;;;***
9264 \f
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9267
9268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9269
9270 ;;;***
9271 \f
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9274 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9275
9276 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9277 Edit a keyboard macro.
9278 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9279 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9280 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9281 its command name.
9282 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9283
9284 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9285
9286 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9287 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9288
9289 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9290
9291 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9292 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9293
9294 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9295
9296 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9297 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9298 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
9299 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9300 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
9301 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
9302
9303 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9304 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9305 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9306 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9307
9308 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9309
9310 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9311 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9312 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9313 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9314 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9315 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9316
9317 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9318
9319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9320
9321 ;;;***
9322 \f
9323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9325
9326 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9327 Set scroll margins.
9328 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9329 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9330
9331 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9332
9333 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9334 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9335
9336 \(fn)" t nil)
9337
9338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9343 ;;;;;; 0))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9345
9346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9347
9348 ;;;***
9349 \f
9350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9351 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9353
9354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9355
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9360
9361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9362
9363 ;;;***
9364 \f
9365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9366 ;;;;;; 0))
9367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9368
9369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-132" "edt-set-term-width-80")))
9370
9371 ;;;***
9372 \f
9373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9375
9376 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9377 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
9378 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9379 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9380 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9381 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9382 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9383
9384 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9385 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9386
9387 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
9388 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9389 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9390 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9391
9392 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9393 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9394 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9395
9396 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9397 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9398 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9399
9400 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9401
9402 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9403
9404
9405 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9406
9407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-map" "ehelp-command")))
9408
9409 ;;;***
9410 \f
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9413 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9414
9415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "object-" "slot-" "eieio--" "defclass" "oref" "set-slot-value" "oref-default" "with-slots" "same-class-p" "obj-of-class-p" "child-of-class-p" "oset" "oset-default" "find-class")))
9416
9417 ;;;***
9418 \f
9419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9420 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9422
9423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-persistent-" "eieio-instance-" "eieio-singleton" "eieio-persistent" "eieio-named")))
9424
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9428 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9430
9431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-applicable-method" "no-next-method" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9432
9433 ;;;***
9434 \f
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9436 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9438 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9439
9440 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9441 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9442 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9443 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9444 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9445 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9446 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9447
9448 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9449
9450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "eieio--" "class-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot")))
9451
9452 ;;;***
9453 \f
9454 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9455 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9457
9458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9459
9460 ;;;***
9461 \f
9462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9463 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9465
9466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-button" "data-debug-insert-object-slots-from-point" "data-debug-insert-object-slots")))
9467
9468 ;;;***
9469 \f
9470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9471 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 165363 124000))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9473
9474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9475
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9479 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9481
9482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar-" "eieio-speedbar")))
9483
9484 ;;;***
9485 \f
9486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9488
9489 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
9490 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9491
9492 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9493 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9494 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9495
9496 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9497
9498 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9499 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9500 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9501 for a description of this minor mode.
9502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9504 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9505
9506 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9507
9508 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9509 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9513
9514 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9515 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9516 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9517 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9518
9519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9520
9521 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9522 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9523
9524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9525
9526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-" "electric-pair--")))
9527
9528 ;;;***
9529 \f
9530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9532
9533 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9534 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9535
9536 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9537 an elided material again.
9538
9539 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9540
9541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9542
9543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-show" "elide-head-overlay" "elide-head-headers-to-hide")))
9544
9545 ;;;***
9546 \f
9547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9549
9550 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9551 Lint the file FILE.
9552
9553 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9554
9555 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9556 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9557 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9558
9559 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9560
9561 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9562 Lint the current buffer.
9563 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9564
9565 \(fn)" t nil)
9566
9567 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9568 Lint the function at point.
9569 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9570
9571 \(fn)" t nil)
9572
9573 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9574 Initialize elint.
9575 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9576 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9577
9578 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9579
9580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9581
9582 ;;;***
9583 \f
9584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9586
9587 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9588 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9589 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9590
9591 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9592
9593 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9594 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9595 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9596 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9597
9598 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9599
9600 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9601 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9602 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9603
9604 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9605
9606 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9607
9608 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9609 Display current profiling results.
9610 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9611 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9612 displayed.
9613
9614 \(fn)" t nil)
9615
9616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-" "elp--make-wrapper" "elp--instrumented-p" "elp--advice-name")))
9617
9618 ;;;***
9619 \f
9620 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9621 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9622 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9623
9624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell-" "eshell/alias" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9625
9626 ;;;***
9627 \f
9628 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9629 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9631
9632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-message" "eshell-banner-load-hook" "eshell-banner-initialize")))
9633
9634 ;;;***
9635 \f
9636 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9637 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9638 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9639
9640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell/" "eshell-plain-echo-behavior" "eshell-echo")))
9641
9642 ;;;***
9643 \f
9644 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9645 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9647
9648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9649
9650 ;;;***
9651 \f
9652 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9653 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9655
9656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell-" "eshell/")))
9657
9658 ;;;***
9659 \f
9660 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9661 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9663
9664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9665
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9671
9672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell-" "eshell/history")))
9673
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9679
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell-ls-" "eshell/ls" "eshell-ls--insert-directory" "eshell-do-ls")))
9681
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9685 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9687
9688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9689
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9693 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9695
9696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9697
9698 ;;;***
9699 \f
9700 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9701 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9702 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9703
9704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9705
9706 ;;;***
9707 \f
9708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9709 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9710 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9711
9712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell-" "eshell/source" "eshell/.")))
9713
9714 ;;;***
9715 \f
9716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9717 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9719
9720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9721
9722 ;;;***
9723 \f
9724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9725 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 512792 520000))
9726 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9727
9728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-term-" "eshell-visual-" "eshell-escape-control-x" "eshell-destroy-buffer-when-process-dies" "eshell-exec-visual")))
9729
9730 ;;;***
9731 \f
9732 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9733 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9734 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9735
9736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell/sudo" "eshell/su" "eshell-tramp-initialize")))
9737
9738 ;;;***
9739 \f
9740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9741 ;;;;;; (22319 4659 781044 40000))
9742 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9743
9744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell/" "eshell-" "pcomplete/" "nil-blank-string")))
9745
9746 ;;;***
9747 \f
9748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9749 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 295192 607000))
9750 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9751
9752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("eshell/" "pcomplete/bcc32" "pcomplete/bcc")))
9753
9754 ;;;***
9755 \f
9756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9758
9759 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9760 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9761 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9762 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9763 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9764 ARG is omitted or nil.
9765
9766 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9767 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9768 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9769 used instead.
9770
9771 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9772
9773 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9774 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9775 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9776
9777 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9778
9779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9780
9781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("emacs-lock--" "emacs-lock-" "toggle-emacs-lock")))
9782
9783 ;;;***
9784 \f
9785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9787
9788 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9789 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9790 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9791
9792 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9793
9794 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9795
9796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9797
9798 ;;;***
9799 \f
9800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9801 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9802
9803 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9804 Run Emerge on two files.
9805
9806 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9807
9808 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9809 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9810
9811 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9814 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9815
9816 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9817
9818 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9819 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9820
9821 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9824
9825
9826 \(fn)" nil nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9829
9830
9831 \(fn)" nil nil)
9832
9833 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9834
9835
9836 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9837
9838 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9839
9840
9841 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9842
9843 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9844 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9845
9846 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9847
9848 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9849 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9850
9851 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9854
9855
9856 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9857
9858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
9859
9860 ;;;***
9861 \f
9862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9864
9865 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9866 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9867 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9868 text/enriched format.
9869
9870 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
9871 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
9872 if ARG is omitted or nil.
9873
9874 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9875
9876 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9877 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
9878
9879 Commands:
9880
9881 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9882
9883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9884
9885 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9886
9887
9888 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9891
9892
9893 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9894
9895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
9896
9897 ;;;***
9898 \f
9899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
9901
9902 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
9903 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
9904
9905 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
9908 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
9909
9910 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9911
9912 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
9913 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
9914 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
9915 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
9916 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
9917 the keys are listed.
9918 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
9919
9920 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
9921
9922 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
9923 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
9924 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
9925
9926 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
9929 Verify FILE.
9930
9931 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
9934 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
9935
9936 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
9939 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
9940
9941 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
9944 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
9945
9946 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
9947 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
9948 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
9949 proper place to insert the plaintext.
9950
9951 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
9952 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9953 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9954 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9955 should consider using the string based counterpart
9956 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
9957 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
9958
9959 For example:
9960
9961 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
9962 (decode-coding-string
9963 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9964 \\='utf-8))
9965
9966 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
9967
9968 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9969 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
9970
9971 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9972 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
9973
9974 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9975
9976 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
9977
9978 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
9979 Verify the current region between START and END.
9980
9981 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9982 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9983 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9984 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9985 should consider using the string based counterpart
9986 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
9987 `epg-verify-file' instead.
9988
9989 For example:
9990
9991 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
9992 (decode-coding-string
9993 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9994 \\='utf-8))
9995
9996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9997
9998 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
9999
10000 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10001 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10002 between START and END.
10003
10004 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10005 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10006
10007 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10008
10009 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10010
10011 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10012 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10013
10014 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10015 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10016 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10017 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10018 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10019 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10020
10021 For example:
10022
10023 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
10024 (epg-sign-string
10025 context
10026 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
10027
10028 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10029
10030 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10031
10032 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10033 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10034
10035 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10036 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10037 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10038 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10039 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10040 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10041
10042 For example:
10043
10044 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
10045 (epg-encrypt-string
10046 context
10047 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
10048 nil))
10049
10050 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10051
10052 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10053
10054 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10055 Delete selected KEYS.
10056
10057 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10058
10059 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10060 Import keys from FILE.
10061
10062 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10063
10064 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10065 Import keys from the region.
10066
10067 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10068
10069 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10070 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10071 between START and END.
10072
10073 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10074
10075 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10076 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10077
10078 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10079
10080 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10081 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10082
10083 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10084
10085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-" "epa--")))
10086
10087 ;;;***
10088 \f
10089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10090 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10091
10092 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10093 Decrypt marked files.
10094
10095 \(fn)" t nil)
10096
10097 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10098 Verify marked files.
10099
10100 \(fn)" t nil)
10101
10102 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10103 Sign marked files.
10104
10105 \(fn)" t nil)
10106
10107 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10108 Encrypt marked files.
10109
10110 \(fn)" t nil)
10111
10112 ;;;***
10113 \f
10114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10116
10117 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10118
10119
10120 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10121
10122 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10123
10124
10125 \(fn)" t nil)
10126
10127 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10128
10129
10130 \(fn)" t nil)
10131
10132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-file-" "epa-file--find-file-not-found-function" "epa-inhibit")))
10133
10134 ;;;***
10135 \f
10136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10138
10139 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10140 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10141 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10142 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10143 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10144
10145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10146
10147 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10148 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10149 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10150
10151 \(fn)" t nil)
10152
10153 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10154
10155 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10156 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10157 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10158
10159 \(fn)" t nil)
10160
10161 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10162
10163 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10164 Sign the current buffer.
10165 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10166
10167 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10168
10169 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10170
10171 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10172 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10173 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10174 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10175 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10176 and also whether and how to sign.
10177
10178 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10179 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10180 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10181
10182 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10183
10184 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10185
10186 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10187 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10188 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10189
10190 \(fn)" t nil)
10191
10192 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10193
10194 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10195 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10196 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10197 for a description of this minor mode.
10198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10199 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10200 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10201
10202 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10203
10204 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10205 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10206 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10207 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10208 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10209
10210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10211
10212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-mode-" "epa-mail--find-usable-key" "epa-mail-default-recipients")))
10213
10214 ;;;***
10215 \f
10216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10217 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10218 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10219
10220 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10221 Return a context object.
10222
10223 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10224
10225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-" "epg--")))
10226
10227 ;;;***
10228 \f
10229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10231
10232 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10233 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10234 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10235 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10236
10237 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10238 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10239 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10240 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10241 version requirement is met.
10242
10243 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10244
10245 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10246 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10247
10248 \(fn)" nil nil)
10249
10250 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10251
10252 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10253 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10254
10255 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10256
10257 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10258 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10259
10260 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10261
10262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-" "epg--configurations")))
10263
10264 ;;;***
10265 \f
10266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10268 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10269
10270 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10271 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10272
10273 \(fn)" nil nil)
10274
10275 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10276 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10277 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10278
10279 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10280
10281 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10282 (server (erc-compute-server))
10283 (port (erc-compute-port))
10284 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10285 password
10286 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10287
10288 That is, if called with
10289
10290 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
10291
10292 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10293 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10294 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10295
10296 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10297
10298 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10299
10300 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10301 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10302 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10303
10304 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10305
10306 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10307 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10308 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10309 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10310
10311 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10312
10313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "erc--buffer-p" "define-erc-module")))
10314
10315 ;;;***
10316 \f
10317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10318 ;;;;;; 0))
10319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10320 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10321
10322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-autoaway-" "erc-auto-set-away" "erc-auto-discard-away" "autoaway")))
10323
10324 ;;;***
10325 \f
10326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10327 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10328
10329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-" "431" "315" "311" "250" "376" "MOTD" "PRIVMSG")))
10330
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10334 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10335 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10336
10337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-button-" "erc-emacswiki-" "erc-browse-" "erc-nick-" "button")))
10338
10339 ;;;***
10340 \f
10341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10342 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10343 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10344
10345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10346
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10351 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10352
10353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10354
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10359 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10360
10361 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10362 Parser for /dcc command.
10363 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10364 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
10365 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10366
10367 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10368
10369 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10370 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10371
10372 \(fn)" nil nil)
10373
10374 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10375 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10376
10377 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10378 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10379 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10380 that subcommand.
10381
10382 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10383
10384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "dcc" "pcomplete/erc-mode/CREQ" "pcomplete/erc-mode/SREQ")))
10385
10386 ;;;***
10387 \f
10388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10389 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10390 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10391 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10392
10393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("erc-notifications-" "notifications")))
10394
10395 ;;;***
10396 \f
10397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10398 ;;;;;; 0))
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10400
10401 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10402 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10403
10404 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10405
10406 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10407 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10408 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10409 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10410
10411 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10414
10415
10416 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10417
10418 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10419 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10420
10421 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10422
10423 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10424 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10425
10426 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10427
10428 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10429 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10430
10431 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10432
10433 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10434 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10435
10436 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10437
10438 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10439 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10440
10441 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10442
10443 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10444 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10445
10446 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10447
10448 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10449 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10450
10451 \(fn)" nil nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10454 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10455
10456 \(fn)" nil nil)
10457
10458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-inside-session-listing" "erc-ezb-session-list" "erc-ezb-action-alist" "erc-ezb-login-alist" "erc-ezb-regexp")))
10459
10460 ;;;***
10461 \f
10462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10464 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10465
10466 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10467 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10468 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10469
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10471
10472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-fill-" "erc-timestamp-offset")))
10473
10474 ;;;***
10475 \f
10476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10478
10479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly" "scrolltobottom")))
10480
10481 ;;;***
10482 \f
10483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10485
10486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10487
10488 ;;;***
10489 \f
10490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10492 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10493
10494 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10495 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10496 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10497 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10498 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10499 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10500 system.
10501
10502 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10503
10504 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10505
10506
10507 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10508
10509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("identd" "erc-identd-quickstart" "erc-identd-filter" "erc-identd-port" "erc-identd-process")))
10510
10511 ;;;***
10512 \f
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10514 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10515
10516 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10517
10518
10519 \(fn)" nil nil)
10520
10521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10522
10523 ;;;***
10524 \f
10525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10527 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10528
10529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-autojoin-" "autojoin" "erc--autojoin-timer" "erc-server-join-channel")))
10530
10531 ;;;***
10532 \f
10533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10535
10536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10537
10538 ;;;***
10539 \f
10540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10542 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10543
10544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-list-" "erc-cmd-LIST" "list")))
10545
10546 ;;;***
10547 \f
10548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10550 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10551
10552 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10553 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10554 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10555 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10556 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10557 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10558
10559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10560
10561 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10562 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10563 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10564 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10565
10566 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10567 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10568 automatically.
10569
10570 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10571 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10572
10573 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10574
10575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10576
10577 ;;;***
10578 \f
10579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10580 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10581 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10582
10583 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10584 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10585
10586 \(fn)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10589 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10590
10591 \(fn)" t nil)
10592
10593 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10594 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10595
10596 \(fn)" t nil)
10597
10598 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10599 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10600
10601 \(fn)" t nil)
10602
10603 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10604 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10605
10606 \(fn)" t nil)
10607
10608 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10609 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10610
10611 \(fn)" t nil)
10612
10613 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10614 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10615
10616 \(fn)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10619 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10620
10621 \(fn)" t nil)
10622
10623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10624
10625 ;;;***
10626 \f
10627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10628 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10629 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10630
10631 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("menu" "erc-menu-remove" "erc-menu-add" "erc-menu-defined" "erc-menu-definition")))
10632
10633 ;;;***
10634 \f
10635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10636 ;;;;;; 0))
10637 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10638 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10639
10640 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10641 Show who's gone.
10642
10643 \(fn)" nil nil)
10644
10645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-netsplit-" "erc-cmd-WL" "erc-netjoin-hook" "netsplit")))
10646
10647 ;;;***
10648 \f
10649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10650 ;;;;;; 0))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10652
10653 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10654 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
10655 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10656 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10657
10658 \(fn)" nil nil)
10659
10660 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10661 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10662
10663 \(fn)" t nil)
10664
10665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10666
10667 ;;;***
10668 \f
10669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10671 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10672
10673 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10674 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10675 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10676 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10677
10678 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10679
10680 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10681
10682
10683 \(fn)" nil nil)
10684
10685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-notify-" "erc-last-ison" "erc-last-ison-time" "notify")))
10686
10687 ;;;***
10688 \f
10689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10691 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10692
10693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-ctcp-query-PAGE" "erc-ctcp-query-PAGE-hook" "erc-cmd-PAGE" "erc-page-function" "page")))
10694
10695 ;;;***
10696 \f
10697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10698 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10700 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10701
10702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete/erc-mode/" "pcomplete-erc-" "erc-" "pcomplete")))
10703
10704 ;;;***
10705 \f
10706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10707 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10708 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10709
10710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-insert" "erc-replace-alist")))
10711
10712 ;;;***
10713 \f
10714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10716 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10717
10718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10719
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10723 ;;;;;; 0))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10725 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10726
10727 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10728 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10729
10730 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10733 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
10734 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10735
10736 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10737
10738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-nickserv-" "erc-prompt-for-nickserv-password" "services")))
10739
10740 ;;;***
10741 \f
10742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10744 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10745
10746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10747
10748 ;;;***
10749 \f
10750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10751 ;;;;;; 0))
10752 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10753
10754 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10755 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10756 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10757
10758 \(fn)" t nil)
10759
10760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-speedbar-" "erc-install-speedbar-variables")))
10761
10762 ;;;***
10763 \f
10764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10765 ;;;;;; 0))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10767 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10768
10769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-dictionaries" "erc-spelling-init" "erc-spelling-unhighlight-word" "erc-spelling-flyspell-verify" "spelling")))
10770
10771 ;;;***
10772 \f
10773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10775 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10776
10777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10778
10779 ;;;***
10780 \f
10781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10783
10784 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10785 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10786 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10787 for a description of this minor mode.")
10788
10789 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10790
10791 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10792 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10794 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10795 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10796
10797 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10798 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10799 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10800 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10801
10802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10803 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10804
10805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10806
10807 ;;;***
10808 \f
10809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10810 ;;;;;; 0))
10811 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10812 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10813
10814 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10815 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10816 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10817 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10818
10819 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10820
10821 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10822 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10823 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10824
10825 \(fn)" t nil)
10826
10827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("erc-max-buffer-size" "truncate")))
10828
10829 ;;;***
10830 \f
10831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10833 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10834
10835 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10836 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10837
10838 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10839
10840 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-xdcc-" "erc-xdcc" "erc-ctcp-query-XDCC-hook" "xdcc")))
10841
10842 ;;;***
10843 \f
10844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10846
10847 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10848 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10849
10850 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10851 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10852
10853 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10854 useful for assertions in BODY.
10855
10856 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10857
10858 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10859 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10860 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10861
10862 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
10863
10864 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10865
10866 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10867
10868 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10869
10870 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10871
10872 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10873 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10874
10875 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10876 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10877 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
10878 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
10879
10880 Returns the stats object.
10881
10882 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10883
10884 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10885 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10886
10887 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10888 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10889 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10890 the tests).
10891
10892 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10893
10894 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10895 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10896
10897 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10898 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10899 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10900 and how to display message.
10901
10902 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10903
10904 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10905
10906 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10907 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10908
10909 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10910
10911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert--" "ert-")))
10912
10913 ;;;***
10914 \f
10915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10916 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10917
10918 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10919
10920 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10921 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10922
10923 \(fn)" t nil)
10924
10925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-" "ert--test-" "ert--call-with-test-buffer" "ert--format-test-buffer-name" "ert--text-button")))
10926
10927 ;;;***
10928 \f
10929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10931
10932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10933
10934 ;;;***
10935 \f
10936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10937 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10938
10939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell-" "eshell/which" "eshell/eshell-debug" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug" "eshell--local-vars")))
10940
10941 ;;;***
10942 \f
10943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10945
10946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell-" "eshell/addpath")))
10947
10948 ;;;***
10949 \f
10950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10951 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
10952
10953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-" "eshell--apply-redirections")))
10954
10955 ;;;***
10956 \f
10957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
10959
10960 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
10961 Emacs shell interactive mode.
10962
10963 \(fn)" t nil)
10964
10965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell-" "eshell/exit" "eshell/clear-scrollback" "eshell/clear")))
10966
10967 ;;;***
10968 \f
10969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
10970 ;;;;;; 0))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
10972
10973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-module-unload-hook" "eshell-modules-list" "eshell-using-module" "eshell-unload-extension-modules")))
10974
10975 ;;;***
10976 \f
10977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
10979
10980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell--process-" "eshell-eval-using-options" "eshell-show-usage" "eshell--do-opts" "eshell--set-option")))
10981
10982 ;;;***
10983 \f
10984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10985 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
10986
10987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell-" "eshell/wait" "eshell/jobs" "eshell/kill")))
10988
10989 ;;;***
10990 \f
10991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
10993
10994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
10995
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11000
11001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell-" "eshell/" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/export" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/unset" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/setq")))
11002
11003 ;;;***
11004 \f
11005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11006 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11007 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11008
11009 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11010 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11011 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11012 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11013 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11014 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11015 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11016 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11017 buffer selected (or created).
11018
11019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11020
11021 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11022 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11023 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11024
11025 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11026
11027 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11028 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11029 The result might be any Lisp object.
11030 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11031 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11032 corresponding to a successful execution.
11033
11034 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11035
11036 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11037
11038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11039
11040 ;;;***
11041 \f
11042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11044
11045 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11046 File name of tags table.
11047 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
11048 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
11049 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11050 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11051 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11052
11053 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11054 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11055 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11056 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11057
11058 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11059
11060 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11061 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11062 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
11063 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11064 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11065 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11066
11067 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11068
11069 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11070 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11071 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11072
11073 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11074
11075 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11076 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11077 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11078 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11079 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11080
11081 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11082
11083 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11084 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
11085 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
11086 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
11087
11088 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11089
11090 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11091 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
11092 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11093 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11094 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11095
11096 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11097
11098 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11099 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11100
11101 \(fn)" t nil)
11102
11103 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11104 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11105 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11106 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11107
11108 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
11109 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
11110 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
11111 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11112 file the tag was in.
11113
11114 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11115
11116 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11117 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11118 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11119 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11120 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11121 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11122 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11123 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11124 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11125
11126 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
11127
11128 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11129 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11130 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11131 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11132 without directory names.
11133
11134 \(fn)" nil nil)
11135
11136 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11137
11138
11139 \(fn)" nil nil)
11140 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11141 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11142 (progn
11143 (load "etags")
11144 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11145
11146 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11147 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11148 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11149 but does not select the buffer.
11150 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11151
11152 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11153 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11154 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11155 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11156 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11157
11158 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11159
11160 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11161 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11162 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11163
11164 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11165
11166 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11167
11168 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11169 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11170 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11171 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11172
11173 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11174 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11175 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11176 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11177 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11178
11179 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11180
11181 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11182 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11183 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11184
11185 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11186
11187 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11188
11189 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11190
11191 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11192 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11193 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11194 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11195 around or before point.
11196
11197 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11198 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11199 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11200 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11201 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11202
11203 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11204
11205 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11206 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11207 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11208
11209 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11210
11211 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11212
11213 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11214
11215 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11216 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11217 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11218 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11219 around or before point.
11220
11221 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11222 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11223 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11224 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11225 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11226
11227 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11228
11229 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11230 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11231 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11232
11233 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11234
11235 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11236
11237 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11238
11239 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11240 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11241 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11242
11243 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11244 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11245 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11246 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11247 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
11248
11249 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11250
11251 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11252 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
11253 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11254
11255 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11256
11257 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11258
11259 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11260
11261 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11262
11263 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11264 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11265
11266 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11267 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11268 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11269
11270 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11271 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11272
11273 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11274 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11275
11276 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11277
11278 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11279 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
11280 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11281 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11282
11283 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11284 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11285 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11286 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11287 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11288
11289 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11290
11291 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11292 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11293 Stops when a match is found.
11294 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
11295
11296 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11297 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11298 restricted to these files.
11299
11300 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11301
11302 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11303
11304 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11305 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11306 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11307 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
11308 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
11309 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11310 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
11311 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
11312
11313 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11314 produce the list of files to search.
11315
11316 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11317
11318 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11319
11320 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11321 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11322 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11323 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11324 directory specification.
11325
11326 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11327
11328 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11329 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11330
11331 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11332
11333 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11334
11335 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11336 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11337 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11338 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11339
11340 \(fn)" t nil)
11341
11342 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11343 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11344 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11345 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11346 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
11347
11348 \(fn)" t nil)
11349
11350 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11351
11352
11353 \(fn)" nil nil)
11354
11355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("tags-" "tag-" "etags-" "select-tags-table-" "file-of-" "etags--xref-" "find-" "xref-" "default-tags-table-function" "next-file-list" "snarf-tag-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "list-tags-function" "verify-tags-table-function" "initialize-new-tags-table" "last-tag")))
11356
11357 ;;;***
11358 \f
11359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11360 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11362
11363 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11364
11365
11366 \(fn)" nil nil)
11367
11368 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11369 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11370
11371 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11372 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11373
11374 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11375 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11376 primary language.
11377
11378 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11379 even if the buffer is read-only.
11380
11381 See also the descriptions of the variables
11382 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11383
11384 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11385
11386 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11387 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11388
11389 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11390 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11391
11392 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11393 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11394 primary language.
11395
11396 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11397 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11398
11399 See also the descriptions of the variables
11400 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11401
11402 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11403
11404 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11405 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
11406 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11407 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
11408
11409 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11410
11411 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11412 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11413 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11414 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11415
11416 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11417 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11418 primary language.
11419
11420 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11421 buffer is read-only.
11422
11423 See also the descriptions of the variables
11424 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11425 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11426
11427 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11428
11429 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11430 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11431
11432 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11433 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11434
11435 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11436 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11437 the primary language.
11438
11439 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11440 buffer is read-only.
11441
11442 See also the descriptions of the variables
11443 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11444 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11445
11446 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11447
11448 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11449 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
11450 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
11451
11452 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11453
11454 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11455 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11456
11457 \(fn)" t nil)
11458
11459 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11460 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11461
11462 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11463 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11464 be 1, 2, or 3.
11465
11466 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11467 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11468 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11469
11470 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11471
11472 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11473
11474 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11475 This function is deprecated.
11476
11477 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11478
11479 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11480 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11481
11482 \(fn)" t nil)
11483
11484 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11485 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11486
11487 \(fn)" t nil)
11488
11489 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11490 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11491
11492 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
11493 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11494
11495 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11496 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11497
11498 \(fn)" nil nil)
11499
11500 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11501 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11502
11503 \(fn)" nil nil)
11504
11505 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11506 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11507
11508 \(fn)" nil nil)
11509
11510 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11511 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11512
11513 \(fn)" nil nil)
11514
11515 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11516 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11517 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11518
11519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11520
11521 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11522
11523
11524 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11525
11526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("ethio-" "exit-ethiopic-environment-data" "exit-ethiopic-environment")))
11527
11528 ;;;***
11529 \f
11530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11532
11533 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11534 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11535 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11536 server for future sessions.
11537
11538 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11539
11540 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11541 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11542 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11543
11544 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11545
11546 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11547 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11548 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11549
11550 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11551
11552 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11553 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11554 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11555 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11556 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11557 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11558 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11559 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11560 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11561 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11562 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11563 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11564
11565 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11566
11567 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11568 Display a form to query the directory server.
11569 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11570 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11571
11572 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11573
11574 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11575 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11576 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11577
11578 \(fn)" t nil)
11579
11580 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11581
11582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc" '("eudc-" "eudc--using-bbdb-3-or-newer-p")))
11583
11584 ;;;***
11585 \f
11586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11587 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11588
11589 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
11590 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11591
11592 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11593
11594 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
11595 Display URL and make it clickable.
11596
11597 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
11598
11599 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
11600 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11601
11602 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
11603
11604 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
11605 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11606
11607 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11608
11609 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
11610 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11611
11612 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11613
11614 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
11615 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11616
11617 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11618
11619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-bob-" "eudc-jump-to-event")))
11620
11621 ;;;***
11622 \f
11623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11625
11626 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
11627 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11628 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11629
11630 \(fn)" t nil)
11631
11632 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
11633 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11634
11635 \(fn)" t nil)
11636
11637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-bbdbify-" "eudc-create-bbdb-record" "eudc-parse-spec" "eudc-batch-export-records-to-bbdb")))
11638
11639 ;;;***
11640 \f
11641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11642 ;;;;;; 0))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11644
11645 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
11646 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11647
11648 \(fn)" t nil)
11649
11650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11651
11652 ;;;***
11653 \f
11654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11655 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11656
11657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11658
11659 ;;;***
11660 \f
11661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11663
11664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11665
11666 ;;;***
11667 \f
11668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11670
11671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-ldap-" "eudc-filter-$")))
11672
11673 ;;;***
11674 \f
11675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11676 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11677
11678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-mab-conversion-alist" "eudc-mab-query-internal" "eudc-mab-set-server" "eudc-buffer-time" "eudc-contacts-file")))
11679
11680 ;;;***
11681 \f
11682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11684
11685 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
11686 Create an empty ewoc.
11687
11688 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11689
11690 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11691 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11692 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11693 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11694 `insert-before-markers'.
11695
11696 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11697 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11698 respectively, of the ewoc.
11699
11700 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11701 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11702 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11703
11704 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
11705
11706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ewoc" '("ewoc-" "ewoc--")))
11707
11708 ;;;***
11709 \f
11710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11711 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11712
11713 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
11714 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11715 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11716 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11717 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
11718
11719 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
11720
11721 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
11722 Fetch URL and render the page.
11723 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11724 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11725
11726 \(fn URL)" t nil)
11727 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
11728
11729 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
11730 Render FILE using EWW.
11731
11732 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11733
11734 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
11735 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11736 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11737
11738 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
11739
11740 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
11741 Mode for browsing the web.
11742
11743 \(fn)" t nil)
11744
11745 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
11746
11747
11748 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
11749
11750 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
11751 Display the bookmarks.
11752
11753 \(fn)" t nil)
11754
11755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eww" '("eww-")))
11756
11757 ;;;***
11758 \f
11759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11760 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11762
11763 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
11764 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11765 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
11766
11767 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
11768
11769 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
11770 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11771 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
11772 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11773 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11774
11775 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
11776
11777 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
11778 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11779 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11780 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11781 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11782 executable.
11783
11784 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
11785
11786 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
11787 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11788 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11789 file modes.
11790
11791 \(fn)" nil nil)
11792
11793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11794
11795 ;;;***
11796 \f
11797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11798 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11799
11800 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
11801 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11802 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11803 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11804
11805 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11806
11807 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11808 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11809 to generate such functions.
11810
11811 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11812 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11813 beginning of the expanded text.
11814
11815 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11816 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11817 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11818 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11819
11820 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11821
11822 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
11823
11824 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
11825 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11826 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11827
11828 \(fn)" nil nil)
11829
11830 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
11831 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11832 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11833
11834 \(fn)" t nil)
11835
11836 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
11837 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11838 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11839
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11841 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
11842 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
11843
11844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11845
11846 ;;;***
11847 \f
11848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11850
11851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11852
11853 ;;;***
11854 \f
11855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11857
11858 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
11859 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11860 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11861
11862 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
11863 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
11864 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
11865
11866 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
11867
11868 Key definitions:
11869 \\{f90-mode-map}
11870
11871 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11872
11873 `f90-do-indent'
11874 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11875 `f90-if-indent'
11876 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11877 `f90-type-indent'
11878 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11879 `f90-program-indent'
11880 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11881 (default 2).
11882 `f90-associate-indent'
11883 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11884 `f90-critical-indent'
11885 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11886 `f90-continuation-indent'
11887 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11888 `f90-comment-region'
11889 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
11890 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
11891 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11892 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11893 (default \"!\").
11894 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11895 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
11896 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
11897 `f90-break-delimiters'
11898 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11899 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
11900 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11901 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11902 (default t).
11903 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11904 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11905 `f90-smart-end'
11906 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11907 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11908 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11909 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11910 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11911 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11912 `f90-leave-line-no'
11913 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11914
11915 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11916 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11917
11918 \(fn)" t nil)
11919
11920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "f90" '("f90-")))
11921
11922 ;;;***
11923 \f
11924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11926
11927 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
11928 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11929 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11930 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11931
11932 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11933 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11934 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11935 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11936 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11937
11938 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11939 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11940 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11941 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11942 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11943 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11944 attributes.
11945
11946 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
11947 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
11948
11949 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
11950
11951 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
11952 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
11953 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11954 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
11955
11956 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11957
11958 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
11959 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
11960 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11961 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
11962
11963 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11964 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11965 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
11966
11967 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
11968 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
11969 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
11970 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
11971
11972 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
11973
11974 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
11975 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
11976 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
11977
11978 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
11979 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11980 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
11981 the same amount).
11982
11983 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
11984
11985 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
11986 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
11987 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
11988
11989 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11990 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
11991 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
11992 will remove any scaling currently active.
11993
11994 \(fn INC)" t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
11997 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
11998 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
11999
12000 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
12001 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
12002 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
12003 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
12004 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
12005
12006 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
12007 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12008
12009 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12010
12011 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12012 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12013
12014 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12015 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12016 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12017
12018 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12019 the face height as long as the input event read
12020 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12021
12022 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12023 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12024 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12025 will remove any scaling currently active.
12026
12027 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12028 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12029 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12030 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12031 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12032
12033 \(fn INC)" t nil)
12034
12035 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
12036 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12038 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12039 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12040 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12041
12042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12043
12044 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
12045 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12046 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12047 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12048 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12049 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12050 `buffer-face-mode'.
12051
12052 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12053 local, and sets it to FACE.
12054
12055 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
12056
12057 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
12058 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12059 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12060 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12061 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12062 `face' text property.
12063
12064 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12065 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12066 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12067 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12068
12069 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12070 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12071
12072 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
12073
12074 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
12075 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12076 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12077 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12078
12079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12080
12081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("text-scale-" "buffer-face-mode-" "face-remap-" "face-attrs-more-relative-p" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12082
12083 ;;;***
12084 \f
12085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12087 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
12088
12089 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
12090 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12091 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12092 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12093
12094 \(fn)" nil nil)
12095
12096 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
12097 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12098
12099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12100
12101 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
12102 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12103 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12104 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12105
12106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12107
12108 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
12109 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12110 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12111 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12112 backup file names and the like).
12113
12114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12115
12116 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
12117 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12118 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12119 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12120 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12121 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12122 internally by feedmail):
12123
12124 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12125 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12126 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12127 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12128
12129 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12130 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12131 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12132 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12133 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12134
12135 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
12136
12137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12138
12139 ;;;***
12140 \f
12141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12143
12144 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
12145 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12146 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12147 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12148 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
12149 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12150 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12151
12152 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
12153
12154 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
12155 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12156 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12157 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12158 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12159 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12160 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12161
12162 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
12163
12164 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
12165
12166 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
12167 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12168 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12169 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12170 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12171 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12172
12173 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
12174
12175 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
12176 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12177 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12178 Return value:
12179 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12180 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12181 * otherwise, nil
12182
12183 \(fn E)" t nil)
12184
12185 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
12186 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12187 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12188
12189 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
12190
12191 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
12192 Try to get a file name at point.
12193 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12194
12195 \(fn)" nil nil)
12196
12197 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
12198 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12199
12200 \(fn)" t nil)
12201
12202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("ffap-" "dired-at-point-prompter" "dired-at-point-require-prefix" "find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap--toggle-read-only")))
12203
12204 ;;;***
12205 \f
12206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12208
12209 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
12210 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12211 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12212 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12213
12214 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
12215
12216 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
12217 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12218 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12219 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12220 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12221 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12222
12223 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
12224
12225 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
12226 Add FILE to the file cache.
12227
12228 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12229
12230 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
12231 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12232 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12233
12234 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12235
12236 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
12237 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12238 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12239
12240 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
12241
12242 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
12243 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12244 This function does not use any external programs.
12245 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12246 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12247 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12248
12249 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
12250
12251 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
12252 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12253 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12254 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12255 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12256 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12257 \(directories) is done.
12258
12259 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12260
12261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-" "file-cache--read-list")))
12262
12263 ;;;***
12264 \f
12265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12267
12268 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
12269 Handle file system monitoring event.
12270 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12271
12272 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12273
12274 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12275
12276 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12277
12278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify--" "file-notify-")))
12279
12280 ;;;***
12281 \f
12282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12284
12285 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
12286 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12287
12288 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12289 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12290 Local Variables list.
12291
12292 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12293 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12294 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12295
12296 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
12297
12298 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
12299 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12300
12301 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
12302
12303 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
12304 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12305
12306 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12307 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12308 the -*- line.
12309
12310 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12311 then this function adds it.
12312
12313 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
12314
12315 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
12316 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12317
12318 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
12319
12320 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
12321 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12322
12323 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
12324
12325 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
12326 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12327
12328 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
12331 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12332
12333 \(fn)" t nil)
12334
12335 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
12336 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12337
12338 \(fn)" t nil)
12339
12340 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
12341 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12342
12343 \(fn)" t nil)
12344
12345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("read-file-local-variable-" "modify-file-local-variable-" "modify-dir-local-variable" "read-file-local-variable" "modify-file-local-variable")))
12346
12347 ;;;***
12348 \f
12349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12351
12352 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
12353 Filesets initialization.
12354 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12355
12356 \(fn)" nil nil)
12357
12358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12359
12360 ;;;***
12361 \f
12362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12364 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
12365
12366 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
12367 Initiate the building of a find command.
12368 For example:
12369
12370 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
12371 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
12372 (mtime \"+1\"))
12373 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
12374
12375 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12376 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12377
12378 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
12379
12380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12381
12382 ;;;***
12383 \f
12384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12386
12387 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
12388 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12389 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12390
12391 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
12392
12393 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12394 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
12395
12396 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
12397
12398 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
12399 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12400 and run Dired on those files.
12401 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12402 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12403
12404 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
12405
12406 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12407
12408 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
12409
12410 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
12411 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12412 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12413
12414 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
12415 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
12416
12417 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12418 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
12419
12420 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
12421
12422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "kill-find" "lookfor-dired")))
12423
12424 ;;;***
12425 \f
12426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12427 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12428
12429 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12430 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12431 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12432 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12433 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12434 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12435 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
12436
12437 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
12438
12439 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
12440 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12441 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12442
12443 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12444
12445 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
12446
12447 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
12448
12449 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
12450 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12451 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12452
12453 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12454 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12455
12456 Variables of interest include:
12457
12458 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12459 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12460 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12461
12462 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12463 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12464 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12465
12466 - `ff-ignore-include'
12467 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12468
12469 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12470 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12471
12472 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12473 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12474
12475 - `ff-special-constructs'
12476 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12477 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12478 extracting the filename from that construct.
12479
12480 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12481 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12482
12483 - `ff-search-directories'
12484 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12485 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12486
12487 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12488 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12489
12490 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12491 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12492
12493 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12494 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12495
12496 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12497 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12498
12499 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12500 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12501
12502 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
12503
12504 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
12505 Visit the file you click on.
12506
12507 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12508
12509 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
12510 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12511
12512 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12513
12514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-search-directories" "cc-other-file-alist")))
12515
12516 ;;;***
12517 \f
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12519 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12521
12522 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
12523 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12524 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
12525 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
12526 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
12527 buffer.
12528
12529 \(fn LIBRARY &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
12530
12531 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
12532 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12533 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12534 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12535
12536 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12537 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12538 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12539 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12540
12541 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
12542
12543 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
12544 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12545
12546 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12547 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12548 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12549 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12550
12551 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12552 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12553 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12554
12555 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12556 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12557 in `load-path'.
12558
12559 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
12560
12561 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
12562 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12563
12564 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12565 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12566 places point before the definition.
12567 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12568
12569 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12570 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12571 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12572
12573 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12574
12575 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
12576 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12577
12578 See `find-function' for more details.
12579
12580 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12581
12582 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
12583 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12584
12585 See `find-function' for more details.
12586
12587 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12588
12589 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
12590 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12591
12592 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12593 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12594 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12595
12596 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12597 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12598
12599 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
12600
12601 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
12602 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12603
12604 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12605 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12606 places point before the definition.
12607
12608 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12609
12610 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12611 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12612 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12613
12614 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
12615
12616 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
12617 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12618
12619 See `find-variable' for more details.
12620
12621 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
12622
12623 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
12624 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12625
12626 See `find-variable' for more details.
12627
12628 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
12629
12630 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
12631 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12632 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12633 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12634 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12635 buffer nor display it.
12636
12637 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12638 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12639
12640 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
12641
12642 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
12643 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12644
12645 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12646 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12647 places point before the definition.
12648
12649 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12650
12651 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12652 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12653 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12654
12655 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
12656
12657 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
12658 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12659 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12660
12661 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12662
12663 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
12664 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12665 See `find-function-on-key'.
12666
12667 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12668
12669 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
12670 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12671 See `find-function-on-key'.
12672
12673 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12674
12675 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
12676 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12677
12678 \(fn)" t nil)
12679
12680 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
12681 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12682
12683 \(fn)" t nil)
12684
12685 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
12686 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12687
12688 \(fn)" nil nil)
12689
12690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-variable-regexp" "find-alias-regexp" "find-library-" "find-f")))
12691
12692 ;;;***
12693 \f
12694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12695 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12696
12697 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
12698 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12699
12700 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
12701
12702 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
12703 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12704
12705 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12706
12707 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
12708 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12709
12710 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12711
12712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12713
12714 ;;;***
12715 \f
12716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12718 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
12719
12720 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
12721 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12722
12723 \(fn)" t nil)
12724
12725 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
12726 Display FILE's commentary section.
12727 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12728
12729 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12730
12731 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
12732 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12733
12734 \(fn)" t nil)
12735
12736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "finder--builtins-descriptions" "finder--builtins-alist" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12737
12738 ;;;***
12739 \f
12740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12741 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12742
12743 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
12744 Toggle flow control handling.
12745 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
12746 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12747
12748 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
12749
12750 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
12751 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12752 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
12753 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12754 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
12755 to get the effect of a C-q.
12756
12757 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
12758
12759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-q-replacement" "flow-control-c-s-replacement")))
12760
12761 ;;;***
12762 \f
12763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12765
12766 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
12767
12768
12769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12770
12771 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
12772
12773
12774 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
12775
12776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-display-column" "fill-flowed-fill-buffer" "fill-flowed-test" "fill-flowed-encode-column" "fill-flowed-encode-tests")))
12777
12778 ;;;***
12779 \f
12780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12782 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
12783
12784 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
12785 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12787 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12788 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12789 \\{flymake-mode-map}
12790
12791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12792
12793 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
12794 Turn flymake mode on.
12795
12796 \(fn)" nil nil)
12797
12798 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
12799 Turn flymake mode off.
12800
12801 \(fn)" nil nil)
12802
12803 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
12804
12805
12806 \(fn)" nil nil)
12807
12808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
12809
12810 ;;;***
12811 \f
12812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
12813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
12814
12815 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
12816 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
12817
12818 \(fn)" t nil)
12819 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
12820
12821 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
12822 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
12823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
12824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12826
12827 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
12828 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
12829 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
12830
12831 Bindings:
12832 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
12833 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
12834 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
12835 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
12836
12837 Hooks:
12838 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
12839
12840 Remark:
12841 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
12842 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
12843 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
12844
12845 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
12846 consider adding:
12847 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
12848 in your init file.
12849
12850 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
12851 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
12852
12853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12854
12855 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
12856 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
12857
12858 \(fn)" nil nil)
12859
12860 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
12861 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
12862
12863 \(fn)" nil nil)
12864
12865 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
12866 Turn Flyspell mode off.
12867
12868 \(fn)" nil nil)
12869
12870 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
12871 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
12872
12873 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12874
12875 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
12876 Flyspell whole buffer.
12877
12878 \(fn)" t nil)
12879
12880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "texinfo-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex-mode-flyspell-verify" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay")))
12881
12882 ;;;***
12883 \f
12884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
12885 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
12886 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
12887
12888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
12889
12890 ;;;***
12891 \f
12892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
12894
12895 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
12896 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12897
12898 \(fn)" nil nil)
12899
12900 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
12901 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12902
12903 \(fn)" nil nil)
12904
12905 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
12906 Toggle Follow mode.
12907 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
12908 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12909 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12910
12911 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
12912 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
12913
12914 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
12915 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
12916 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
12917
12918 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
12919 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
12920 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
12921 movement commands.
12922
12923 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
12924 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
12925 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
12926 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
12927 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
12928 mileage may vary).
12929
12930 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
12931 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
12932
12933 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
12934
12935 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
12936
12937 Keys specific to Follow mode:
12938 \\{follow-mode-map}
12939
12940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12941
12942 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
12943 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
12944 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12945
12946 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12947 the window will be visible after the scroll.
12948
12949 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12950 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12951
12952 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12953
12954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12955
12956 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
12957 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
12958 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12959
12960 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
12961 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
12962
12963 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
12964 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
12965
12966 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
12967
12968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12969
12970 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
12971 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
12972
12973 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12974 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
12975
12976 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12977 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12978
12979 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12980
12981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12982
12983 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
12984 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
12985
12986 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
12987 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
12988
12989 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
12990 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
12991
12992 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
12993
12994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12995
12996 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
12997 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
12998
12999 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13000 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13001 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13002 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13003 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13004 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13005
13006 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13007 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13008 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13009
13010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13011
13012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-" "follow--window-sorter")))
13013
13014 ;;;***
13015 \f
13016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13017 ;;;;;; 0))
13018 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13019
13020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("x-" "xlfd-" "create-" "fontset-" "standard-fontset-spec" "charset-script-alist" "generate-fontset-menu" "set-font-encoding" "setup-default-fontset")))
13021
13022 ;;;***
13023 \f
13024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13026 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
13027
13028 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
13029 Toggle Footnote mode.
13030 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13031 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13032 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13033
13034 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13035 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13036 play around with the following keys:
13037 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
13038
13039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13040
13041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("Footnote-" "footnote-")))
13042
13043 ;;;***
13044 \f
13045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13047
13048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec-make" "format-spec")))
13049
13050 ;;;***
13051 \f
13052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13054
13055 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
13056 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13057
13058 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13059 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13060 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13061 C-c < forms-first-record <
13062 C-c > forms-last-record >
13063 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13064 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13065 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13066 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13067 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13068 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13069 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13070 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13071 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13072 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13073
13074 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
13075
13076 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
13077 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13078
13079 \(fn FN)" t nil)
13080
13081 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
13082 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13083
13084 \(fn FN)" t nil)
13085
13086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms--" "forms-")))
13087
13088 ;;;***
13089 \f
13090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13092
13093 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
13094 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13095 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13096
13097 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
13098 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13099
13100 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
13101
13102 Key definitions:
13103 \\{fortran-mode-map}
13104
13105 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13106
13107 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13108 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
13109 `fortran-do-indent'
13110 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13111 `fortran-if-indent'
13112 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13113 `fortran-structure-indent'
13114 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13115 (default 3)
13116 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13117 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13118 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13119 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13120 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13121 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13122 nil don't change the indentation
13123 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13124 value of either
13125 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13126 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13127 depending on the continuation format in use.
13128 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13129 indentation for a line of code.
13130 (default `fixed')
13131 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13132 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13133 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
13134 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13135 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13136 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13137 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13138 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13139 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13140 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13141 column 5.
13142 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13143 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
13144 statements (default nil).
13145 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13146 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
13147 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13148 `fortran-continuation-string'
13149 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13150 line (default \"$\").
13151 `fortran-comment-region'
13152 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
13153 the region (default \"c$$$\").
13154 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13155 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13156 as typed (default t).
13157 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13158 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13159
13160 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13161 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13162
13163 \(fn)" t nil)
13164
13165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13166
13167 ;;;***
13168 \f
13169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13171
13172 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
13173 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13174
13175 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13176 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13177
13178 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
13179
13180 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
13181 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13182
13183 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13184 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13185
13186 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
13187
13188 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
13189 Compile fortune file.
13190
13191 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13192 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13193
13194 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
13197 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13198
13199 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13200 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13201 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13202 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13203
13204 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13205
13206 (autoload 'fortune-message "fortune" "\
13207 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13208 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13209 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13210
13211 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13212
13213 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
13214 Display a fortune cookie.
13215 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13216 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13217 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13218 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13219
13220 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
13221
13222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13223
13224 ;;;***
13225 \f
13226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13227 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13228
13229 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13230 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13231 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
13232
13233 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13234 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13235 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
13236
13237 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
13238 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13239
13240 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13241 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13242
13243 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13244 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13245 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13246 intend to modify existing values, do
13247
13248 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13249
13250 before changing anything.
13251
13252 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13253 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13254
13255 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13256 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13257 to restore the frame.
13258
13259 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13260 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13261 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13262
13263 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13264 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13265 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13266 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13267 FILTER A filter function.
13268
13269 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13270 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13271
13272 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13273
13274 where
13275
13276 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13277 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13278 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13279 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13280 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13281 before restoring it.
13282 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13283
13284 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13285 It must return:
13286 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13287 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13288 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13289
13290 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13291 defined with ACTION = nil.")
13292
13293 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
13294 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13295 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13296 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13297 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13298 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13299 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13300
13301 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
13302
13303 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
13304 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13305
13306 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
13309 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13310 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13311 If nil, check all live frames.
13312
13313 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
13314
13315 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
13316 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13317 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13318 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13319 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13320 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13321 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13322 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13323 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13324 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13325 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13326
13327 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
13328
13329 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
13330 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13331
13332 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13333 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13334 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13335 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13336 and window-state is not restored.
13337
13338 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13339 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13340
13341 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13342 t All existing frames can be reused.
13343 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13344 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13345 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13346 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13347
13348 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13349 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13350 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13351 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13352 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13353 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13354 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13355 be created from that parameter alist.
13356
13357 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13358 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13359 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13360 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13361 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13362 - the live frame just restored,
13363 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13364 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13365 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13366
13367 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
13368 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13369 nil Keep all frames.
13370 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13371 - FRAME, a live frame.
13372 - ACTION, which can be one of
13373 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13374 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13375 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13376 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13377 Return value is ignored.
13378
13379 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13380 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13381 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13382 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13383 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13384
13385 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13386
13387 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13388
13389 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
13390 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13391 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13392
13393 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13394
13395 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
13396 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13397 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13398
13399 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13400
13401 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
13402 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13403 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
13404 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13405
13406 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13407
13408 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
13409
13410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-" "frameset--")))
13411
13412 ;;;***
13413 \f
13414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13415 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13416
13417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-mode-1" "set-fringe-mode" "set-fringe-style" "fringe--check-style")))
13418
13419 ;;;***
13420 \f
13421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13422 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13423 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
13424
13425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13426
13427 ;;;***
13428 \f
13429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13431
13432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13433
13434 ;;;***
13435 \f
13436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13438
13439 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
13440 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13441 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13442 for a description of this minor mode.")
13443
13444 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
13445
13446 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
13447 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13448 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13449 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13450 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13451 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13452 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13453
13454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13455
13456 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
13457 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13458 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13459 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13460
13461 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
13462 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
13463 executable followed by command line options. The command line
13464 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
13465 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
13466
13467 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13468 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13469 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13470 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13471
13472 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13473 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13474 shown in some of the buffers.
13475
13476 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13477
13478 The following commands help control operation :
13479
13480 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13481 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13482
13483 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13484 detailed description of this mode.
13485
13486
13487 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13488 | GDB Toolbar |
13489 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13490 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13491 | | |
13492 | | |
13493 | | |
13494 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13495 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13496 | | (comint-mode) |
13497 | | |
13498 | | |
13499 | | |
13500 | | |
13501 | | |
13502 | | |
13503 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13504 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13505 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13506 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13507 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13508 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13509
13510 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13511
13512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb-" "def-gdb-" "gdbmi-" "gud-" "gdb--" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13513
13514 ;;;***
13515 \f
13516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13517 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13519
13520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps--" "iter-" "cps-standard-special-forms" "cps-inhibit-atomic-optimization" "cps-generate-evaluator")))
13521
13522 ;;;***
13523 \f
13524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13526
13527 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
13528 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13529 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13530 instead (which see).")
13531
13532 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
13533 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13534
13535 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13536 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13537 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13538 documentation string instead.
13539
13540 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13541 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13542 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
13543 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
13544 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
13545 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13546 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13547 enders are actually possible.
13548
13549 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13550 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13551
13552 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13553 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13554 `font-lock-keywords'.
13555
13556 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13557 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13558 runs the macro expansion.
13559
13560 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13561 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13562 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13563
13564 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13565
13566 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13567
13568 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13569
13570 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
13571
13572 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
13573 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13574
13575 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
13576
13577 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
13578 Enter generic mode MODE.
13579
13580 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13581 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
13582 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13583
13584 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13585 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13586
13587 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13588
13589 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
13590 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13591 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13592 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13593 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13594 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13595 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13596 `font-lock-keywords'.
13597
13598 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
13599
13600 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
13601
13602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-set-comment-" "generic--normalize-comments" "generic-font-lock-keywords" "generic-mode-set-comments" "generic-bracket-support")))
13603
13604 ;;;***
13605 \f
13606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13607 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13608
13609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13610
13611 ;;;***
13612 \f
13613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13615
13616 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
13617 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13619 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13620 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13621 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13622
13623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13624
13625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13626
13627 ;;;***
13628 \f
13629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13631
13632 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
13633 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13634 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13635
13636 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
13637
13638 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
13639 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13640
13641 Guideline for numbers:
13642 1 - error messages
13643 3 - non-serious error messages
13644 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13645 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13646 9 - messages inside loops.
13647
13648 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13649
13650 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
13651 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13652 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13653
13654 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13655
13656 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
13657 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13658
13659 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13660
13661 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
13662 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13663
13664 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13665 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13666 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
13667 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13668 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13669 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13670
13671 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13672 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13673 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
13674 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
13675 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
13676
13677 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13678
13679 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
13680
13681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("defun-gmm" "gmm-verbose" "gmm-tool-bar-style" "gmm-customize-mode")))
13682
13683 ;;;***
13684 \f
13685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13687 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
13688 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
13689 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
13690
13691 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
13692 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13693
13694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13695
13696 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
13697 Read network news.
13698 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13699 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13700 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13701 name of an NNTP server to use.
13702 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13703 server.
13704
13705 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
13706
13707 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
13708 Read news as a slave.
13709
13710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13711
13712 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
13713 Pop up a frame to read news.
13714 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13715 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13716 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13717 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13718 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13719 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
13720 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13721 current display is used.
13722
13723 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
13724
13725 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
13726 Read network news.
13727 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13728 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13729 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13730
13731 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
13732
13733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus" '("gnus-")))
13734
13735 ;;;***
13736 \f
13737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13739
13740 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
13741 Start Gnus unplugged.
13742
13743 \(fn)" t nil)
13744
13745 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
13746 Start Gnus plugged.
13747
13748 \(fn)" t nil)
13749
13750 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
13751 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13752
13753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13754
13755 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
13756 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13757
13758 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13759 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13760 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13761
13762 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13763 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13764 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13765
13766 \(fn)" t nil)
13767
13768 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
13769 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13770
13771 \(fn)" nil nil)
13772
13773 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
13774 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13775 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13776 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13777 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13778 supported.
13779
13780 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
13781
13782 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
13783 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
13784 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13785 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13786 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13787 supported.
13788
13789 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
13790
13791 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
13792 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
13793
13794 \(fn)" nil nil)
13795
13796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
13797 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
13798 downloaded into the agent.
13799
13800 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
13801
13802 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
13803 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
13804 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
13805 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
13806
13807 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13808
13809 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
13810 Start Gnus and fetch session.
13811
13812 \(fn)" t nil)
13813
13814 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
13815 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
13816
13817 \(fn)" t nil)
13818
13819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
13820 Regenerate all agent covered files.
13821 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
13822
13823 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
13824
13825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
13826
13827 ;;;***
13828 \f
13829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
13830 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
13831
13832 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
13833 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
13834
13835 \(fn)" nil nil)
13836
13837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
13838
13839 ;;;***
13840 \f
13841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
13842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
13843
13844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
13845
13846 ;;;***
13847 \f
13848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
13849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
13850
13851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
13852
13853 ;;;***
13854 \f
13855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
13856 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
13858
13859 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
13860 Set a bookmark for this article.
13861
13862 \(fn)" t nil)
13863
13864 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
13865 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
13866
13867 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
13868
13869 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
13870 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
13871 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
13872 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
13873 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
13874
13875 \(fn)" t nil)
13876
13877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
13878
13879 ;;;***
13880 \f
13881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
13882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
13883
13884 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
13885 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
13886
13887 Usage:
13888 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
13889
13890 \(fn)" t nil)
13891
13892 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
13893 Generate the cache active file.
13894
13895 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
13896
13897 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
13898 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
13899
13900 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13901
13902 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
13903 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13904 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13905 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
13906 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13907 supported.
13908
13909 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
13910
13911 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
13912 Delete GROUP from the cache.
13913 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13914 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
13915 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13916 supported.
13917
13918 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
13919
13920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-cache-" "gnus-summary-" "gnus-cacheable-groups" "gnus-uncacheable-groups" "gnus-cached-article-p")))
13921
13922 ;;;***
13923 \f
13924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
13925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
13926
13927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("gnus-" "turn-on-gnus-message-citation-mode" "turn-off-gnus-message-citation-mode")))
13928
13929 ;;;***
13930 \f
13931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
13932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
13933
13934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
13935
13936 ;;;***
13937 \f
13938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
13940
13941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
13942
13943 ;;;***
13944 \f
13945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
13946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
13947
13948 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
13949 Delay this article by some time.
13950 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
13951
13952 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
13953 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
13954
13955 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
13956 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
13957
13958 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
13959 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
13960
13961 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
13962
13963 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
13964 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
13965
13966 \(fn)" t nil)
13967
13968 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
13969 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
13970 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
13971 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
13972
13973 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
13974 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
13975
13976 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
13977
13978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-group" "gnus-delay-header" "gnus-delay-default-delay" "gnus-delay-default-hour")))
13979
13980 ;;;***
13981 \f
13982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
13983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
13984
13985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-demon-" "gnus-inhibit-demon")))
13986
13987 ;;;***
13988 \f
13989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
13990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
13991
13992 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
13993
13994
13995 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
13996
13997 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
13998
13999
14000 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
14001
14002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-diary-" "gnus-summary-sort-by-schedule" "gnus-thread-sort-by-schedule" "gnus-article-sort-by-schedule")))
14003
14004 ;;;***
14005 \f
14006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14008
14009 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
14010 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14011
14012 \(fn)" t nil)
14013
14014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14015
14016 ;;;***
14017 \f
14018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14020
14021 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
14022 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14023
14024 \(fn)" t nil)
14025
14026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-draft-" "gnus-group-send-queue")))
14027
14028 ;;;***
14029 \f
14030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14032
14033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-dup-" "gnus-duplicate-list-length" "gnus-duplicate-file" "gnus-save-duplicate-list")))
14034
14035 ;;;***
14036 \f
14037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14039
14040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form-" "gnus-edit-form")))
14041
14042 ;;;***
14043 \f
14044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14046
14047 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
14048 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14049
14050 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
14051
14052 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
14053
14054 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
14055 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14056
14057 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14058
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
14062 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14063
14064 \(fn)" t nil)
14065
14066 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
14067 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14068
14069 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14070 different input formats.
14071
14072 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
14073
14074 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
14075 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14076
14077 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14078 different input formats.
14079
14080 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
14081
14082 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
14083 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14084 The PNG is returned as a string.
14085
14086 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
14087
14088 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
14089 Convert FILE to a Face.
14090 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14091 726 bytes.
14092
14093 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14094
14095 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
14096 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14097
14098 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14099
14100 \(fn)" t nil)
14101
14102 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
14103 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14104
14105 \(fn)" nil nil)
14106
14107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-" "gnus--insert-random-face-with-type")))
14108
14109 ;;;***
14110 \f
14111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14112 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14114
14115 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
14116 Display gravatar in the From header.
14117 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14118
14119 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
14120
14121 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
14122 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14123 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14124
14125 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
14126
14127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-size" "gnus-gravatar-properties" "gnus-gravatar-too-ugly" "gnus-gravatar-transform-address" "gnus-gravatar-insert")))
14128
14129 ;;;***
14130 \f
14131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14133
14134 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
14135 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14136 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14137 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14138
14139 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
14140
14141 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
14142 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14143
14144 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14145
14146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14147
14148 ;;;***
14149 \f
14150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14152
14153 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
14154
14155
14156 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
14157
14158 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
14159
14160
14161 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
14162
14163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-html-" "gnus-max-image-proportion")))
14164
14165 ;;;***
14166 \f
14167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14168 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14170
14171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar-" "gnus-icalendar--" "gnus-icalendar:org-event-save")))
14172
14173 ;;;***
14174 \f
14175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14177
14178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14179
14180 ;;;***
14181 \f
14182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14184
14185 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
14186
14187 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
14188 Run batched scoring.
14189 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14190
14191 \(fn)" t nil)
14192
14193 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14194
14195 ;;;***
14196 \f
14197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14199
14200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-advanced-" "gnus-score-advanced")))
14201
14202 ;;;***
14203 \f
14204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14206
14207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-summary-save-in-folder" "gnus-summary-save-article-folder" "gnus-folder-save-name" "gnus-Folder-save-name")))
14208
14209 ;;;***
14210 \f
14211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14213
14214 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
14215
14216
14217 \(fn)" nil nil)
14218
14219 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
14220 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14221 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14222
14223 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
14224
14225 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
14226 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14227
14228 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
14229
14230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14231
14232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14233
14234 ;;;***
14235 \f
14236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14238
14239 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
14240 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14241 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14242 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14243 group parameters.
14244
14245 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14246 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14247 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14248 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14249
14250 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14251 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14252 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14253 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14254 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14255 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14256 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14257 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14258 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14259 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14260
14261 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
14262
14263 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
14264 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14265 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14266 nil CATCH-ALL).
14267
14268 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14269 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14270
14271 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
14272
14273 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
14274 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14275 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14276
14277 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14278
14279 \(fn)" nil nil)
14280
14281 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
14282 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14283 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14284
14285 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14286
14287 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14288 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14289 existing groups are considered.
14290
14291 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14292 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14293 returned.
14294
14295 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14296 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14297 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14298 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14299 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14300 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14301 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14302 clauses will be generated.
14303
14304 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14305 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14306 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14307 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14308 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14309 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14310
14311 For example, given the following group parameters:
14312
14313 nnml:mail.bar:
14314 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
14315 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
14316 nnml:mail.foo:
14317 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
14318 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
14319 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
14320 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
14321 nnml:mail.others:
14322 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14323
14324 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
14325
14326 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
14327 \"mail.bar\")
14328 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
14329 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
14330 \"mail.others\")
14331
14332 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
14333
14334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group" "gnus-group-split-updated-hook")))
14335
14336 ;;;***
14337 \f
14338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14340
14341 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
14342 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14343 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14344 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14345 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14346 instead.
14347
14348 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14349
14350 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
14351 Mail to ADDRESS.
14352
14353 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
14354
14355 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
14356 Like `message-reply'.
14357
14358 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14359
14360 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14361
14362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14363
14364 ;;;***
14365 \f
14366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14367 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14369
14370 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
14371 Send a notification on new message.
14372 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14373 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14374 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14375
14376 This is typically a function to add in
14377 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14378
14379 \(fn)" nil nil)
14380
14381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14382
14383 ;;;***
14384 \f
14385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14387
14388 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
14389 Display picons in the From header.
14390 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14391
14392 \(fn)" t nil)
14393
14394 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
14395 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14396 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14397
14398 \(fn)" t nil)
14399
14400 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
14401 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14402 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14403
14404 \(fn)" t nil)
14405
14406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14407
14408 ;;;***
14409 \f
14410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14412
14413 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
14414 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14415 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14416 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14417
14418 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14419
14420 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
14421 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14422 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14423 LIST1 is modified.
14424
14425 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14426
14427 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
14428 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14429 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14430
14431 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14432
14433 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
14434
14435
14436 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14437
14438 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
14439 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14440 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14441
14442 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14443
14444 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
14445 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14446 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14447
14448 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
14449
14450 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
14451
14452 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
14453 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14454 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14455
14456 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14457
14458 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
14459 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14460 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14461
14462 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14463
14464 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
14465 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14466 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14467
14468 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
14469
14470 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
14471 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14472
14473 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
14474
14475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14476
14477 ;;;***
14478 \f
14479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14480 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14482
14483 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
14484 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14485
14486 \(fn)" t nil)
14487
14488 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
14489 Install the registry hooks.
14490
14491 \(fn)" t nil)
14492
14493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-registry-" "gnus-try-warping-via-registry" "gnus-registry--set/remove-mark" "gnus-registry--split-fancy-with-parent-internal")))
14494
14495 ;;;***
14496 \f
14497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14498 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14500
14501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-decode-article-body" "rfc1843-gnus-setup")))
14502
14503 ;;;***
14504 \f
14505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14507
14508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-" "gnus--let-eval")))
14509
14510 ;;;***
14511 \f
14512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14514
14515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14516
14517 ;;;***
14518 \f
14519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14521
14522 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
14523 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14524 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14525 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14526 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14527 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14528
14529 \(fn)" t nil)
14530
14531 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
14532 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14533 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14534 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14535 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14536
14537 \(fn)" t nil)
14538
14539 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
14540
14541
14542 \(fn)" t nil)
14543
14544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14545
14546 ;;;***
14547 \f
14548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14550
14551 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
14552 Update the format specification near point.
14553
14554 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
14555
14556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14557
14558 ;;;***
14559 \f
14560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14562
14563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-server-" "gnus-browse-" "gnus-inserted-opened-servers" "gnus-enter-server-buffer" "gnus-opened-servers-remove")))
14564
14565 ;;;***
14566 \f
14567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14569
14570 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
14571 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14572
14573 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
14574
14575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14576
14577 ;;;***
14578 \f
14579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14581
14582 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
14583 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14584 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14585
14586 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
14587
14588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14589
14590 ;;;***
14591 \f
14592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (0 0 0 0))
14593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
14594
14595 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
14596 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
14597
14598 \(fn)" t nil)
14599
14600 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
14601 Install the sync hooks.
14602
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14604
14605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sync" '("gnus-sync-")))
14606
14607 ;;;***
14608 \f
14609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14611
14612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14613
14614 ;;;***
14615 \f
14616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14618
14619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-undo-" "gnus-undo" "gnus-disable-undo")))
14620
14621 ;;;***
14622 \f
14623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14625
14626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14627
14628 ;;;***
14629 \f
14630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14632
14633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-uu-" "gnus-message-process-mark" "gnus-new-processable")))
14634
14635 ;;;***
14636 \f
14637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14639
14640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-summary-save-in-vm" "gnus-summary-save-article-vm" "gnus-vm-make-folder" "gnus-vm-inhibit-window-system")))
14641
14642 ;;;***
14643 \f
14644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14646
14647 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
14648 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14649
14650 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
14651
14652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14653
14654 ;;;***
14655 \f
14656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14657 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14658
14659 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
14660 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14661 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14662 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14663 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14664 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14665
14666 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
14667
14668 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
14669
14670 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14671
14672 ;;;***
14673 \f
14674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14676
14677 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
14678 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14679
14680 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14681 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14682 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14683
14684 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14685 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14686 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14687
14688 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14689 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
14690
14691 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14692 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14693
14694 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
14695
14696 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
14697
14698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-" "gomoku--intangible" "gomoku--intangible-chars" "gomoku--last-pos")))
14699
14700 ;;;***
14701 \f
14702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14703 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14704
14705 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
14706
14707 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
14708 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14709 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14710 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14711 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14712
14713 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
14716 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14717 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14718 or to send e-mail.
14719 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14720 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14721
14722 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14723 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14724
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14726 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
14727
14728 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
14729 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14731 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14732 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14733
14734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14735
14736 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
14737 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14738
14739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14740
14741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14742
14743 ;;;***
14744 \f
14745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14746 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14747
14748 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
14749 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14750 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14751
14752 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
14753
14754 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
14755 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14756
14757 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
14758
14759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14760
14761 ;;;***
14762 \f
14763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14765
14766 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
14767 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
14768
14769 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
14770
14771 (defvar grep-command nil "\
14772 The default grep command for \\[grep].
14773 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14774 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14775 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14776
14777 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14778 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14779 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
14780
14781 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
14782
14783 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
14784 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
14785 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14786 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14787 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
14788
14789 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
14790
14791 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
14792 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
14793
14794 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
14795
14796 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14797 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
14798
14799 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
14800 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
14801 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
14802
14803 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
14804 The default find program.
14805 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
14806 and others.")
14807
14808 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
14809 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
14810 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
14811 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
14812
14813 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
14814 How to invoke find and grep.
14815 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
14816 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
14817 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
14818 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
14819
14820 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
14821
14822 (defvar grep-history nil "\
14823 History list for grep.")
14824
14825 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
14826 History list for grep-find.")
14827
14828 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
14829 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
14830 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
14831
14832 \(fn)" nil nil)
14833
14834 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
14835
14836
14837 \(fn)" nil nil)
14838
14839 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
14840 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
14841
14842 \(fn)" nil nil)
14843
14844 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
14845 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
14846 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
14847 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
14848 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
14849
14850 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
14851 arguments.
14852
14853 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
14854 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
14855
14856 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
14857 can easily repeat a grep command.
14858
14859 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
14860 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
14861 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
14862 list is empty).
14863
14864 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
14865
14866 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
14867 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
14868 Collect output in a buffer.
14869 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
14870 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
14871
14872 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
14873 easily repeat a find command.
14874
14875 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
14876
14877 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
14878
14879 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
14880 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
14881 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14882 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14883 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14884
14885 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
14886 before it is executed.
14887 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
14888
14889 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
14890 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14891 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
14892
14893 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
14894
14895 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
14896
14897 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
14898 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
14899 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14900 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14901 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14902
14903 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
14904 before it is executed.
14905 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
14906
14907 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
14908 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14909 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
14910 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
14911
14912 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
14913
14914 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
14915 to specify a command to run.
14916
14917 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
14918
14919 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
14920 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
14921 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
14922 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
14923
14924 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
14925
14926 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
14927
14928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("grep-" "rgrep-default-command" "grep--save-buffers" "kill-grep")))
14929
14930 ;;;***
14931 \f
14932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (0 0 0 0))
14933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
14934
14935 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
14936 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
14937 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
14938 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
14939 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
14940
14941 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
14942
14943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gs" '("gs-")))
14944
14945 ;;;***
14946 \f
14947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
14948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
14949
14950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
14951
14952 ;;;***
14953 \f
14954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
14956
14957 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
14958 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14959 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
14960 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
14961
14962 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
14963
14964 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
14965 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14966 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14967 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14968
14969 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
14970
14971 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
14972 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14973 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14974 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14975
14976 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
14977
14978 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
14979 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14980 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14981 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14982
14983 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
14984 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
14985
14986 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
14987
14988 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
14989 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14990 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14991 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14992
14993 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
14994
14995 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
14996 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
14997 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14998 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14999
15000 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
15001
15002 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
15003 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15004 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15005 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15006
15007 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
15008
15009 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
15010 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15011 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
15012 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
15013 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15014
15015 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15016 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15017 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15018 original source file access method.
15019
15020 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15021 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15022
15023 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
15024
15025 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
15026 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15027
15028 \(fn)" t nil)
15029
15030 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
15031 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15032 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15033 for a description of this minor mode.
15034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15036 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
15037
15038 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
15041 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15042 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15043 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15044 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15045
15046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15047
15048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gud-" "gdb-script-" "gdb-first-prompt")))
15049
15050 ;;;***
15051 \f
15052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15054
15055 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
15056 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15057 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15058 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15059 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15060 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15061 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15062 set it to.
15063 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15064
15065 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
15066
15067 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
15068 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15069 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15070 of PLACE.
15071 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15072 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15073 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15074 and SETTER.
15075 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15076 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15077
15078 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
15079
15080 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
15081
15082 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
15083 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15084 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15085 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15086 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15087
15088 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
15089
15090 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
15091
15092 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
15093
15094
15095 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
15096
15097 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15098
15099 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15100
15101 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
15102 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15103 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15104 well for simple place forms.
15105 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15106 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15107 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15108 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15109 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15110 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15111 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
15112
15113 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
15114
15115 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
15116
15117 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
15118 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15119 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15120 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15121 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15122
15123 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15124 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15125 (let ((temp VAL))
15126 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15127 temp)
15128 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15129
15130 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
15131
15132 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
15133 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15134 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15135 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15136 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15137 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15138
15139 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
15140
15141 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
15142
15143 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
15144 Return a reference to PLACE.
15145 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15146 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15147 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
15148 binding mode.
15149
15150 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
15151
15152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gv" '("gv-" "gv--defsetter")))
15153
15154 ;;;***
15155 \f
15156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15157 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15158
15159 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
15160 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
15161 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15162 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15163
15164 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15165 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15166 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15167 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15168
15169 \(fn)" t nil)
15170
15171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15172
15173 ;;;***
15174 \f
15175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15176 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15177 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15178
15179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("hanja-" "hangul-to-hanja-char")))
15180
15181 ;;;***
15182 \f
15183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15184 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15185
15186 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
15187 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15188
15189 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
15190
15191 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
15192 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15193 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15194 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15195
15196 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15197
15198 \(fn)" t nil)
15199
15200 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
15201 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15202 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15203 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15204 to be updated.
15205
15206 \(fn)" t nil)
15207
15208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15209
15210 ;;;***
15211 \f
15212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15213 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15214
15215 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
15216 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15217
15218 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
15221 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15222 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15223
15224 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15225
15226 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
15227 Verify a hashcash payment
15228
15229 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
15230
15231 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
15232 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15233 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15234 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15235 `mail-add-payment-async').
15236
15237 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
15238
15239 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
15240 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15241 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15242 Calculation is asynchronous.
15243
15244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15245
15246 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
15247 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15248 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15249
15250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15251
15252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15253
15254 ;;;***
15255 \f
15256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15257 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15258
15259 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
15260 Return the help-echo string at point.
15261 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15262 property, or nil, is returned.
15263 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15264 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15265 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15266
15267 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
15268
15269 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
15270 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15271 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15272 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15273 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15274
15275 \(fn)" nil nil)
15276
15277 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
15278 Display local help in the echo area.
15279 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15280 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15281 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15282 printed instead.
15283
15284 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15285 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15286 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15287
15288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15289
15290 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
15291 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15292 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15293
15294 \(fn)" t nil)
15295
15296 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
15297 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15298 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15299
15300 \(fn)" t nil)
15301
15302 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
15303 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15304 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15305 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15306 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15307 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15308 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15309 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15310 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15311 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15312 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15313
15314 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15315 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15316 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15317 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15318 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15319
15320 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15321 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15322 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15323 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15324 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15325 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15326 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15327 The default is `never'.")
15328
15329 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
15330
15331 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
15332 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15333 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15334 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15335 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15336 considered different regions.
15337
15338 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15339 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15340 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15341 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15342 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15343 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15344 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15345 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15346 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15347
15348 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
15349
15350 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
15351 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15352 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15353 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15354 different regions.
15355
15356 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15357 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15358 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15359 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15360 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15361 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15362 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15363 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15364
15365 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15366 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15367 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15368 rarely happens in practice.
15369
15370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15371
15372 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
15373 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15374 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15375 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15376 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15377 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15378
15379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15380
15381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("help-at-pt-maybe-display" "help-at-pt-timer-delay" "help-at-pt-timer" "scan-buf-move-hook")))
15382
15383 ;;;***
15384 \f
15385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15386 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15387
15388 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
15389 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15390
15391 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
15392
15393 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
15394 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15395 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15396
15397 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
15398
15399 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
15400 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15401 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15402 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15403 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15404 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15405 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15406
15407 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15408 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15409 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15410 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15411 suitable file is found, return nil.
15412
15413 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
15414
15415 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
15416
15417
15418 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
15419
15420 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
15421 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15422 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15423 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15424
15425 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
15426
15427 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
15428 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15429 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15430 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15431 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15432 it is displayed along with the global value.
15433
15434 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
15435
15436 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
15437 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15438 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15439 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15440 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15441 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15442
15443 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
15444
15445 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
15446 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15447 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15448 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15449
15450 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15451
15452 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
15453 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15454 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15455 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15456 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15457
15458 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15459
15460 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
15461 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15462
15463 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
15464
15465 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
15466 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15467
15468 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
15469
15470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-variable-custom-version-info" "describe-function-orig-buffer")))
15471
15472 ;;;***
15473 \f
15474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15476
15477 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
15478 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15479 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15480 window listing and describing the options.
15481 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
15482 gives the window that lists the options.")
15483
15484 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
15485
15486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15487
15488 ;;;***
15489 \f
15490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15491 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15492
15493 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
15494 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15495 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15496 Commands:
15497 \\{help-mode-map}
15498
15499 \(fn)" t nil)
15500
15501 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
15502 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15503
15504 \(fn)" nil nil)
15505
15506 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
15507 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15508
15509 \(fn)" nil nil)
15510
15511 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
15512 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
15513
15514 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15515 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15516 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15517 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
15518
15519 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15520 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
15521 restore it properly when going back.
15522
15523 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
15524
15525 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
15526 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15527 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15528 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15529 from `help-mode'.
15530 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
15531 it does not already exist.
15532
15533 \(fn)" nil nil)
15534
15535 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
15536 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15537
15538 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15539 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15540 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15541 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15542 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15543 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15544 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15545 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15546
15547 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15548 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15549 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15550 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15551
15552 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15553 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15554 that.
15555
15556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15557
15558 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
15559 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15560 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15561 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15562 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15563 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15564
15565 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15566
15567 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
15568 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15569 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15570 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15571 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15572
15573 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15574
15575 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
15576 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15577
15578 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15579
15580 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
15581
15582 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
15583 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15584 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15585 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15586
15587 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
15588
15589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15590
15591 ;;;***
15592 \f
15593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15595
15596 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
15597 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15598
15599 \(fn)" t nil)
15600
15601 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
15602 Provide help for current mode.
15603
15604 \(fn)" t nil)
15605
15606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-describe-" "Helper-return-blurb" "Helper-help-options" "Helper-help-scroller" "Helper-help-map")))
15607
15608 ;;;***
15609 \f
15610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15611 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15612
15613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15614
15615 ;;;***
15616 \f
15617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15619
15620 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
15621 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
15622 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15623 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15624 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15625
15626 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15627 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15628
15629 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
15630 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15631 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15632 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15633
15634 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15635 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15636 periods.
15637
15638 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15639 in hexl format.
15640
15641 A sample format:
15642
15643 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15644 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15645 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15646 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15647 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15648 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15649 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15650 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15651 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15652 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15653 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15654 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15655 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15656 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15657 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15658
15659 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15660 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15661 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15662
15663 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15664 also supported.
15665
15666 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15667
15668 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15669 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15670 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15671
15672 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
15673 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15674 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15675
15676 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
15677 into the buffer at the current point.
15678
15679 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
15680 into the buffer at the current point.
15681
15682 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
15683 into the buffer at the current point.
15684
15685 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
15686
15687 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15688 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15689
15690 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
15691
15692 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
15693
15694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15695
15696 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
15697 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15698 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15699 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15700
15701 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15702
15703 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
15704 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15705 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15706
15707 \(fn)" t nil)
15708
15709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15710
15711 ;;;***
15712 \f
15713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15714 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15715
15716 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
15717 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15719 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15720 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15721
15722 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15723 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
15724 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15725 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15726
15727 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15728 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15729 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15730 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15731
15732 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
15733 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
15734 which can be called interactively, are:
15735
15736 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
15737 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15738
15739 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
15740 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15741 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15742 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15743
15744 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
15745 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15746
15747 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
15748 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15749 available face automatically.
15750
15751 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
15752 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15753
15754 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
15755 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15756 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
15757 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15758 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
15759 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15760 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15761 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15762 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15763 function returns t.
15764
15765 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
15766 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15767
15768 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15769 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15770 form:
15771 Hi-lock: FOO
15772
15773 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15774 position (number of characters into buffer)
15775 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15776 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15777 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15778
15779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15780
15781 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
15782 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15783 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15784 for a description of this minor mode.
15785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15787 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
15788
15789 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
15790
15791 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
15792 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15793 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15794 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
15795 ARG is omitted or nil.
15796
15797 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
15798 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
15799 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
15800
15801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15802
15803 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
15804
15805 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
15806 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
15807 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15808 Use the global history list for FACE.
15809
15810 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15811 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15812 highlighting will not update as you type.
15813
15814 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
15815
15816 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
15817
15818 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
15819 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
15820 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15821 Use the global history list for FACE.
15822
15823 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15824 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15825 highlighting will not update as you type.
15826
15827 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
15828
15829 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
15830
15831 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
15832 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
15833 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15834 Use the global history list for FACE.
15835
15836 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
15837 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
15838 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
15839
15840 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15841 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15842 highlighting will not update as you type.
15843
15844 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
15845
15846 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
15847
15848 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
15849 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
15850 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
15851 unless you use a prefix argument.
15852 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
15853
15854 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
15855 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
15856
15857 \(fn)" t nil)
15858
15859 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
15860
15861 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
15862 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
15863 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
15864 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
15865 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
15866 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
15867
15868 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
15869
15870 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
15871 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
15872
15873 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
15874 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
15875 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
15876
15877 \(fn)" t nil)
15878
15879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "hi-lock--" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
15880
15881 ;;;***
15882 \f
15883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
15885
15886 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
15887 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
15888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
15889 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15890 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15891
15892 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
15893 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
15894 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
15895 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
15896
15897 `hide-ifdef-env'
15898 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
15899 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
15900 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
15901 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
15902 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
15903 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
15904 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
15905
15906 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
15907 An association list of defined symbol lists.
15908 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15909 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15910 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
15911
15912 `hide-ifdef-lines'
15913 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
15914 #endif lines when hiding.
15915
15916 `hide-ifdef-initially'
15917 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
15918 is activated.
15919
15920 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
15921 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
15922 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
15923
15924 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
15925
15926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15927
15928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "show-" "hide-" "intern-safe" "forward-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "previous-ifdef")))
15929
15930 ;;;***
15931 \f
15932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
15933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
15934
15935 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
15936 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
15937 Each element has the form
15938 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
15939
15940 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
15941 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
15942
15943 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
15944 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
15945
15946 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
15947 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
15948 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
15949 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
15950 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
15951 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
15952
15953 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
15954 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
15955
15956 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
15957 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
15958
15959 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
15960 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
15961 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
15962
15963 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
15964 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
15965 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
15966 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
15967 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15968
15969 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
15970 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
15971 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
15972
15973 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
15974 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
15975 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
15976
15977 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
15978 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
15979
15980 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
15981
15982 Key bindings:
15983 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
15984
15985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15986
15987 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
15988 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
15989
15990 \(fn)" nil nil)
15991
15992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
15993
15994 ;;;***
15995 \f
15996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
15998
15999 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
16000 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16002 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16003 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16004
16005 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16006 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16007 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
16008 this on and off.
16009
16010 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16011 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
16012 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
16013 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
16014 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
16015 through various faces.
16016 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
16017 buffer with the contents of a file
16018 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
16019
16020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16021
16022 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
16023 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16025 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16026 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16027
16028 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16029 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16030 in a distinctive face.
16031
16032 The default value can be customized with variable
16033 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16034
16035 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16036
16037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16038
16039 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
16040 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16041 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16042
16043 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
16046 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16047
16048 \(fn)" t nil)
16049
16050 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
16051 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16052
16053 \(fn)" t nil)
16054
16055 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
16056 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16057
16058 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16059 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16060 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16061 shown in the last face in the list.
16062
16063 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16064 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16065 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16066
16067 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
16068
16069 \(fn)" t nil)
16070
16071 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
16072 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16073
16074 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16075
16076 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16077 to save the file.
16078
16079 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16080 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16081
16082 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16083 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
16084 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
16085
16086 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
16087
16088 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
16089 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16090
16091 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16092 this function is called interactively.
16093
16094 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16095 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16096 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16097
16098 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16099 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
16100 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
16101
16102 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
16103
16104 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
16105 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16106 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16107 for a description of this minor mode.
16108 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16109 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16110 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
16111
16112 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
16113
16114 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
16115 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16116 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16117 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16118 ARG is omitted or nil.
16119
16120 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16121 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16122 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16123
16124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16125
16126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("hilit-chg-" "highlight-changes-" "highlight-markup-buffers" "global-highlight-changes")))
16127
16128 ;;;***
16129 \f
16130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16131 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16132 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
16133
16134 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16135 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16136 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16137 or insert functions in this list.")
16138
16139 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
16140
16141 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
16142 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16143 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16144 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16145 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16146 expansions.
16147 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16148 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
16149 undoes the expansion.
16150
16151 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16152
16153 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
16154 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16155 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16156 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16157
16158 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
16159
16160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("he-" "try-expand-" "hippie-expand-" "try-complete-" "he--all-buffers")))
16161
16162 ;;;***
16163 \f
16164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16165 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16166
16167 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
16168 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16169 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16170 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16171 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16172
16173 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16174 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16175 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16176 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16177 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16178 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16179
16180 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16181 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16182 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16183 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16184
16185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16186
16187 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
16188 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16189 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16190 for a description of this minor mode.
16191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16192 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16193 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
16194
16195 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
16196
16197 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
16198 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16200 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16201 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16202
16203 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16204 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16205 windows.
16206
16207 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16208 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16209
16210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16211
16212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16213
16214 ;;;***
16215 \f
16216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16217 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16218
16219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16220
16221 ;;;***
16222 \f
16223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16225
16226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5-96" "hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16227
16228 ;;;***
16229 \f
16230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16232
16233 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16234 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16235 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16236
16237 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
16238
16239 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16240
16241 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16242 Oriental holidays.
16243 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16244
16245 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
16246
16247 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16248
16249 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
16250 Local holidays.
16251 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16252
16253 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
16254
16255 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16256
16257 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
16258 User defined holidays.
16259 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16260
16261 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
16262
16263 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16264
16265 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16266 Jewish holidays.
16267 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16268
16269 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
16270
16271 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16272
16273 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16274 Christian holidays.
16275 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16276
16277 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
16278
16279 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16280
16281 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16282 Islamic holidays.
16283 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16284
16285 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
16286
16287 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16288
16289 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16290 Bahá’í holidays.
16291 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16292
16293 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
16294
16295 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16296
16297 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16298 Sun-related holidays.
16299 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
16300
16301 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
16302
16303 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16304
16305 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
16306
16307 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
16308 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16309 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16310 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16311
16312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16313
16314 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
16315 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16316 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16317 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16318 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16319
16320 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16321 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16322
16323 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16324 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16325
16326 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16327 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16328 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16329 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16330 of a holiday list.
16331
16332 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16333
16334 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
16335
16336 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
16337
16338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16339
16340 ;;;***
16341 \f
16342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
16344
16345 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
16346 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
16347
16348 \(fn)" t nil)
16349
16350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "html2text" '("html2text-")))
16351
16352 ;;;***
16353 \f
16354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16355 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16356 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
16357
16358 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
16359 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16360 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16361 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16362 as possible.
16363
16364 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16365 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16366 fontified display.
16367
16368 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
16369 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
16370
16371 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16372 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16373 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16374
16375 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
16376
16377 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
16378 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16379 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16380
16381 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16382
16383 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
16384
16385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16386
16387 ;;;***
16388 \f
16389 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16390 ;;;;;; (22220 16330 779423 271000))
16391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16392
16393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "shell-command-" "size-" "query-" "filename/process" "size" "alphabetic" "mode-name" "major-mode" "predicate" "content" "filename" "name" "derived-mode" "used-mode" "mode" "print" "replace-regexp" "revert" "rename-uniquely" "view-and-eval" "eval")))
16394
16395 ;;;***
16396 \f
16397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16398 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16399
16400 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
16401 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16402
16403 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16404 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16405 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16406
16407 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16408 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16409 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16410 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16411 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16412 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16413
16414 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16415 title of the column.
16416
16417 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16418 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16419 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16420 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16421 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16422
16423 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16424
16425 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16426
16427 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
16428 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16429 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16430 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16431 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16432
16433 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16434 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16435 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
16436
16437 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16438
16439 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16440
16441 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
16442
16443 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
16444 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16445 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16446 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16447 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16448 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16449
16450 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16451 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16452 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16453 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16454 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16455 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16456 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16457 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16458 values are:
16459 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16460 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16461 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16462 buffer's modification flag.
16463 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16464 prompted before performing this operation.
16465 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16466 operation is complete, in the form:
16467 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
16468 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16469 confirmation message, in the form:
16470 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
16471 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
16472 macro for exactly what it does.
16473
16474 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16475
16476 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
16477
16478 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
16479
16480 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
16481 Define a filter named NAME.
16482 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16483 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16484 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16485
16486 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16487 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16488 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16489 bound to the current value of the filter.
16490
16491 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16492
16493 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
16494
16495 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
16496
16497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-save-marks" "ibuffer-awhen" "ibuffer-aif")))
16498
16499 ;;;***
16500 \f
16501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16503
16504 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
16505 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16506 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16507 buffers which are visiting a file.
16508
16509 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
16510
16511 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
16512 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16513 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16514 buffers which are visiting a file.
16515
16516 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
16517
16518 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
16519 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16520 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16521
16522 All arguments are optional.
16523 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16524 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
16525 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16526 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16527 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16528 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16529 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16530 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16531 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16532 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16533 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16534 that value locally in this buffer.
16535
16536 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
16537
16538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename-and-process" "filename" "process" "mode" "size" "name" "modified" "read-only" "mark")))
16539
16540 ;;;***
16541 \f
16542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16543 ;;;;;; 0))
16544 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16545 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
16546
16547 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
16548 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16549 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16550 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16551
16552 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
16553
16554 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
16555 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16556 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16557 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16558 ICAL-FILENAME.
16559 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16560 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16561 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16562
16563 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
16564
16565 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
16566 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16567 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16568 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16569 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16570 non-marking or not.
16571
16572 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
16573
16574 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
16575 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16576
16577 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16578 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16579 DIARY-FILE.
16580
16581 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16582 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16583 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16584
16585 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16586 non-marking.
16587
16588 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16589 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16590 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16591
16592 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
16593
16594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar--" "icalendar-")))
16595
16596 ;;;***
16597 \f
16598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16599 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16600
16601 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
16602 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16603 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16604 for a description of this minor mode.
16605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16606 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16607 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
16608
16609 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
16610
16611 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
16612 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16613 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16614 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16615 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16616
16617 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16618 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16619 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16620 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16621
16622 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16623 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
16624
16625 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16626 completions:
16627
16628 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
16629
16630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16631 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
16632 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
16633 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
16634 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
16635
16636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-" "icomplete--field-" "icomplete--in-region-" "icomplete--completion-predicate" "icomplete--completion-table")))
16637
16638 ;;;***
16639 \f
16640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16642
16643 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
16644 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16645 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16646 Tab indents for Icon code.
16647 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16648 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16649 \\{icon-mode-map}
16650 Variables controlling indentation style:
16651 icon-tab-always-indent
16652 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16653 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16654 icon-auto-newline
16655 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16656 inserted in Icon code.
16657 icon-indent-level
16658 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16659 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16660 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16661 icon-continued-statement-offset
16662 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16663 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16664 icon-continued-brace-offset
16665 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16666 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16667 icon-brace-offset
16668 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16669 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16670 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16671 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16672
16673 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16674 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16675
16676 \(fn)" t nil)
16677
16678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "calculate-icon-indent" "mark-icon-function" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "end-of-icon-defun" "indent-icon-exp")))
16679
16680 ;;;***
16681 \f
16682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16683 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16685
16686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-complete-structure-" "idlwave-structtag-" "idlwave-current-" "idlwave-prepare-structure-tag-completion" "idlwave-sint-structtags")))
16687
16688 ;;;***
16689 \f
16690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16691 ;;;;;; 0))
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16693
16694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16699 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16701
16702 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
16703 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16704 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16705 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16706
16707 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16708 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16709 separate frames.
16710
16711 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16712 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16713
16714 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16715 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16716 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16717
16718 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
16719
16720 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
16721
16722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16723
16724 ;;;***
16725 \f
16726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16727 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16729
16730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16731
16732 ;;;***
16733 \f
16734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16736 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
16737
16738 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
16739 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16740
16741 The main features of this mode are
16742
16743 1. Indentation and Formatting
16744 --------------------------
16745 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16746 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16747
16748 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
16749 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16750 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16751 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16752
16753 Comments are indented as follows:
16754
16755 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16756 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16757 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16758
16759 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16760
16761 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
16762 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16763 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16764 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
16765 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16766 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16767
16768 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16769 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
16770 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
16771 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
16772
16773 2. Routine Info
16774 ------------
16775 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16776 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16777 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
16778 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16779 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16780 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16781 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16782 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16783 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
16784 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16785
16786 3. Online IDL Help
16787 ---------------
16788
16789 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
16790 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16791 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16792 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
16793
16794 4. Completion
16795 ----------
16796 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
16797 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
16798 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
16799 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
16800 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
16801 upper case.
16802
16803 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
16804 --------------------------------
16805 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
16806 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
16807
16808 \\pr PROCEDURE template
16809 \\fu FUNCTION template
16810 \\c CASE statement template
16811 \\sw SWITCH statement template
16812 \\f FOR loop template
16813 \\r REPEAT Loop template
16814 \\w WHILE loop template
16815 \\i IF statement template
16816 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
16817 \\b BEGIN
16818
16819 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
16820 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
16821
16822 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
16823 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
16824 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
16825 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
16826
16827 6. Automatic Case Conversion
16828 -------------------------
16829 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
16830 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
16831
16832 7. Automatic END completion
16833 ------------------------
16834 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
16835 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
16836
16837 8. Hooks
16838 -----
16839 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
16840 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
16841
16842 9. Documentation and Customization
16843 -------------------------------
16844 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
16845 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
16846 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
16847 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
16848 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
16849 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
16850
16851 10.Keybindings
16852 -----------
16853 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
16854 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
16855 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
16856
16857 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
16858
16859 \(fn)" t nil)
16860
16861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
16862
16863 ;;;***
16864 \f
16865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
16866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
16867
16868 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
16869 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
16870 The following values are possible:
16871 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
16872 displaying...)
16873 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
16874 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
16875 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
16876
16877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16878 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
16879
16880 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
16881
16882 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
16883 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
16884 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16885 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
16886 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
16887 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
16888 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
16889 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
16890 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
16891
16892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16893
16894 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
16895 Switch to another buffer.
16896 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
16897 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16898 in another frame.
16899
16900 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
16901 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
16902 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
16903 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
16904 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
16905
16906 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
16907 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
16908
16909 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
16910
16911 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
16912 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
16913 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
16914 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
16915 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
16916 in a separate window.
16917 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
16918 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
16919 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
16920 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
16921 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
16922 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
16923 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
16924 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
16925 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
16926
16927 \(fn)" t nil)
16928
16929 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
16930 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
16931 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16932 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16933
16934 \(fn)" t nil)
16935
16936 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
16937 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
16938 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16939 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16940
16941 \(fn)" t nil)
16942
16943 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
16944 Kill a buffer.
16945 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16946 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16947
16948 \(fn)" t nil)
16949
16950 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
16951 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
16952 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16953 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16954
16955 \(fn)" t nil)
16956
16957 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
16958 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
16959 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16960 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16961
16962 \(fn)" t nil)
16963
16964 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
16965 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
16966
16967 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
16968
16969 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
16970 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
16971 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
16972 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16973 in another frame.
16974
16975 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
16976 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
16977 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
16978 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
16979 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
16980 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
16981
16982 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
16983 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
16984
16985 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
16986
16987 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
16988 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
16989 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
16990 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
16991 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
16992 in a separate window.
16993 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
16994 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
16995 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
16996 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
16997 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
16998 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
16999 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
17000 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
17001 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
17002 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
17003 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
17004 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
17005 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
17006 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
17007 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
17008 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
17009 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
17010 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
17011
17012 \(fn)" t nil)
17013
17014 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
17015 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17016 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17017 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17018
17019 \(fn)" t nil)
17020
17021 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
17022 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17023 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17024 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17025
17026 \(fn)" t nil)
17027
17028 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
17029 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17030 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17031 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17032
17033 \(fn)" t nil)
17034
17035 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
17036 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17037 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17038 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17039
17040 \(fn)" t nil)
17041
17042 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
17043 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17044 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17045 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17046
17047 \(fn)" t nil)
17048
17049 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
17050 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17051 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17052 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17053
17054 \(fn)" t nil)
17055
17056 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
17057 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17058 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17059 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17060
17061 \(fn)" t nil)
17062
17063 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
17064 Write current buffer to a file.
17065 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17066 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17067
17068 \(fn)" t nil)
17069
17070 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
17071 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17072 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17073 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17074
17075 \(fn)" t nil)
17076
17077 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
17078 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17079 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17080 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17081
17082 \(fn)" t nil)
17083
17084 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
17085 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17086 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17087 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17088 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17089 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17090
17091 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
17092
17093 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
17094 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17095 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17096 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17097
17098 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
17099
17100 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
17101 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17102 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17103 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17104
17105 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
17106
17107 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
17108 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17109 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17110 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17111 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17112 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17113 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17114 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17115 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17116 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17117 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17118 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17119 with point positioned at the end.
17120 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17121 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17122
17123 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17124
17125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ido" '("ido-")))
17126
17127 ;;;***
17128 \f
17129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17131
17132 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
17133 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17134 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17135 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17136
17137 \(fn)" t nil)
17138
17139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("ielm-" "inferior-emacs-lisp-" "*3" "*2" "*1" "***" "**" "*")))
17140
17141 ;;;***
17142 \f
17143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17145
17146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17147
17148 ;;;***
17149 \f
17150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17152
17153 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
17154
17155 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
17156 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17158 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17159 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17160 \\{iimage-mode-map}
17161
17162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17163
17164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-mode-" "turn-off-iimage-mode" "iimage-recenter" "iimage-modification-hook")))
17165
17166 ;;;***
17167 \f
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17170
17171 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
17172 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17173 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17174 be determined.
17175
17176 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
17177
17178 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
17179 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17180 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17181 be determined.
17182
17183 \(fn)" nil nil)
17184
17185 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
17186 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17187 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17188 be determined.
17189
17190 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17191
17192 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
17193 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17194 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17195 be determined.
17196
17197 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17198
17199 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
17200 Determine and return image type.
17201 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17202 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17203 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17204 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17205 use its file extension as image type.
17206 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17207
17208 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
17209
17210 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
17211 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17212 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17213
17214 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
17215
17216 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
17217 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17218 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17219
17220 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17221 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17222 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17223 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17224 must be available.
17225
17226 \(fn)" nil nil)
17227
17228 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
17229 Create an image.
17230 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17231 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17232 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17233 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17234 use its file extension as image type.
17235 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17236 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17237 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17238 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17239
17240 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17241
17242 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17243 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
17244 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17245
17246 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
17247
17248 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
17249 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17250 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17251 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17252 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17253 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17254 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17255 POS may be an integer or marker.
17256 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17257 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17258 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17259 means display it in the right marginal area.
17260
17261 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
17262
17263 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
17264 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17265 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17266 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17267 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17268 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17269 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17270 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17271 means display it in the right marginal area.
17272 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17273 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17274 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17275 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17276 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17277
17278 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
17279
17280 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
17281 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17282 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17283 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17284 STRING is a single space.
17285 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17286 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17287 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17288 means display it in the right marginal area.
17289 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17290
17291 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
17292
17293 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
17294 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17295 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17296 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17297
17298 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
17299
17300 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
17301 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17302
17303 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17304
17305 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17306 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17307 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17308 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17309 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17310 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17311 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17312 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17313 satisfied.
17314
17315 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17316
17317 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17318
17319 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
17320
17321 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
17322 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17323
17324 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17325 documentation string.
17326
17327 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17328 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17329 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17330 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17331 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17332 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17333 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17334 define SYMBOL.
17335
17336 Example:
17337
17338 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
17339 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
17340
17341 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
17342
17343 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
17344
17345 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
17346 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17347 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17348 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17349
17350 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17351 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17352 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17353 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17354
17355 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17356
17357 \(fn)" nil nil)
17358
17359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image-" "image--" "imagemagick-" "imagemagick--file-regexp")))
17360
17361 ;;;***
17362 \f
17363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17364 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17365 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
17366
17367 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
17368 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17369 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17370 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17371 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17372 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17373
17374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17375
17376 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
17377 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17378
17379 Convenience command that:
17380
17381 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17382 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17383 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17384
17385 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17386 image files in dired and type
17387 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
17388
17389 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17390
17391 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17392 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17393
17394 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
17395
17396 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
17397 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17398 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17399 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17400 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17401 another one).
17402
17403 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17404 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17405 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17406
17407 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17408 instead of erasing it first.
17409
17410 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17411 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17412 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17413 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17414 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17415 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17416
17417 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
17418
17419 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
17420 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17421 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17422 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17423 displayed.
17424
17425 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
17426
17427 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
17428
17429 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
17430
17431 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
17432 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17433
17434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17435
17436 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
17437 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17438 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17439
17440 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17441
17442 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
17443 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17444
17445 \(fn)" t nil)
17446
17447 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
17448 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17449 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17450 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17451
17452 \(fn)" t nil)
17453
17454 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
17455 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17456
17457 \(fn)" t nil)
17458
17459 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
17460 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17461
17462 \(fn)" t nil)
17463
17464 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
17465 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17466
17467 \(fn)" t nil)
17468
17469 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
17470 Display current image file.
17471 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17472 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17473
17474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17475
17476 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
17477 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17478
17479 \(fn)" t nil)
17480
17481 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
17482 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17483 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17484 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17485 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17486 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17487 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17488
17489 \(fn)" t nil)
17490
17491 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
17492 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17493 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17494 easy-to-use form.
17495
17496 \(fn)" t nil)
17497
17498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-" "image-dired--with-db-file")))
17499
17500 ;;;***
17501 \f
17502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17503 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17504
17505 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17506 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17507 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17508 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17509
17510 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17511 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17512 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17513 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
17514
17515 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
17516
17517 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
17518 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17519 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17520 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17521
17522 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17523 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17524 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17525 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
17526
17527 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
17528
17529 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
17530 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17531
17532 \(fn)" nil nil)
17533
17534 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
17535 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17536 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17537 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17538
17539 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
17540
17541 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
17542 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17543 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17544 for a description of this minor mode.
17545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17547 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
17548
17549 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
17550
17551 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
17552 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17556
17557 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17558 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17559 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17560
17561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17562
17563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-yank-handler" "image-file-handler" "image-file-call-underlying")))
17564
17565 ;;;***
17566 \f
17567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17568 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17569
17570 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
17571 Major mode for image files.
17572 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17573 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17574
17575 Key bindings:
17576 \\{image-mode-map}
17577
17578 \(fn)" t nil)
17579
17580 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
17581 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17583 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17584 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17585
17586 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
17587 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17588 actual image.
17589
17590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17591
17592 (autoload 'image-mode-to-text "image-mode" "\
17593 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17594 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17595 displays an image file as text.
17596
17597 \(fn)" nil nil)
17598
17599 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
17600
17601
17602 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
17603
17604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-" "image--set-speed")))
17605
17606 ;;;***
17607 \f
17608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17610
17611 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imap" '("imap-")))
17612
17613 ;;;***
17614 \f
17615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17616 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17617
17618 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
17619 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17620
17621 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17622
17623 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17624 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17625 in the buffer.
17626
17627 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17628
17629 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17630 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17631 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
17632
17633 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
17634
17635 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
17636 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17637 Each element of this list should have the form
17638
17639 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17640
17641 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17642 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17643 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17644 matches are put).
17645 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17646 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17647 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17648 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17649 another element.
17650 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17651 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17652 the menu item.
17653 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17654 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17655 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17656 the ARGUMENTS.
17657
17658 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17659 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17660 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17661
17662 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17663 create a buffer index.
17664
17665 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17666 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17667 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
17668 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
17669 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
17670
17671 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
17672
17673 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
17674 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17675
17676 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17677 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17678 called within a `save-excursion'.
17679
17680 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
17681
17682 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
17683
17684 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
17685 Function for finding the next index position.
17686
17687 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17688 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17689 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17690 file.
17691
17692 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17693 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
17694
17695 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
17696
17697 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
17698 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17699
17700 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17701 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17702 It should return the name for that index item.")
17703
17704 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
17705
17706 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
17707 Function to compare string with index item.
17708
17709 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17710 non-nil if they match.
17711
17712 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17713 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17714 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
17715 arguments match\".")
17716
17717 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
17718
17719 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
17720 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17721 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
17722
17723 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
17724 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
17725
17726 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
17727
17728 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
17729
17730 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
17731 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17732 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17733 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17734
17735 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
17736
17737 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
17738 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
17739
17740 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17741
17742 \(fn)" t nil)
17743
17744 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
17745 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17746 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17747 for more information.
17748
17749 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
17750
17751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-" "imenu--")))
17752
17753 ;;;***
17754 \f
17755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17757
17758 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
17759 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
17760
17761 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17762
17763 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
17764
17765
17766 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17767
17768 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
17769
17770
17771 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17772
17773 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
17774
17775
17776 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17777
17778 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
17779 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
17780
17781 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17782
17783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("is13194-" "indian-" "ucs-to-is13194-regexp" "ucs-to-iscii-region" "iscii-to-ucs-region")))
17784
17785 ;;;***
17786 \f
17787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
17789
17790 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
17791 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
17792 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
17793 to that buffer.
17794 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
17795 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
17796 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17797 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
17798
17799 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
17800
17801 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
17802
17803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("lisp-" "inferior-lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
17804
17805 ;;;***
17806 \f
17807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
17808 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
17809
17810 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
17811 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
17812 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
17813 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
17814 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
17815 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
17816 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
17817 first in this list.
17818
17819 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
17820 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17821 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
17822 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
17823 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
17824
17825 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
17826 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
17827 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
17828
17829 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
17830 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
17831
17832 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
17833 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
17834
17835 (autoload 'info "info" "\
17836 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
17837 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
17838 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
17839 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
17840 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
17841 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
17842 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
17843 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
17844 with the top-level Info directory.
17845
17846 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
17847 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
17848
17849 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
17850
17851 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17852 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
17853 in all the directories in that path.
17854
17855 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
17856
17857 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
17858
17859 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
17860 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17861
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17863
17864 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
17865 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17866
17867 \(fn)" t nil)
17868
17869 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
17870 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
17871 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
17872 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
17873
17874 \(fn)" nil nil)
17875
17876 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
17877 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
17878 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
17879 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
17880
17881 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
17882
17883 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
17884 Go to the Info directory node.
17885
17886 \(fn)" t nil)
17887
17888 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
17889 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
17890 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
17891 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
17892 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
17893 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
17894
17895 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
17896
17897 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
17898 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
17899 Build a menu of the possible matches.
17900
17901 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
17902
17903 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
17904 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
17905 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
17906 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
17907 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
17908
17909 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
17910
17911 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
17912 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
17913 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
17914 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
17915 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
17916
17917 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
17918 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
17919
17920 Selecting other nodes:
17921 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
17922 Follow a node reference you click on.
17923 This works with menu items, cross references, and
17924 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
17925 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
17926 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
17927 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
17928 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
17929 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
17930 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
17931 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
17932 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
17933 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
17934 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
17935 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
17936 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
17937 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
17938 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
17939 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
17940 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
17941 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
17942 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
17943
17944 Moving within a node:
17945 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
17946 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
17947 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
17948 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
17949 move up to the parent node.
17950 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
17951 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
17952 if there is none.
17953 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
17954
17955 Advanced commands:
17956 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
17957 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
17958 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
17959 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
17960 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
17961 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
17962 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
17963 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
17964 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
17965 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
17966 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
17967 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
17968 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
17969 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
17970 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
17971 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
17972
17973 \(fn)" t nil)
17974 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
17975
17976 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
17977 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
17978 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
17979 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
17980 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
17981 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
17982
17983 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
17984 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
17985
17986 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
17987 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
17988 KEY is a string.
17989 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
17990 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
17991 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
17992 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
17993
17994 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
17997 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
17998 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
17999
18000 \(fn)" t nil)
18001
18002 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
18003 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18004 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18005
18006 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
18007
18008 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
18009 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18010 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18011 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18012 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18013 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18014
18015 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
18016
18017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("Info-" "info-" "info--manual-names" "info--prettify-description" "Info--search-loop")))
18018
18019 ;;;***
18020 \f
18021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18023
18024 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
18025 Throw away all cached data.
18026 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18027 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18028 system.
18029
18030 \(fn)" t nil)
18031 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
18032
18033 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
18034 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18035 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18036 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18037 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18038 one found at point.
18039
18040 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18041
18042 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
18043 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
18044
18045 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
18046 Display the documentation of a file.
18047 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18048 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18049 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18050 The default file name is the one found at point.
18051
18052 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18053
18054 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
18055
18056 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
18057 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18058
18059 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
18060
18061 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
18062 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18063
18064 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
18065
18066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-lookup-" "info-lookup" "info-complete")))
18067
18068 ;;;***
18069 \f
18070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18071 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18072 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
18073
18074 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
18075 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18076 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18077 current info file is the default.
18078
18079 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18080 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18081 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18082 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18083 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18084
18085 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18086 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18087 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18088 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18089 mistake in the reference.
18090
18091 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18092 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18093 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18094
18095 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
18096 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18097 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18098 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18099
18100 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18101
18102 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
18103 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18104 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18105 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18106 checked.
18107
18108 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
18109 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
18110 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18111 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18112 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18113 should be harmless.
18114
18115 \(fn)" t nil)
18116
18117 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
18118 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18119 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18120 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18121
18122 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18123 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18124 and can take a long time.
18125
18126 \(fn)" t nil)
18127
18128 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
18129 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18130 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18131
18132 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18133
18134 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18135 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18136
18137 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18138 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
18139 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18140 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18141 all builtins).
18142
18143 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18144 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18145 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18146 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18147 the sources handy.
18148
18149 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
18150
18151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18152
18153 ;;;***
18154 \f
18155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18156 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18157
18158 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
18159 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18160
18161 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
18162
18163 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
18164 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
18165
18166 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
18167
18168 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
18169 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18170 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18171 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18172
18173 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18174 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18175 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18176
18177 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18178 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18179 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18180 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18181
18182 \(fn)" t nil)
18183
18184 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
18185 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18186 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18187
18188 \(fn)" t nil)
18189
18190 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
18191 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18192 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18193 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18194 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
18195
18196 \(fn)" nil nil)
18197
18198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-node-name" "Info-validate-tags-table")))
18199
18200 ;;;***
18201 \f
18202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18204
18205 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
18206
18207
18208 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18209
18210 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
18211
18212 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
18213
18214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline--" "inline-const-" "inline-quote" "inline-error" "inline-letevals")))
18215
18216 ;;;***
18217 \f
18218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18219 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18220 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
18221
18222 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
18223 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18224 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18225
18226 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
18227
18228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18229
18230 ;;;***
18231 \f
18232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18233 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18235
18236 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
18237 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18238
18239 \(fn)" t nil)
18240
18241 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
18242 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18243
18244 \(fn)" t nil)
18245
18246 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
18247
18248
18249 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
18250
18251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-with-keyboard-coding" "isearch-with-input-method" "isearch-minibuffer-local-map" "isearch-exit-recursive-edit")))
18252
18253 ;;;***
18254 \f
18255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18256 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18257 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18258
18259 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
18260 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18261 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18262 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18263 accessed via isearchb.
18264
18265 \(fn)" t nil)
18266
18267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb-" "isearchb")))
18268
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18272 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18274
18275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-mode" "iso-ascii-display" "iso-ascii-standard-display-table" "iso-ascii-display-table" "iso-ascii-convenient")))
18276
18277 ;;;***
18278 \f
18279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18280 ;;;;;; 0))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18282
18283 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
18284 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18285 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18286 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18287 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18288
18289 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18290
18291 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
18292 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18293 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18294 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18295 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18296
18297 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18298
18299 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
18300 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18301 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18302 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18303 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18304
18305 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18306
18307 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
18308 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18309 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18310 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18311 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18312
18313 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18314
18315 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
18316 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18317 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18318 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18319 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18320
18321 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18322
18323 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
18324 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18325 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18326 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18327 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18328
18329 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18330
18331 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
18332 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18333 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18334 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18335 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18336
18337 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18338
18339 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
18340 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18341 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
18342 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18343
18344 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18345
18346 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
18347 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18348 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
18349 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18350
18351 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18352
18353 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
18354 Warn that format is read-only.
18355
18356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18357
18358 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
18359 Warn that format is write-only.
18360
18361 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
18362
18363 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
18364 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18365
18366 \(fn)" t nil)
18367
18368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18369
18370 ;;;***
18371 \f
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18373 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18375 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
18376 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
18377
18378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18379
18380 ;;;***
18381 \f
18382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18384
18385 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
18386
18387 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
18388 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18389 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
18390 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
18391 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
18392
18393 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
18394
18395 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18396
18397 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
18398 Key map for ispell menu.")
18399
18400 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
18401 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
18402 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
18403 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
18404
18405 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
18406
18407 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18408
18409 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18410
18411 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18412
18413 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18414 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18415 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18416 Valid forms include:
18417 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18418 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18419 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18420 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
18421
18422 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18423 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18424 First list is used raw.
18425 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
18426
18427 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18428 for skipping in latex mode.")
18429
18430 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18431 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18432 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18433 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18434 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
18435 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
18436 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
18437
18438 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
18439 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18440 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18441 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18442
18443 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18444 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18445 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18446 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18447 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18448
18449 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18450 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18451
18452 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18453 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18454
18455 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18456 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18457
18458 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
18459 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
18460
18461 Return values:
18462 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18463 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18464 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
18465 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
18466 quit spell session exited.
18467
18468 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
18469
18470 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
18471 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18472 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18473
18474 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
18475
18476 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
18477 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18478
18479 Selections are:
18480
18481 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18482 SPC: Accept word this time.
18483 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18484 `a': Accept word for this session.
18485 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18486 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18487 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18488 `?': Show these commands.
18489 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18490 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18491 the aborted check to be completed later.
18492 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18493 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18494 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18495 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18496 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18497 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18498 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18499
18500 \(fn)" nil nil)
18501
18502 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
18503 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18504 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18505 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18506
18507 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
18508
18509 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
18510 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18511 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
18512 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
18513
18514 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18515
18516 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
18517
18518 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
18519 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18520 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18521 amount for last line processed.
18522
18523 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
18524
18525 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
18526 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18527
18528 \(fn)" t nil)
18529
18530 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
18531 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18532
18533 \(fn)" t nil)
18534
18535 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
18536 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18537 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18538
18539 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
18540
18541 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
18542 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18543
18544 \(fn)" t nil)
18545
18546 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
18547 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18548 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18549 sequence inside of a word.
18550
18551 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18552
18553 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
18554
18555 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
18556 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18557
18558 \(fn)" t nil)
18559
18560 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
18561 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18562 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18563 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18564
18565 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18566 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18567 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18568 available on the net.
18569
18570 \(fn)" t nil)
18571
18572 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
18573 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18575 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18576 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18577
18578 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18579 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18580 spelled.
18581
18582 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18583 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
18584 SPC.
18585
18586 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
18587 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18588
18589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18590
18591 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
18592 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18593 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18594 Don't check included messages.
18595
18596 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18597 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18598 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18599
18600 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18601 in your init file:
18602 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook #\\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
18603 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook #\\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
18604 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook #\\='ispell-message)
18605 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook #\\='ispell-message)
18606
18607 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18608 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18609 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
18610
18611 \(fn)" t nil)
18612
18613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "ispell--make-\\\\w-expression" "ispell--make-filename-or-URL-re" "check-ispell-version" "ispell--\\\\w-filter")))
18614
18615 ;;;***
18616 \f
18617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18618 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18619 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18620
18621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18622
18623 ;;;***
18624 \f
18625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18626 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18627 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18628
18629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18630
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18634 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18636
18637 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
18638
18639
18640 \(fn)" nil nil)
18641
18642 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
18643 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18644 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18645 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18646 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18647 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18648 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18649 necessary to represent OBJ.
18650
18651 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
18654 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18655 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18656 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18657
18658 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
18659
18660 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
18661 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18662 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18663 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18664 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18665
18666 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
18667
18668 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
18669 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18670 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18671 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18672
18673 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
18676 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18677 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18678 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18679
18680 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
18681
18682 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
18683 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18684
18685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18686
18687 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
18688 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18689 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18690 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18691 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18692
18693 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
18694
18695 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
18696 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18697 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18698 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18699 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18700
18701 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
18704 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18705 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18706
18707 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18708
18709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-replace-region" "japanese-symbol-table" "japanese-string-conversion" "japanese-alpha-numeric-table" "japanese-kana-table")))
18710
18711 ;;;***
18712 \f
18713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18714 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18715
18716 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
18717 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18718 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18719 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
18720
18721 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
18722
18723
18724 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18725
18726 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
18727 Uninstall jka-compr.
18728 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18729 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18730 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18731
18732 \(fn)" nil nil)
18733
18734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18735
18736 ;;;***
18737 \f
18738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18740 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
18741
18742 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
18743 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18744
18745 \(fn)" t nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
18748 Major mode for editing JSX.
18749
18750 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18751 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18752 locally, like so:
18753
18754 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18755 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18756 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
18757
18758 \(fn)" t nil)
18759 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
18760
18761 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18762
18763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js--" "js-" "with-js")))
18764
18765 ;;;***
18766 \f
18767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
18769 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
18770
18771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "json" '("json-" "json--")))
18772
18773 ;;;***
18774 \f
18775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
18776 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
18777
18778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-clean-" "kermit-default-" "kermit-send-" "kermit-esc" "kermit-esc-char")))
18779
18780 ;;;***
18781 \f
18782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
18784
18785 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
18786 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18787 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18788 decimal key must be specified.")
18789
18790 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
18791
18792 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
18793 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
18794 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18795 decimal key must be specified.")
18796
18797 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
18798
18799 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
18800 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18801 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18802 decimal key must be specified.")
18803
18804 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
18805
18806 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
18807 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18808 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18809 decimal key must be specified.")
18810
18811 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
18812
18813 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
18814 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
18815 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
18816 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
18817 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
18818 keys are bound.
18819
18820 Setup Binding
18821 -------------------------------------------------------------
18822 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
18823 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
18824 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
18825 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
18826 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
18827 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
18828 in the global and local keymaps.
18829
18830 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
18831 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
18832
18833 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
18834
18835 ;;;***
18836 \f
18837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
18838 ;;;;;; 0))
18839 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
18840
18841 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
18842 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
18843 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
18844
18845 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
18846 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
18847 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
18848 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
18849 shorter.
18850
18851 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
18852 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
18853 the context of text formatting.
18854
18855 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-shorter" "kinsoku-limit" "kinsoku-longer")))
18858
18859 ;;;***
18860 \f
18861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18862 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
18863
18864 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
18865 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
18866 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
18867 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
18868 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
18869 positions that contains the current selection.")
18870
18871 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
18872 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
18873 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
18874 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18875 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
18876 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
18877 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
18878
18879 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18880
18881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kkc" '("kkc-")))
18882
18883 ;;;***
18884 \f
18885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
18886 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
18887 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
18888 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
18889 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
18890 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
18891 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
18892 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
18893 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
18894
18895 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
18896 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
18897 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
18898
18899 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
18900
18901 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
18902 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18903 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18904 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
18905 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
18906
18907 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
18908
18909 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
18910 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
18911 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
18912
18913 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
18914 defining the macro.
18915
18916 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
18917 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18918 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
18919
18920 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
18921 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
18922
18923 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18924
18925 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
18926 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
18927 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
18928 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
18929 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
18930 under that name.
18931
18932 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
18933 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
18934 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
18935
18936 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18937
18938 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18939 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
18940 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
18941 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
18942
18943 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
18944 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
18945 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
18946 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
18947
18948 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
18949 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
18950
18951 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
18952
18953 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
18954 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18955 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18956
18957 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
18958 macro.
18959
18960 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
18961 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
18962
18963 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
18964 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
18965 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
18966
18967 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18968 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
18969
18970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18973 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
18974 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18975 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
18976
18977 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
18978
18979 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18980 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
18981 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18982 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
18983
18984 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
18985 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
18986
18987 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
18988
18989 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
18990 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
18991 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
18992
18993 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
18994
18995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
18996
18997 ;;;***
18998 \f
18999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19000 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19001 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19002
19003 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19004 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19005 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
19006
19007 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19008
19009
19010 \(fn)" nil nil)
19011
19012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method" "korean-key-bindings" "exit-korean-environment")))
19013
19014 ;;;***
19015 \f
19016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19018
19019 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19020
19021
19022 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19023
19024 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19025 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19026 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19027 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19028 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19029 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19030
19031 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19032 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19033
19034 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19035
19036 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19037 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19038
19039 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19040
19041 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19042
19043
19044 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19045
19046 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19047
19048
19049 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19050
19051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-transcription-" "lao-category-table" "lao-composition-pattern" "lao-vowel-reordering-rule")))
19052
19053 ;;;***
19054 \f
19055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19056 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19058
19059 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19060 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
19061 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
19062 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19063
19064 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19065
19066 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19067 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19068 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19069
19070 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19071
19072 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19073 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19074 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19075
19076 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19077
19078 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19079 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
19080 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
19081 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19082
19083 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19084
19085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-TeX-master-flag" "latexenc-dont-use-tex-guess-main-file-flag")))
19086
19087 ;;;***
19088 \f
19089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19090 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19091 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19092
19093 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19094 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19095 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19096 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19097 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19098 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19099 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19100 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19101
19102 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19103 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19104
19105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19106 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
19107
19108 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19109
19110 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19111 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19112 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19113 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19114 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19115 `latin1-display-setup'.
19116
19117 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19118
19119 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19120 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19121 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19122 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19123
19124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19125 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
19126
19127 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19128
19129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19130
19131 ;;;***
19132 \f
19133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19134 ;;;;;; 0))
19135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19136
19137 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19138 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19139
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19141
19142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-font-lock-keywords" "ld-script-builtins" "ld-script-keywords" "ld-script-mode-syntax-table" "ld-script-location-counter-face")))
19143
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19148
19149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19150
19151 ;;;***
19152 \f
19153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19154 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19156
19157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-convert-to-compressed-" "gnus-agent-compressed-agentview-search-only" "gnus-agent-unlist-expire-days" "gnus-agent-unhook-expire-days" "gnus-agent-convert-agentview")))
19158
19159 ;;;***
19160 \f
19161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19162 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19164 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
19165
19166 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19167 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19168 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19169 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19170
19171 For instance, the following code
19172
19173 (let-alist alist
19174 (if (and .title .body)
19175 .body
19176 .site
19177 .site.contents))
19178
19179 essentially expands to
19180
19181 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
19182 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
19183 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
19184 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
19185 (if (and .title .body)
19186 .body
19187 .site
19188 .site.contents))
19189
19190 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19191 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19192 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19193 displayed in the example above.
19194
19195 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19196
19197 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19198
19199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--remove-dot" "let-alist--list-to-sexp" "let-alist--access-sexp" "let-alist--deep-dot-search")))
19200
19201 ;;;***
19202 \f
19203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19205
19206 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19207 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19208 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19209 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19210 generations (this defaults to 1).
19211
19212 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19213
19214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19215
19216 ;;;***
19217 \f
19218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19220 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19221
19222 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19223 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19225 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19226 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19227
19228 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19229
19230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19231
19232 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19233 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19234 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19235 for a description of this minor mode.
19236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19238 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19239
19240 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19241
19242 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19243 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19244 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19245 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19246 ARG is omitted or nil.
19247
19248 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19249 `linum-on' would do it.
19250 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19251
19252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19253
19254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-" "linum--face-width")))
19255
19256 ;;;***
19257 \f
19258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19259 ;;;;;; 0))
19260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19261
19262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19263
19264 ;;;***
19265 \f
19266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19268
19269 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19270 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19271 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19272 is nil, raise an error.
19273
19274 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19275 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19276 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19277 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19278 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19279 defined by the library.
19280
19281 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19282 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19283 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19284 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19285 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19286 proceeds.
19287
19288 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19289 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19290 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19291 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19292
19293 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19294
19295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("file-" "feature-" "unload-" "read-feature" "loadhist-hook-functions" "unload--set-major-mode")))
19296
19297 ;;;***
19298 \f
19299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19300 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19301
19302 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19303 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19304 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
19305
19306 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19307
19308 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19309 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19310 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19311 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19312
19313 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19314 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19315 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19316 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19317 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19318 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19319 the version.)
19320
19321 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19322 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19323
19324 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19325 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19326
19327 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19328 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19329
19330 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19331
19332 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19333 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19334 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19335 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19336 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19337 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19338 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19339 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19340 to constrain a big search.
19341
19342 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19343
19344 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19345 except that FILTER is not optional.
19346
19347 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19348
19349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19350
19351 ;;;***
19352 \f
19353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19355
19356 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19357 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19358 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19359 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
19360 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19361 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19362 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19363 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
19364 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
19365 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19366
19367 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19368 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19369 associated values:
19370 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19371 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19372 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19373 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19374 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19375
19376 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19377 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19378 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19379
19380 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19381
19382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "log-edit--match-first-line" "vc-log-entry-mode" "vc-log-mode-map")))
19383
19384 ;;;***
19385 \f
19386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19388
19389 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19390 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19391
19392 \(fn)" t nil)
19393
19394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19395
19396 ;;;***
19397 \f
19398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19399 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19400
19401 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19402 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19403
19404 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19405 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
19406
19407 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19408 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19409 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19410
19411 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19412 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19413
19414 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19415 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
19416 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
19417 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
19418 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
19419 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19420 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
19421
19422 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19423
19424 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19425 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19426 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19427 switch on this list.
19428 See `lpr-command'.")
19429
19430 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19431
19432 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19433 Name of program for printing a file.
19434
19435 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19436 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19437 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19438 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19439 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19440 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19441 argument.")
19442
19443 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19444
19445 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19446 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19447 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19448 for customization of the printer command.
19449
19450 \(fn)" t nil)
19451
19452 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19453 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19454
19455 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19456 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19457 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19458 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19459
19460 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19461 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19462
19463 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19464 for further customization of the printer command.
19465
19466 \(fn)" t nil)
19467
19468 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19469 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19470 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19471 for customization of the printer command.
19472
19473 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19474
19475 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19476 Paginate and print the region contents.
19477
19478 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19479 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19480 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19481 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19482
19483 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19484 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19485
19486 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19487 for further customization of the printer command.
19488
19489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19490
19491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print-region-function" "print-region-1" "print-region-new-buffer" "printify-region")))
19492
19493 ;;;***
19494 \f
19495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19496 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19497
19498 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19499 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19500 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19501
19502 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19503
19504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-" "ls-lisp--insert-directory")))
19505
19506 ;;;***
19507 \f
19508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19509 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19510
19511 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19512 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19513 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19514 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19515
19516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19517
19518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19519
19520 ;;;***
19521 \f
19522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19524
19525 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19526 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19527
19528 \(fn)" t nil)
19529
19530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-" "m4--quoted-p")))
19531
19532 ;;;***
19533 \f
19534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19535 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19536
19537 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19538 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19539 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19540 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19541 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
19542
19543 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19544
19545 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19546 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19547 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19548 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19549 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19550
19551 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19552 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19553 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19554 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19555 bindings.
19556
19557 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19558 use this command, and then save the file.
19559
19560 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19561
19562 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19563 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19564 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19565 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19566 each time the macro executes.
19567 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19568 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
19569 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
19570 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
19571 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
19572 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
19573 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
19574
19575 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19576
19577 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19578 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19579 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19580 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19581
19582 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19583 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19584 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19585 execute.
19586
19587 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19588 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19589
19590 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19591 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19592 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19593 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19594 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
19595
19596 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19597 looked like this:
19598
19599 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
19600 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
19601 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
19602
19603 You could enter the names in this format:
19604
19605 foo
19606 bar
19607 baz
19608
19609 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19610
19611 \\C-x (
19612 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
19613 \\C-x )
19614
19615 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19616 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
19617
19618 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19619 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19620
19621 ;;;***
19622 \f
19623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19624 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19625
19626 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19627 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19628 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19629 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19630 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19631 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19632
19633 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19634 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19635 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19636 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19637 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19638
19639 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19640 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19641 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19642 consing a string.)
19643
19644 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19645
19646 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19647 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19648
19649 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19650
19651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19652
19653 ;;;***
19654 \f
19655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19657
19658 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19659 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19660
19661 \(fn)" nil nil)
19662
19663 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19664
19665
19666 \(fn)" nil nil)
19667
19668 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19669 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19670
19671 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19672
19673 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19674 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19675 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19676 message.
19677
19678 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19679
19680 \(fn)" nil nil)
19681
19682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19683
19684 ;;;***
19685 \f
19686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19688
19689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19690
19691 ;;;***
19692 \f
19693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19695
19696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-charset" "mail-parse-mule-charset" "mail-parse-ignored-charsets")))
19697
19698 ;;;***
19699 \f
19700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19701 ;;;;;; 0))
19702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19703
19704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source-" "mail-sources")))
19705
19706 ;;;***
19707 \f
19708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19709 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19710
19711 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19712 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19713 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19714 often correct parser.")
19715
19716 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19717
19718 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19719 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19720 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19721 a value which excludes your own email address.
19722
19723 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19724 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19725
19726 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19727
19728 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19729 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19730
19731 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19732
19733 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19734 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
19735 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19736 we return it unconverted.
19737
19738 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19739 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19740
19741 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19742
19743 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19744 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
19745 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19746 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19747
19748 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19749
19750 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19751 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
19752 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19753 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19754
19755 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19756
19757 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19758 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
19759 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19760 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19761 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19762 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19763 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19764 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19765 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19766 as Rmail does.
19767
19768 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
19769
19770 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
19771 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
19772 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
19773 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
19774 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
19775 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
19776 matches may be returned from the message body.
19777
19778 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
19779
19780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
19781
19782 ;;;***
19783 \f
19784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
19786
19787 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
19788 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
19789 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
19790 for a description of this minor mode.
19791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19793 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
19794
19795 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
19796
19797 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
19798 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
19799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
19800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19801 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19802
19803 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
19804 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
19805 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
19806 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19807
19808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19809
19810 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
19811 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
19812
19813 \(fn)" nil nil)
19814
19815 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
19816 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
19817 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19818
19819 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
19820
19821 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
19822 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
19823 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
19824
19825 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
19826 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
19827 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
19828 double-quotes.
19829
19830 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19831
19832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs" "merge-mail-abbrevs")))
19833
19834 ;;;***
19835 \f
19836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
19837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
19838
19839 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
19840 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
19841 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
19842 king@grassland.com
19843 If `parens', they look like:
19844 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19845 If `angles', they look like:
19846 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
19847
19848 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
19849
19850 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
19851 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
19852 If interactive, expand in header fields.
19853 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
19854 their `Resent-' variants.
19855
19856 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
19857 removed from alias expansions.
19858
19859 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
19860
19861 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
19862 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
19863 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
19864
19865 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
19866 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
19867 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
19868 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
19869
19870 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19871
19872 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
19873 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
19874 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
19875
19876 \(fn)" nil nil)
19877
19878 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
19879 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
19880 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
19881 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
19882
19883 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19884
19885 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
19886
19887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
19888
19889 ;;;***
19890 \f
19891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
19893
19894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-" "mailcap--set-user-mime-data" "mailcap--get-user-mime-data")))
19895
19896 ;;;***
19897 \f
19898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
19899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
19900
19901 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
19902 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
19903 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
19904 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
19905
19906 \(fn)" nil nil)
19907
19908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-place-body-on-clipboard-flag" "mailclient-encode-string-as-url" "mailclient-delim-static" "mailclient-url-delim" "mailclient-gather-addresses")))
19909
19910 ;;;***
19911 \f
19912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
19913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
19914
19915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header-" "mail-header")))
19916
19917 ;;;***
19918 \f
19919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
19920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
19921
19922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
19923
19924 ;;;***
19925 \f
19926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
19927 ;;;;;; 0))
19928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
19929
19930 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
19931 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
19932
19933 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
19934 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
19935 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
19936 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
19937 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
19938 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
19939
19940 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
19941 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
19942 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
19943 dependency, despite the colon.
19944
19945 \\{makefile-mode-map}
19946
19947 In the browser, use the following keys:
19948
19949 \\{makefile-browser-map}
19950
19951 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
19952
19953 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
19954 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
19955
19956 `makefile-target-colon':
19957 The string that gets appended to all target names
19958 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
19959 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
19960
19961 `makefile-macro-assign':
19962 The string that gets appended to all macro names
19963 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
19964 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
19965 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
19966 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
19967 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
19968
19969 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
19970 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
19971 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
19972
19973 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
19974 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
19975
19976 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
19977 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
19978 up or down in the browser.
19979
19980 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
19981 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
19982
19983 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
19984 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
19985
19986 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
19987 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
19988 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
19989 has been selected in the browser.
19990
19991 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
19992 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
19993 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
19994 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
19995 filenames are omitted.
19996
19997 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
19998 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
19999 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20000 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20001 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20002 the backslash itself intact.
20003 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20004 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
20005
20006 `makefile-browser-hook':
20007 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20008 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20009
20010 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20011 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20012 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20013 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20014
20015 \(fn)" t nil)
20016
20017 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20018 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20019
20020 \(fn)" t nil)
20021
20022 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20023 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20024
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20028 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20029
20030 \(fn)" t nil)
20031
20032 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20033 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20034
20035 \(fn)" t nil)
20036
20037 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20038 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20039
20040 \(fn)" t nil)
20041
20042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20043
20044 ;;;***
20045 \f
20046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20047 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20048
20049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20050
20051 ;;;***
20052 \f
20053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20054 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20055
20056 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20057 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20058 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20059
20060 \(fn)" t nil)
20061
20062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20063
20064 ;;;***
20065 \f
20066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20067 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20068
20069 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20070
20071 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20072 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20073 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20074 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20075 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20076 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20077 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20078 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20079 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20080 without running the man command.
20081
20082 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20083 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
20084 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
20085
20086 cat(1)
20087 1 cat
20088
20089 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20090 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
20091 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20092 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20093
20094 -a chmod
20095
20096 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20097 otherwise look like a page name.
20098
20099 /my/file/name.1.gz
20100 -l somefile.1
20101
20102 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
20103 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20104 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
20105
20106 -k pattern
20107
20108 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20109
20110 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20111 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20112
20113 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20114
20115 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20116 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20117
20118 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20119
20120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "Man--" "man-imenu-title" "manual-program")))
20121
20122 ;;;***
20123 \f
20124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20126
20127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-make-mantemps-" "mantemp-remove-" "mantemp-insert-cxx-syntax" "mantemp-sort-and-unique-lines" "mantemp-make-mantemps")))
20128
20129 ;;;***
20130 \f
20131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20133 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20134
20135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map-" "map--" "mapp")))
20136
20137 ;;;***
20138 \f
20139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20140 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20141 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20142
20143 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20144 Toggle Master mode.
20145 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20146 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20147 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20148
20149 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20150 using the following commands:
20151
20152 \\{master-mode-map}
20153
20154 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20155 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20156 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20157
20158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20159
20160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-says-" "master-set-" "master-says" "master-show-slave" "master-of")))
20161
20162 ;;;***
20163 \f
20164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20166
20167 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20168 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20169 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20170 for a description of this minor mode.
20171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20172 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20173 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20174
20175 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20176
20177 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20178 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20180 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20181 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20182
20183 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20184 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20185 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20186 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20187
20188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20189
20190 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-indicator-function" "minibuffer-depth-setup")))
20191
20192 ;;;***
20193 \f
20194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20195 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20196 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20197
20198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4-" "md4")))
20199
20200 ;;;***
20201 \f
20202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20204
20205 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20206
20207 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20208 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20209 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
20210 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20211 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20212 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20213 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20214 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20215 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20216 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20217 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20218 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
20219 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20220 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20221 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20222 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20223 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
20224 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20225 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20226 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20227 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20228 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20229 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20230 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20231 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20232 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20233 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20234 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20235 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20236 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20237 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20238 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20239 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20240 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20241 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20242 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20243 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20244 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20245
20246 \(fn)" t nil)
20247
20248 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20249 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20250 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20251 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20252 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20253
20254 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20255
20256 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20257 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20258
20259 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20260
20261 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20262 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20263
20264 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20265
20266 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20267 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
20268
20269 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20270
20271 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20272 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20273 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20274
20275 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20276
20277 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20278 Cancel an article you posted.
20279 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20280
20281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20282
20283 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20284 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20285 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20286 header line with the old Message-ID.
20287
20288 \(fn)" t nil)
20289
20290 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20291 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20292
20293 \(fn)" t nil)
20294
20295 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20296 Forward the current message via mail.
20297 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20298 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20299
20300 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20301
20302 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20303
20304
20305 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20306
20307 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20308
20309
20310 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20311
20312 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20313 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20314
20315 \(fn)" t nil)
20316
20317 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20318 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20319
20320 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20321
20322 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20323 Re-mail the current message.
20324 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20325 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20326 you.
20327
20328 \(fn)" t nil)
20329
20330 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20331 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20332
20333 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20334
20335 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20336 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20337
20338 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20339
20340 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20341 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20342
20343 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20344
20345 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20346 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20347
20348 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20349
20350 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20351 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20352 Works by overstriking characters.
20353 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20354 which specify the range to operate on.
20355
20356 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20357
20358 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20359 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20360 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20361 which specify the range to operate on.
20362
20363 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20364
20365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil" "message--syntax-propertize" "message--yank-original-internal")))
20366
20367 ;;;***
20368 \f
20369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/messcompat.el
20371
20372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "messcompat" '("message-")))
20373
20374 ;;;***
20375 \f
20376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20377 ;;;;;; 0))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20379 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20380
20381 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20382 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20383
20384 \(fn)" t nil)
20385
20386 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20387 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20388
20389 \(fn)" t nil)
20390
20391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta-" "metapost-" "metafont-" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20392
20393 ;;;***
20394 \f
20395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20397
20398 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20399 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20400 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20401
20402 \(fn)" t nil)
20403
20404 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20405 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20406 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20407 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20408 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20409 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20410 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20411
20412 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20413
20414 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20415 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20416 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20417 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20418 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20419 means current).
20420 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20421 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20422
20423 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20424
20425 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20426 Process current region through `metamail'.
20427 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20428 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20429 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20430 means current).
20431 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20432 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20433
20434 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20435
20436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-switches" "metamail-environment" "metamail-mailer-name" "metamail-program-name")))
20437
20438 ;;;***
20439 \f
20440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20442
20443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "defun-mh" "defmacro-mh" "with-mh-folder-updating")))
20444
20445 ;;;***
20446 \f
20447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20448 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20449
20450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-alias-" "mh-folder-line-matches-show-buffer-p" "mh-read-address")))
20451
20452 ;;;***
20453 \f
20454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20456
20457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20458
20459 ;;;***
20460 \f
20461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20463
20464 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20465 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20466 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20467
20468 \(fn)" t nil)
20469
20470 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20471 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20472 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20473
20474 \(fn)" t nil)
20475
20476 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20477 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20478
20479 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20480 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20481 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
20482
20483 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20484 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20485
20486 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20487 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20488
20489 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20490
20491 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20492
20493 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20494 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20495 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20496 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20497 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20498 as `compose-mail'.
20499
20500 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20501 initial Subject field, respectively.
20502
20503 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20504 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20505 are strings.
20506
20507 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20508 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20509
20510 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20511
20512 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20513 Save draft and send message.
20514
20515 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20516 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20517 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
20518 Mail Delivery*\".
20519
20520 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20521 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20522 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20523
20524 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20525 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20526 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20527 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20528 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20529 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20530
20531 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
20532 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20533
20534 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20535 message and scan line.
20536
20537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20538
20539 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20540 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20541
20542 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20543 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20544 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
20545 delete the draft message.
20546
20547 \(fn)" t nil)
20548
20549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20550
20551 ;;;***
20552 \f
20553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20554 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20555
20556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20557
20558 ;;;***
20559 \f
20560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20561 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20562 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20563
20564 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20565
20566 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20567
20568 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20569
20570 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20571 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20572
20573 \(fn)" t nil)
20574
20575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "defgroup-mh" "defcustom-mh" "defface-mh")))
20576
20577 ;;;***
20578 \f
20579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20581
20582 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20583 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20584 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20585
20586 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20587 the MH mail system.
20588
20589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20590
20591 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20592 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20593 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20594
20595 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20596 the MH mail system.
20597
20598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20599
20600 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20601 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
20602
20603 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20604 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20605 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20606 separate command.
20607
20608 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20609 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
20610 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20611 format.
20612
20613 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20614
20615 Ranges
20616 ======
20617 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20618 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20619 can be used in several ways.
20620
20621 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
20622 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20623 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20624 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20625 page):
20626
20627 <num1>-<num2>
20628 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20629 The range must be nonempty.
20630
20631 <num>:N
20632 <num>:+N
20633 <num>:-N
20634 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20635 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20636 last.
20637
20638 first:N
20639 prev:N
20640 next:N
20641 last:N
20642 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20643
20644 all
20645 All of the messages.
20646
20647 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20648 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20649
20650 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20651 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20652 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20653
20654 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
20655
20656 \(fn)" t nil)
20657
20658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20659
20660 ;;;***
20661 \f
20662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20663 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20664
20665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20666
20667 ;;;***
20668 \f
20669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20670 ;;;;;; 0))
20671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20672
20673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-identity-" "mh-header-field-delete" "mh-insert-identity")))
20674
20675 ;;;***
20676 \f
20677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20679
20680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-map-help" "mh-inc-spool-make" "mh-inc-spool-make-no-autoload" "mh-inc-spool-generator" "mh-inc-spool-def-key")))
20681
20682 ;;;***
20683 \f
20684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20686
20687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20688
20689 ;;;***
20690 \f
20691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20693
20694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20695
20696 ;;;***
20697 \f
20698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20700
20701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20702
20703 ;;;***
20704 \f
20705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20707
20708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20709
20710 ;;;***
20711 \f
20712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20714
20715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-ps-print-" "mh-print-msg" "mh-ps-spool-msg" "mh-ps-spool-buffer")))
20716
20717 ;;;***
20718 \f
20719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20721
20722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20723
20724 ;;;***
20725 \f
20726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20727 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20728
20729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20730
20731 ;;;***
20732 \f
20733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20735
20736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20737
20738 ;;;***
20739 \f
20740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20741 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20742
20743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20744
20745 ;;;***
20746 \f
20747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20748 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20749
20750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20751
20752 ;;;***
20753 \f
20754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20756
20757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-toggle-threads" "mh-thread-" "mh-message-id-regexp")))
20758
20759 ;;;***
20760 \f
20761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20762 ;;;;;; 0))
20763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20764
20765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20766
20767 ;;;***
20768 \f
20769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20771
20772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20773
20774 ;;;***
20775 \f
20776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
20777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
20778
20779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
20780
20781 ;;;***
20782 \f
20783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
20784 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
20785
20786 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
20787 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
20788 See the `midnight-mode' command
20789 for a description of this minor mode.
20790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20792 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
20793
20794 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
20795
20796 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
20797 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
20798
20799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20800
20801 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
20802 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
20803 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
20804 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
20805 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
20806 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
20807 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
20808 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
20809 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
20810 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
20811 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
20812
20813 \(fn)" t nil)
20814
20815 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
20816 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
20817 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
20818 to its second argument TM.
20819
20820 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
20821
20822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-kill-" "clean-buffer-list-delay" "clean-buffer-list-delay-special" "clean-buffer-list-delay-general")))
20823
20824 ;;;***
20825 \f
20826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
20827 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
20828
20829 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
20830 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
20831 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
20832 for a description of this minor mode.
20833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20835 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
20836
20837 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
20838
20839 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
20840 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
20841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
20842 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20843 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20844
20845 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
20846 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
20847 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
20848 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
20849 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
20850 is modified to remove the default indication.
20851
20852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20853
20854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf-eldef-" "minibuffer-default-in-prompt-regexps" "minibuffer-eldef-shorten-default" "minibuffer-default--in-prompt-regexps")))
20855
20856 ;;;***
20857 \f
20858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20859 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
20860
20861 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
20862 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
20863 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
20864 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
20865 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
20866 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
20867 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
20868 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
20869 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
20870
20871 \(fn)" t nil)
20872
20873 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
20874 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
20875 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
20876 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
20877 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
20878 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
20879 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
20880 The return value is always nil.
20881
20882 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
20883
20884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("mark-" "list-dynamic-libraries--" "copy-from-above-command" "zap-up-to-char" "upcase-char" "forward-to-word" "backward-to-word")))
20885
20886 ;;;***
20887 \f
20888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
20889 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
20890 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
20891
20892 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
20893 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
20894
20895 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
20896 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
20897 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
20898 next occurrence.
20899
20900 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
20901 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
20902 end of the search space).
20903
20904 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
20905 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
20906 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
20907 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
20908 should return the previous buffer to search.
20909
20910 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
20911 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
20912 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
20913
20914 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
20915 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
20916 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
20917 Isearch starts.")
20918
20919 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
20920 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
20921 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
20922
20923 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
20924 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
20925 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
20926
20927 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
20928 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
20929
20930 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
20931 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
20932 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
20933
20934 \(fn)" nil nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
20937 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20938 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20939 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20940 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20941 whose names match the specified regexp.
20942
20943 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20944
20945 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
20946 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20947 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20948 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20949 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20950 whose names match the specified regexp.
20951
20952 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20953
20954 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
20955 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
20956 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20957 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20958 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20959 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20960 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20961
20962 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20963
20964 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
20965 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
20966 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20967 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20968 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20969 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20970 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20971
20972 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20973
20974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
20975
20976 ;;;***
20977 \f
20978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
20979 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
20981 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20982
20983 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
20984 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
20985
20986 \(fn)" t nil)
20987
20988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
20989
20990 ;;;***
20991 \f
20992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
20993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
20994
20995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-dissect-archive" "mm-archive-dissect-and-inline" "mm-archive-list-files" "mm-archive-decoders")))
20996
20997 ;;;***
20998 \f
20999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21001
21002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-body-" "mm-decode-" "mm-7bit-chars" "mm-encode-body" "mm-long-lines-p")))
21003
21004 ;;;***
21005 \f
21006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21008
21009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21010
21011 ;;;***
21012 \f
21013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21015
21016 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21017 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21018
21019 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21020
21021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21022
21023 ;;;***
21024 \f
21025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21027
21028 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21029 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21030
21031 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21032
21033 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21034 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21035 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21036 the entire message.
21037 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21038
21039 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21040
21041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21042
21043 ;;;***
21044 \f
21045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21047
21048 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21049 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21050 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21051 the entire message.
21052 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21053
21054 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21055
21056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21057
21058 ;;;***
21059 \f
21060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21062
21063 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21064 Insert file contents of URL.
21065 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21066
21067 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21068
21069 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21070 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21071
21072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21073
21074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21075
21076 ;;;***
21077 \f
21078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21080
21081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21082
21083 ;;;***
21084 \f
21085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21087
21088 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21089 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21090 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21091 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21092 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21093
21094 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21095
21096 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21097 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21098 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21099
21100 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21101
21102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-uu-" "mm-dissect-disposition")))
21103
21104 ;;;***
21105 \f
21106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21108
21109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21110
21111 ;;;***
21112 \f
21113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21115
21116 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21117 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21118
21119 \(fn)" nil nil)
21120
21121 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21122 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21123 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21124 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
21125 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
21126
21127 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21128 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
21129 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21130 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21131 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
21132 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
21133
21134 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21135
21136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mml-" "mml--possibly-alter-image" "mime-to-mml")))
21137
21138 ;;;***
21139 \f
21140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21142
21143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21144
21145 ;;;***
21146 \f
21147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21149
21150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21151
21152 ;;;***
21153 \f
21154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21156
21157 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21158
21159
21160 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21161
21162 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21163
21164
21165 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21166
21167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21168
21169 ;;;***
21170 \f
21171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21173
21174 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21175
21176
21177 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21178
21179 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21180
21181
21182 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21183
21184 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21185
21186
21187 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21188
21189 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21190
21191
21192 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21193
21194 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21195
21196
21197 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21198
21199 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21200
21201
21202 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21203
21204 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21205
21206
21207 \(fn)" nil nil)
21208
21209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21210
21211 ;;;***
21212 \f
21213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21214 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21215
21216 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21217
21218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("define-" "overload-" "describe-mode-local-" "with-mode-" "xref-mode-" "mode-" "get-mode-local-parent" "set-mode-local-parent" "new-mode-local-bindings" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "setq-mode-local" "defvar-mode-local" "defconst-mode-local" "make-obsolete-overload" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p")))
21219
21220 ;;;***
21221 \f
21222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21224
21225 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21226
21227 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21228 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21229 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21230 followed by the first character of the construct.
21231 \\<m2-mode-map>
21232 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
21233 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
21234 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
21235 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
21236 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
21237 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
21238 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
21239 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
21240 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
21241 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
21242 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
21243 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
21244 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
21245 \\[m2-link] link
21246
21247 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21248 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21249 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21250
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21252
21253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m2-" "m3-font-lock-keywords" "m3-font-lock-keywords-2" "m3-font-lock-keywords-1")))
21254
21255 ;;;***
21256 \f
21257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21258 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21259
21260 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21261 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21262
21263 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21264
21265 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21266 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21267
21268 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21269
21270 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21271 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21272
21273 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21274
21275 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21276 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21277
21278 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21279
21280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("morse-code" "nato-alphabet")))
21281
21282 ;;;***
21283 \f
21284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21286
21287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-copy-last-paste-" "mouse-drag-secondary-" "mouse-copy-have-drag-bug" "mouse-copy-work-around-drag-bug" "mouse-kill-preserving-secondary")))
21288
21289 ;;;***
21290 \f
21291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21293
21294 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21295 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
21296
21297 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
21298 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21299 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21300
21301 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21302 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21303 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21304
21305 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
21306 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21307
21308 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21309 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21310 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21311 hemisphere you're in.)
21312
21313 To test this function, evaluate:
21314 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
21315
21316 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21317
21318 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21319 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
21320
21321 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21322 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
21323
21324 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21325 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21326 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21327
21328 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
21329 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21330
21331 To test this function, evaluate:
21332 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
21333
21334 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21335
21336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-drag-" "mouse-throw-magnifier-base" "mouse-throw-magnifier-max" "mouse-throw-magnifier-min" "mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar")))
21337
21338 ;;;***
21339 \f
21340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21342
21343 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21344 Main entry point for MPC.
21345
21346 \(fn)" t nil)
21347
21348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "mpc--" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21349
21350 ;;;***
21351 \f
21352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21353 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21354
21355 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21356 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21357
21358 \(fn)" t nil)
21359
21360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21361
21362 ;;;***
21363 \f
21364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21365 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21366
21367 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21368 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21369 See the `msb-mode' command
21370 for a description of this minor mode.
21371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21373 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21374
21375 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21378 Toggle Msb mode.
21379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21380 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21381 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21382
21383 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21384 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21385
21386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21387
21388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("msb--" "msb-" "mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21389
21390 ;;;***
21391 \f
21392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21394
21395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21396
21397 ;;;***
21398 \f
21399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21400 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21401 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21402
21403 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21404 Display a list of all character sets.
21405
21406 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21407 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21408 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21409 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21410 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21411
21412 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21413 but still shows the full information.
21414
21415 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21416
21417 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21418 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21419 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21420
21421 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21422 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21423 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21424 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21425 meanings of these arguments.
21426
21427 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21428
21429 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21430 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21431
21432 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21433
21434 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21435 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21436
21437 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21438
21439 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21440 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21441
21442 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21443
21444 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21445 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21446
21447 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
21448 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21449 in place of `..':
21450 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21451 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21452 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21453 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21454 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21455 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21456 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21457 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21458 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21459 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21460 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21461 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21462 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21463 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21464 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21465 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21466
21467 \(fn)" t nil)
21468
21469 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21470 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21471
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21473
21474 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21475 Display a list of all coding systems.
21476 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21477
21478 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21479 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21480
21481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21482
21483 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21484 Display a list of all coding categories.
21485
21486 \(fn)" nil nil)
21487
21488 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21489 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21490 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21491
21492 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21493
21494 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21495 Display information about FONTSET.
21496 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21497
21498 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21501 Display a list of all fontsets.
21502 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21503 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21504 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21505
21506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21507
21508 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21509 Display information about all input methods.
21510
21511 \(fn)" t nil)
21512
21513 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21514 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21515
21516 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21517 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21518 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21519 system which uses fontsets).
21520
21521 \(fn)" t nil)
21522
21523 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21524 Show log of font listing and opening.
21525 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21526 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21527
21528 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21529
21530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("print-" "list-" "sort-listed-character-sets" "non-iso-charset-alist" "decode-codepage-char" "charset-history" "describe-font-internal" "insert-section")))
21531
21532 ;;;***
21533 \f
21534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21535 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21536 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21537
21538 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
21539 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
21540
21541 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
21542 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
21543
21544 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21545 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21546
21547 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21548
21549 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21550 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21551 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21552 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21553 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21554 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21555 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21556
21557 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21558 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21559 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21560 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21561 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21562 middle of a character in STR.
21563
21564 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21565 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21566
21567 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21568 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21569 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21570 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21571 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21572
21573 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21574
21575 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21576 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21577
21578 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21579 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21580 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21581
21582 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21583 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21584 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21585
21586 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21587 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21588 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21589 are considered.
21590 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21591 longer than KEYSEQ.
21592 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21593
21594 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21595
21596 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21597 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21598 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21599 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21600 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21601 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21602 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21603 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21604 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21605 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21606 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21607
21608 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21609
21610 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21611 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21612
21613 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21614
21615 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21616 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21617
21618 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21621 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21622
21623 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21624
21625 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21626 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21627
21628 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21629
21630 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21631 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21632 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21633 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21634 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21635
21636 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21637 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21638
21639 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21640 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21641 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21642 coding systems ordered by priority.
21643
21644 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21645
21646 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21647
21648 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21649 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21650 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21651 language environment LANG-ENV.
21652
21653 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21654
21655 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21656 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21657 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21658 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21659 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21660 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21661
21662 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21663
21664 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21665 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21666 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21667 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21668 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21669 QUALITY can be:
21670 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21671 excessive work.
21672 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21673 part of the file/buffer.
21674 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21675
21676 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21677
21678 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21679 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21680 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21681 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21682 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21683 QUALITY can be:
21684 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21685 excessive work.
21686 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21687 part of the file/buffer.
21688 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21689
21690 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21691
21692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("truncate-string-ellipsis" "filepos-to-bufferpos--dos")))
21693
21694 ;;;***
21695 \f
21696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21697 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21698
21699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
21700
21701 ;;;***
21702 \f
21703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21704 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21705
21706 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21707 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
21708
21709 \(fn)" t nil)
21710
21711 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21712 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
21713
21714 \(fn)" t nil)
21715
21716 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21717 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
21718
21719 \(fn)" t nil)
21720
21721 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
21722 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
21723
21724 \(fn)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
21727 Run route and display diagnostic output.
21728
21729 \(fn)" t nil)
21730
21731 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
21732 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
21733
21734 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
21735
21736 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
21737 Ping HOST.
21738 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
21739 `ping-program-options'.
21740
21741 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21742
21743 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
21744 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
21745
21746 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21747
21748 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
21749 Run nslookup program.
21750
21751 \(fn)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
21754 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
21755
21756 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21757
21758 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
21759 Run dig program.
21760
21761 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21762
21763 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
21764 Run ftp program.
21765
21766 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
21769 Finger USER on HOST.
21770
21771 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
21772
21773 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
21774 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
21775 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
21776 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
21777
21778 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
21779
21780 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
21781
21782
21783 \(fn)" t nil)
21784
21785 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
21786 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
21787
21788 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
21789
21790 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
21791 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
21792
21793 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
21794
21795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "ftp-" "smbclient-" "whois-" "dns-lookup-" "traceroute-" "ping-" "ifconfig-" "iwconfig-" "netstat-" "arp-" "route-" "net-" "network-" "dig-program" "ipconfig" "smbclient" "run-network-program" "finger-X.500-host-regexps")))
21796
21797 ;;;***
21798 \f
21799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21800 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
21801
21802 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
21803 Return a user name/password pair.
21804 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
21805 listed in the PORTS list.
21806
21807 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
21808
21809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
21810
21811 ;;;***
21812 \f
21813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
21814 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21815 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
21816
21817 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
21818 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
21819 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
21820 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
21821 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
21822 closes it.
21823
21824 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
21825 make it unique.
21826 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
21827 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
21828 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
21829 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
21830 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
21831 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
21832
21833 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
21834 values:
21835
21836 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
21837 nil or `network'
21838 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
21839 the parameters :success and :capability-command
21840 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
21841 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
21842 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
21843 an unencrypted connection.
21844 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
21845 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
21846 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
21847 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
21848 returned object is a killed process.
21849 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
21850 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
21851 `shell' -- A shell connection.
21852
21853 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
21854 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
21855 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
21856 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
21857 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
21858 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
21859 or nil if none could be found.
21860 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
21861 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
21862
21863 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
21864
21865 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
21866 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
21867 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
21868
21869 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
21870 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
21871 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
21872
21873 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
21874 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
21875 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
21876
21877 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
21878 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
21879 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
21880 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
21881
21882 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
21883 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
21884
21885 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
21886 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
21887 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
21888 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
21889 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
21890 or STARTTLS connections.
21891
21892 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
21893 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
21894
21895 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
21896 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
21897
21898 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
21899 a greeting from the server.
21900
21901 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
21902 asynchronously, if possible.
21903
21904 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
21905 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
21906 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
21907 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
21908 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
21909
21910 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
21911
21912 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
21913
21914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-open-" "network-stream-certificate" "network-stream-command" "network-stream-get-response")))
21915
21916 ;;;***
21917 \f
21918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
21919 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
21921
21922 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
21923 Check whether newsticker is running.
21924 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21925 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
21926
21927 \(fn)" nil nil)
21928
21929 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
21930 Start the newsticker.
21931 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
21932 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
21933 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
21934 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
21935
21936 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
21937
21938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker--" "newsticker-")))
21939
21940 ;;;***
21941 \f
21942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
21943 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
21944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
21945
21946 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
21947 Start newsticker plainview.
21948
21949 \(fn)" t nil)
21950
21951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-" "newsticker--")))
21952
21953 ;;;***
21954 \f
21955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
21956 ;;;;;; 0))
21957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
21958
21959 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
21960 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
21961
21962 \(fn)" t nil)
21963
21964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-" "newsticker--")))
21965
21966 ;;;***
21967 \f
21968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
21969 ;;;;;; 0))
21970 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
21971
21972 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
21973 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
21974 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21975 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
21976 empty.
21977
21978 \(fn)" nil nil)
21979
21980 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
21981 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
21982 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
21983 running already.
21984
21985 \(fn)" t nil)
21986
21987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker--" "newsticker-hide-" "newsticker-stop-ticker" "newsticker-scroll-smoothly" "newsticker-ticker-interval")))
21988
21989 ;;;***
21990 \f
21991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
21992 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21993 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
21994
21995 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
21996 Start newsticker treeview.
21997
21998 \(fn)" t nil)
21999
22000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-treeview-" "newsticker--" "newsticker-group-" "newsticker-groups-filename" "newsticker-groups")))
22001
22002 ;;;***
22003 \f
22004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22005 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22006
22007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22008
22009 ;;;***
22010 \f
22011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22013
22014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22015
22016 ;;;***
22017 \f
22018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22020
22021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22022
22023 ;;;***
22024 \f
22025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22027
22028 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22029 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22030
22031 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22032
22033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22034
22035 ;;;***
22036 \f
22037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22039
22040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22041
22042 ;;;***
22043 \f
22044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22046
22047 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22048 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22049 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22050 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22051 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22052 symbol in the alist.
22053
22054 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22055
22056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22057
22058 ;;;***
22059 \f
22060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22062
22063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22064
22065 ;;;***
22066 \f
22067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22069
22070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22071
22072 ;;;***
22073 \f
22074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22076
22077 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22078 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22079 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22080
22081 \(fn)" t nil)
22082
22083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22084
22085 ;;;***
22086 \f
22087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22089
22090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22091
22092 ;;;***
22093 \f
22094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22096
22097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nnheader-" "mail-header-" "gnus-" "make-" "nntp-")))
22098
22099 ;;;***
22100 \f
22101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22103
22104 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap-" "nnimap")))
22105
22106 ;;;***
22107 \f
22108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22110
22111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-nnir-group-p" "gnus-group-make-nnir-group" "gnus-summary-create-nnir-group" "gnus-summary-make-nnir-group")))
22112
22113 ;;;***
22114 \f
22115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22117
22118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22119
22120 ;;;***
22121 \f
22122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22124
22125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir--" "nnmaildir-")))
22126
22127 ;;;***
22128 \f
22129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22131
22132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22133
22134 ;;;***
22135 \f
22136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22138
22139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22140
22141 ;;;***
22142 \f
22143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22145
22146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22147
22148 ;;;***
22149 \f
22150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22152
22153 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22154 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22155
22156 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22157
22158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22159
22160 ;;;***
22161 \f
22162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22164
22165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22166
22167 ;;;***
22168 \f
22169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22171
22172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "deffoo" "defvoo")))
22173
22174 ;;;***
22175 \f
22176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22178
22179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22180
22181 ;;;***
22182 \f
22183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22185
22186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22187
22188 ;;;***
22189 \f
22190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22192
22193 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("nnspool-" "news-inews-program")))
22194
22195 ;;;***
22196 \f
22197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22199
22200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-" "nntp--report-1")))
22201
22202 ;;;***
22203 \f
22204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22206
22207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22208
22209 ;;;***
22210 \f
22211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22213
22214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22215
22216 ;;;***
22217 \f
22218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22219 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22220
22221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22222
22223 ;;;***
22224 \f
22225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22226 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22227
22228 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22229
22230 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22231 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22232 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22233
22234 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22235
22236
22237 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22238
22239 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22240 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22241 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22242 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22243 to future sessions.
22244
22245 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22246
22247 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22248 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22249 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22250 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22251 future sessions.
22252
22253 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22254
22255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22256
22257 ;;;***
22258 \f
22259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22260 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22262
22263 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22264 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22265 \\{nroff-mode-map}
22266 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22267 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22268 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22269
22270 \(fn)" t nil)
22271
22272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22273
22274 ;;;***
22275 \f
22276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22277 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22278
22279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("nsm-" "network-security-level")))
22280
22281 ;;;***
22282 \f
22283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22285 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22286
22287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22288
22289 ;;;***
22290 \f
22291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22293
22294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22295
22296 ;;;***
22297 \f
22298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22300
22301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22302
22303 ;;;***
22304 \f
22305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22307
22308 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22309 Major mode for editing XML.
22310
22311 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
22312 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22313 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22314 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
22315 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22316 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22317 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22318
22319 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
22320
22321 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
22322 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22323
22324 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22325 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22326 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22327 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22328 instead of C-c.
22329
22330 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22331 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22332 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22333 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22334 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
22335 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22336
22337 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
22338 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22339 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22340
22341 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
22342 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22343 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
22344
22345 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22346 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
22347 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
22348 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
22349 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
22350 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22351 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22352 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22353 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22354
22355 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22356
22357 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22358 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
22359
22360 \(fn)" t nil)
22361 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22362
22363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22364
22365 ;;;***
22366 \f
22367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22368 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22369
22370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22371
22372 ;;;***
22373 \f
22374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22375 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22376
22377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22378
22379 ;;;***
22380 \f
22381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22383
22384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-parse-" "nxml-validate-" "nxml-make-name" "nxml-current-text-string" "nxml-check-xmltok-errors")))
22385
22386 ;;;***
22387 \f
22388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22389 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22390
22391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22392
22393 ;;;***
22394 \f
22395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22396 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22397
22398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22399
22400 ;;;***
22401 \f
22402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22403 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22404
22405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22406
22407 ;;;***
22408 \f
22409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22410 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22411
22412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22413
22414 ;;;***
22415 \f
22416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22417 ;;;;;; 0))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22419
22420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-asymptote-" "org-babel-default-header-args:asymptote" "org-babel-execute:asymptote" "org-babel-prep-session:asymptote" "org-babel-variable-assignments:asymptote")))
22421
22422 ;;;***
22423 \f
22424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22425 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22426
22427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-expand-body:awk" "org-babel-execute:awk" "org-babel-awk-command" "org-babel-awk-var-to-awk" "org-babel-awk-table-or-string")))
22428
22429 ;;;***
22430 \f
22431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22432 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22433
22434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-default-header-args:calc" "org-babel-expand-body:calc" "org-babel-execute:calc" "org-babel-calc-maybe-resolve-var")))
22435
22436 ;;;***
22437 \f
22438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22439 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22440
22441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-default-header-args:clojure" "org-babel-header-args:clojure" "org-babel-expand-body:clojure" "org-babel-execute:clojure")))
22442
22443 ;;;***
22444 \f
22445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22446 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22447
22448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22449
22450 ;;;***
22451 \f
22452 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22453 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 652549 735000))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22455
22456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-babel-" "org-confirm-babel-evaluate")))
22457
22458 ;;;***
22459 \f
22460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22462
22463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-default-header-args:css" "org-babel-execute:css" "org-babel-prep-session:css")))
22464
22465 ;;;***
22466 \f
22467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22468 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22469
22470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-babel-" "org-ditaa-jar-option" "org-ditaa-jar-path" "org-ditaa-eps-jar-path")))
22471
22472 ;;;***
22473 \f
22474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22475 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22476
22477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-default-header-args:dot" "org-babel-expand-body:dot" "org-babel-execute:dot" "org-babel-prep-session:dot")))
22478
22479 ;;;***
22480 \f
22481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22482 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22483 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22484
22485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-execute:emacs-lisp" "org-babel-expand-body:emacs-lisp" "org-babel-default-header-args:emacs-lisp")))
22486
22487 ;;;***
22488 \f
22489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22490 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22491
22492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-eval-" "org-babel-error-buffer-name" "org-babel-eval" "org-babel--shell-command-on-region")))
22493
22494 ;;;***
22495 \f
22496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22497 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22498
22499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-babel-exp-" "org-babel-in-example-or-verbatim" "org-export-babel-evaluate")))
22500
22501 ;;;***
22502 \f
22503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22504 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22505
22506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22507
22508 ;;;***
22509 \f
22510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22511 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22512
22513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-missing*" "*org-babel-gnuplot-terms*")))
22514
22515 ;;;***
22516 \f
22517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22518 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22519
22520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22521
22522 ;;;***
22523 \f
22524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22526
22527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-io-" "org-babel-default-header-args:io" "org-babel-execute:io" "org-babel-prep-session:io")))
22528
22529 ;;;***
22530 \f
22531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22532 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22533
22534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-execute:java" "org-babel-java-command" "org-babel-java-compiler")))
22535
22536 ;;;***
22537 \f
22538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22539 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22540
22541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-js-" "org-babel-default-header-args:js" "org-babel-execute:js" "org-babel-prep-session:js" "org-babel-variable-assignments:js")))
22542
22543 ;;;***
22544 \f
22545 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22546 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 139192 607000))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22548
22549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-map" "org-babel-key-prefix" "org-babel-key-bindings")))
22550
22551 ;;;***
22552 \f
22553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22555
22556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22557
22558 ;;;***
22559 \f
22560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22561 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22562
22563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-default-header-args:ledger" "org-babel-execute:ledger" "org-babel-prep-session:ledger")))
22564
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22568 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22569
22570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22571
22572 ;;;***
22573 \f
22574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22575 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22576
22577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-lisp-" "org-babel-default-header-args:lisp" "org-babel-header-args:lisp" "org-babel-expand-body:lisp" "org-babel-execute:lisp")))
22578
22579 ;;;***
22580 \f
22581 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22582 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 143192 607000))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22584
22585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-lob-" "org-babel-inline-lob-one-liner-regexp" "org-babel-block-lob-one-liner-regexp" "org-babel-default-lob-header-args" "org-babel-library-of-babel")))
22586
22587 ;;;***
22588 \f
22589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22590 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22591
22592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-default-header-args:makefile" "org-babel-execute:makefile" "org-babel-prep-session:makefile")))
22593
22594 ;;;***
22595 \f
22596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22598
22599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-maxima-" "org-babel-default-header-args:maxima" "org-babel-execute:maxima" "org-babel-prep-session:maxima")))
22600
22601 ;;;***
22602 \f
22603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22604 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22605
22606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-default-header-args:mscgen" "org-babel-execute:mscgen" "org-babel-prep-session:mscgen")))
22607
22608 ;;;***
22609 \f
22610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22612
22613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-ocaml-" "org-babel-default-header-args:ocaml" "org-babel-execute:ocaml" "org-babel-prep-session:ocaml" "org-babel-variable-assignments:ocaml")))
22614
22615 ;;;***
22616 \f
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22619
22620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22621
22622 ;;;***
22623 \f
22624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22626
22627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-default-header-args:org" "org-babel-org-default-header" "org-babel-expand-body:org" "org-babel-execute:org" "org-babel-prep-session:org")))
22628
22629 ;;;***
22630 \f
22631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22632 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22633
22634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22635
22636 ;;;***
22637 \f
22638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22639 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22640
22641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-picolisp-initiate-session" "org-babel-picolisp-cmd" "org-babel-picolisp-eoe" "org-babel-execute:picolisp" "org-babel-expand-body:picolisp")))
22642
22643 ;;;***
22644 \f
22645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22646 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22647
22648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-babel-default-header-args:plantuml" "org-babel-execute:plantuml" "org-babel-prep-session:plantuml" "org-plantuml-jar-path")))
22649
22650 ;;;***
22651 \f
22652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22653 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22654
22655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22656
22657 ;;;***
22658 \f
22659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22660 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22661
22662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-ref-" "org-babel-update-intermediate")))
22663
22664 ;;;***
22665 \f
22666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22668
22669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22670
22671 ;;;***
22672 \f
22673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22675
22676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-default-header-args:sass" "org-babel-execute:sass" "org-babel-prep-session:sass")))
22677
22678 ;;;***
22679 \f
22680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22681 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22682
22683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-scala-" "org-babel-default-header-args:scala" "org-babel-execute:scala" "org-babel-prep-session:scala")))
22684
22685 ;;;***
22686 \f
22687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22688 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22689
22690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-scheme-" "org-babel-default-header-args:scheme" "org-babel-expand-body:scheme" "org-babel-execute:scheme")))
22691
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
22696
22697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-screen-" "org-babel-default-header-args:screen" "org-babel-execute:screen" "org-babel-prep-session:screen")))
22698
22699 ;;;***
22700 \f
22701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22702 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
22703
22704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
22705
22706 ;;;***
22707 \f
22708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22709 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
22710
22711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-default-header-args:shen" "org-babel-expand-body:shen" "org-babel-shen-var-to-shen" "org-babel-execute:shen")))
22712
22713 ;;;***
22714 \f
22715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
22716 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
22717
22718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
22719
22720 ;;;***
22721 \f
22722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
22723 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
22724
22725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
22726
22727 ;;;***
22728 \f
22729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
22730 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
22731
22732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-babel-table-truncate-at-newline" "org-sbe")))
22733
22734 ;;;***
22735 \f
22736 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
22737 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 716549 735000))
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
22739
22740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
22741
22742 ;;;***
22743 \f
22744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
22746
22747 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
22748 Major mode for editing Octave code.
22749
22750 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
22751 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
22752 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
22753 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
22754
22755 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
22756
22757 Key bindings:
22758 \\{octave-mode-map}
22759
22760 \(fn)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
22763 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
22764 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
22765
22766 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
22767
22768 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
22769 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
22770
22771 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
22772 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
22773 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
22774
22775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22776
22777 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
22778
22779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-" "octave--indent-new-comment-line" "octave--block-offset-keywords")))
22780
22781 ;;;***
22782 \f
22783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
22785
22786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
22787
22788 ;;;***
22789 \f
22790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
22792
22793 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
22794
22795 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
22796 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
22797 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
22798 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
22799 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
22800
22801 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
22802
22803 Customization:
22804
22805 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
22806 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
22807 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
22808 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
22809 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
22810 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
22811 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
22812 Directories to search when finding external units.
22813 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
22814 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
22815
22816 Coloring:
22817
22818 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
22819 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
22820
22821 \(fn)" t nil)
22822
22823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-" "opascal--literal-start-re" "opascal--syntax-propertize")))
22824
22825 ;;;***
22826 \f
22827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22828 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
22829
22830 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
22831 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
22832
22833 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
22834
22835 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
22836 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
22837 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
22838 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
22839 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
22840 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
22841
22842 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
22843
22844 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
22845 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
22846 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
22847 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
22848 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
22849
22850 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
22851
22852 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
22853 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
22854
22855 \(fn)" nil nil)
22856
22857 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
22858 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
22859
22860 \(fn)" nil nil)
22861
22862 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
22863 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
22864 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
22865
22866 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
22867 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
22868 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
22869 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
22870 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
22871 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
22872 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
22873 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
22874 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
22875 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
22876
22877 The following commands are available:
22878
22879 \\{org-mode-map}
22880
22881 \(fn)" t nil)
22882
22883 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
22884 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
22885
22886 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
22887 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
22888 in special contexts.
22889
22890 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
22891 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
22892 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
22893 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
22894 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
22895 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
22896 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
22897 properties in the buffer.
22898 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
22899 including any drawers.
22900
22901 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
22902
22903 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
22904 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
22905 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
22906 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
22907 From this state, you can move to one of the children
22908 and zoom in further.
22909 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
22910 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
22911
22912 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
22913 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
22914 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
22915 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
22916 times right after creating a new headline.
22917
22918 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
22919 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
22920 is negative, go up that many levels.
22921
22922 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
22923 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
22924 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
22925
22926 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
22927 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
22928 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
22929 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
22930
22931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22932
22933 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
22934 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
22935 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
22936 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
22937
22938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22939 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
22940
22941 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
22942 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
22943 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
22944 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
22945 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
22946 defined by Org-mode).
22947
22948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22949
22950 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
22951 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
22952
22953 \(fn)" nil nil)
22954
22955 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
22956 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
22957
22958 \(fn)" nil nil)
22959
22960 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
22961 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
22962 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
22963 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
22964 call CMD.
22965
22966 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
22967
22968 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
22969 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
22970 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
22971 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
22972
22973 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
22974 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
22975 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
22976
22977 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
22978 part of Org's core.
22979
22980 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
22981 active region.
22982
22983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22984
22985 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
22986 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
22987 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
22988
22989 \(fn)" t nil)
22990
22991 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
22992 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
22993 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
22994 Org-mode syntax.
22995
22996 \(fn)" t nil)
22997
22998 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
22999 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23000
23001 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23002
23003 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23004 Switch between Org buffers.
23005 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23006 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23007
23008 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23009 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23010
23011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23012
23013 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23014
23015 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23016
23017 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23018 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23019 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23020 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23021
23022 \(fn)" t nil)
23023
23024 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23025 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23026
23027 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23028
23029 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23030 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23031 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23032
23033 \(fn)" t nil)
23034
23035 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23036 Reload all org lisp files.
23037 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23038
23039 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23040
23041 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23042 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23043
23044 \(fn)" t nil)
23045
23046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org-" "orgstruct-" "orgstruct++-mode" "org<>" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23047
23048 ;;;***
23049 \f
23050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23051 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23052
23053 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23054 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23055
23056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23057
23058 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23059 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23060 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23061 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23062
23063 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23064 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23065 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23066 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23067 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23068 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23069 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23070 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23071 e Export views to associated files.
23072 s Search entries for keywords.
23073 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23074 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23075 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23076 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23077 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23078 > Remove a previous restriction.
23079 # List \"stuck\" projects.
23080 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
23081 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23082
23083 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23084 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23085 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23086
23087 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23088 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23089 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
23090 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23091 \(if active).
23092
23093 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23094
23095 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23096 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23097 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23098 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23099 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23100 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23101 before running the agenda command.
23102
23103 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23104
23105 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23106 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23107 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23108 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23109 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23110 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23111 before running the agenda command.
23112
23113 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23114 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23115
23116 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23117
23118 category The category of the item
23119 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23120 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23121 todo selected in TODO match
23122 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23123 diary imported from diary
23124 deadline a deadline on given date
23125 scheduled scheduled on given date
23126 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23127 closed entry was closed on given date
23128 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23129 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23130 block entry has date block including g. date
23131 todo The todo keyword, if any
23132 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23133 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23134 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23135 extra Sting with extra planning info
23136 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23137 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23138 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23139
23140 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23141
23142 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23143 Store agenda views.
23144
23145 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23146
23147 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23148 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23149
23150 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23151
23152 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23153 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23154 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23155 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23156
23157 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23158 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23159 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23160
23161 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23162 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23163
23164 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23165 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23166
23167 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23168
23169 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23170 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23171
23172 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23173 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23174 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23175 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23176 EDIT-AT.
23177
23178 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23179 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23180 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23181 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23182 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23183 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
23184
23185 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23186 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23187 including newlines.
23188
23189 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23190 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23191 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23192 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23193 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23194 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23195 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23196
23197 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23198 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
23199 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23200 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23201
23202 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23203 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23204 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23205 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23206 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23207 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23208 Boolean search must match as full words.
23209
23210 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23211 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23212
23213 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23214
23215 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23216 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23217 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23218 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
23219 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23220 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23221
23222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23223
23224 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23225 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23226 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23227
23228 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23229
23230 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23231 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23232 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23233 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23234 `org-stuck-projects'.
23235
23236 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23237
23238 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23239 Return diary information from org files.
23240 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
23241 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23242 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23243 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23244 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23245
23246 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23247
23248 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23249
23250 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23251 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23252
23253 &%%(org-diary)
23254
23255 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23256 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23257 So the example above may also be written as
23258
23259 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23260
23261 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23262 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23263 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23264
23265 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23266
23267 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23268 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23269
23270 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23271
23272 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23273 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23274 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23275 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23276 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23277
23278 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23279
23280 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23281 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23282 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23283
23284 \(fn)" t nil)
23285
23286 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23287 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23288 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
23289 appointments.
23290
23291 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23292 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23293
23294 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23295 for filtering entries out.
23296
23297 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23298 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23299 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23300
23301 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23302 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23303
23304 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
23305 (category \"Work\"))
23306
23307 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23308 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
23309
23310 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23311 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23312 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23313 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23314 details and examples.
23315
23316 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23317 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23318
23319 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23320
23321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23322
23323 ;;;***
23324 \f
23325 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23326 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23327 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23328
23329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-archive-" "org-extract-archive-heading" "org-extract-archive-file" "org-all-archive-files" "org-get-local-archive-location")))
23330
23331 ;;;***
23332 \f
23333 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23334 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23335 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23336
23337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23338
23339 ;;;***
23340 \f
23341 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23342 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23344
23345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23346
23347 ;;;***
23348 \f
23349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23350 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23351
23352 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-bibtex-" "org-create-file-search-in-bibtex" "org-execute-file-search-in-bibtex" "org-bibtex")))
23353
23354 ;;;***
23355 \f
23356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23358
23359 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23360 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23361
23362 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23363
23364 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23365 Capture something.
23366 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
23367 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23368 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23369 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23370 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
23371 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23372
23373 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
23374 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23375 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23376 stored.
23377
23378 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23379
23380 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23381 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23382 will be bypassed.
23383
23384 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23385 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23386 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23387 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23388
23389 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23390
23391 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23392 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23393
23394 \(fn)" t nil)
23395
23396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-capture-" "org-capture--expand-keyword-in-embedded-elisp" "org-mks")))
23397
23398 ;;;***
23399 \f
23400 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23401 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 764549 735000))
23402 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23403
23404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23405
23406 ;;;***
23407 \f
23408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23409 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23410
23411 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23412 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23413
23414 \(fn)" t nil)
23415
23416 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23417
23418
23419 \(fn)" nil nil)
23420
23421 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23422 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23423 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23424
23425 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23426
23427 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23428 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23429
23430 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23431
23432 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23433 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23434
23435 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23436
23437 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23438 Write the column view table.
23439 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23440
23441 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23442 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23443 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23444 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23445 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23446 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
23447 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23448 using `org-id-find'.
23449 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23450 a hline before each level <= that number.
23451 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23452 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23453 :skip-empty-rows
23454 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23455 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23456
23457 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23458
23459 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23460 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23461
23462 \(fn)" t nil)
23463
23464 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23465 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23466
23467 \(fn)" t nil)
23468
23469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23470
23471 ;;;***
23472 \f
23473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23474 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23475
23476 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23477 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23478
23479 \(fn)" nil t)
23480
23481 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23482
23483 ;;;***
23484 \f
23485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23486 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23487
23488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-crypt-" "org-encrypt-" "org-at-encrypted-entry-p" "org-decrypt-entries" "org-decrypt-entry")))
23489
23490 ;;;***
23491 \f
23492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23493 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23494
23495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23496
23497 ;;;***
23498 \f
23499 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23500 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (22164 57535 155192 607000))
23501 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23502
23503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23504
23505 ;;;***
23506 \f
23507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23508 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23509
23510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-export" "org-docview-open" "org-docview-store-link" "org-docview-complete-link")))
23511
23512 ;;;***
23513 \f
23514 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23515 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (22189 60738 609741 19000))
23516 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23517
23518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-" "org-element--")))
23519
23520 ;;;***
23521 \f
23522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23523 ;;;;;; 0))
23524 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23525
23526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("org-entities-" "org-entity-" "replace-amp" "org-entities")))
23527
23528 ;;;***
23529 \f
23530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23531 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23532
23533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-open" "org-eshell-store-link")))
23534
23535 ;;;***
23536 \f
23537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23538 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23539
23540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23541
23542 ;;;***
23543 \f
23544 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23545 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 780549 735000))
23546 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23547
23548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23549
23550 ;;;***
23551 \f
23552 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23553 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23555
23556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23557
23558 ;;;***
23559 \f
23560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23561 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23562
23563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23564
23565 ;;;***
23566 \f
23567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23568 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23569
23570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-habit-" "org-is-habit-p")))
23571
23572 ;;;***
23573 \f
23574 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23575 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23576 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23577
23578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23579
23580 ;;;***
23581 \f
23582 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23583 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23585
23586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-indent-" "org-hide-leading-stars-before-indent-mode")))
23587
23588 ;;;***
23589 \f
23590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23591 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23592
23593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-store-link" "org-info-open" "org-info-follow-link")))
23594
23595 ;;;***
23596 \f
23597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23598 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23599 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23600
23601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23602
23603 ;;;***
23604 \f
23605 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23606 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23607 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23608
23609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23610
23611 ;;;***
23612 \f
23613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23615
23616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23617
23618 ;;;***
23619 \f
23620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23621 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23622
23623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-templates" "org-macro-initialize-templates" "org-macro-expand" "org-macro-replace-all" "org-macro--collect-macros")))
23624
23625 ;;;***
23626 \f
23627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23628 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23629
23630 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23631 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23632
23633 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23634
23635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23636
23637 ;;;***
23638 \f
23639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23640 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23641
23642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-get-" "org-mhe-follow-link" "org-mhe-open" "org-mhe-store-link" "org-mhe-search-all-folders")))
23643
23644 ;;;***
23645 \f
23646 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23647 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 629741 19000))
23648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23649
23650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23651
23652 ;;;***
23653 \f
23654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23656
23657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23658
23659 ;;;***
23660 \f
23661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23662 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23663 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23664
23665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("pcomplete/org-mode/" "org-pcomplete-" "org-thing-at-point" "org-command-at-point" "org-parse-arguments")))
23666
23667 ;;;***
23668 \f
23669 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23670 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23671 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23672
23673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot/" "org-plot-quote-tsv-field" "org-plot-quote-timestamp-field" "org-plot-timestamp-fmt")))
23674
23675 ;;;***
23676 \f
23677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23678 ;;;;;; 0))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23680
23681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23682
23683 ;;;***
23684 \f
23685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23686 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23687
23688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-store-link" "org-rmail-open" "org-rmail-follow-link")))
23689
23690 ;;;***
23691 \f
23692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23694
23695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-src-" "org-escape-code-in-" "org-unescape-code-in-" "org-edit-" "org-coderef-label-format")))
23696
23697 ;;;***
23698 \f
23699 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
23700 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 167192 607000))
23701 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
23702
23703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("orgtbl-" "org-" "*orgtbl-")))
23704
23705 ;;;***
23706 \f
23707 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
23708 ;;;;;; (22320 25516 956613 268000))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
23710
23711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
23712
23713 ;;;***
23714 \f
23715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
23717
23718 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
23719 The release version of org-mode.
23720 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23721
23722 \(fn)" nil nil)
23723
23724 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
23725 The Git version of org-mode.
23726 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23727
23728 \(fn)" nil nil)
23729
23730 ;;;***
23731 \f
23732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
23733 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
23734
23735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-get-" "org-w3m-store-link" "org-w3m-copy-for-org-mode" "org-w3m-no-next-link-p" "org-w3m-no-prev-link-p")))
23736
23737 ;;;***
23738 \f
23739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
23741 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23742 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23743
23744 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
23745 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
23746 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
23747 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
23748
23749 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
23750 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
23751 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
23752 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
23753
23754 \\{outline-mode-map}
23755 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
23756 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
23757 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
23758 are used when point is on a heading line.
23759
23760 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
23761 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
23762 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
23763
23764 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
23765 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
23766
23767 \(fn)" t nil)
23768
23769 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
23770 Toggle Outline minor mode.
23771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
23772 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23773 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23774
23775 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
23776
23777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23778 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
23779
23780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
23781
23782 ;;;***
23783 \f
23784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
23785 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 13741 19000))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
23787
23788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-" "org-export--")))
23789
23790 ;;;***
23791 \f
23792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
23793 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 961741 19000))
23794 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
23795
23796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-" "org-ascii--")))
23797
23798 ;;;***
23799 \f
23800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
23801 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
23803
23804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-" "org-beamer--")))
23805
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
23809 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
23811
23812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-" "org-html--")))
23813
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
23817 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (22274 16187 224759 99000))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
23819
23820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-" "org-icalendar--")))
23821
23822 ;;;***
23823 \f
23824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
23825 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
23827
23828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-" "org-latex--")))
23829
23830 ;;;***
23831 \f
23832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
23833 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
23835
23836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-" "org-man--wrap-label" "org-man--caption/label-string")))
23837
23838 ;;;***
23839 \f
23840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
23841 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
23843
23844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
23845
23846 ;;;***
23847 \f
23848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
23849 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
23851
23852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-" "org-odt--")))
23853
23854 ;;;***
23855 \f
23856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
23857 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 860549 735000))
23858 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
23859
23860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-section" "org-org-keyword" "org-org-headline" "org-org-identity" "org-org-htmlized-css-url")))
23861
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 997741 19000))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
23867
23868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
23869
23870 ;;;***
23871 \f
23872 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
23873 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
23875
23876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-" "org-texinfo--")))
23877
23878 ;;;***
23879 \f
23880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
23881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
23882 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23883
23884 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
23885 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
23886 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
23887 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
23888 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
23889
23890 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
23891 activate the package system at any time.")
23892
23893 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
23894
23895 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
23896 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
23897 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
23898 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
23899 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
23900 it to the file.
23901 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
23902 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
23903 loading packages twice.
23904 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
23905 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
23906 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
23907
23908 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
23909
23910 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
23911 Import keys from FILE.
23912
23913 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
23914
23915 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
23916 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
23917 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
23918 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
23919 and make them available for download.
23920 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
23921 downloads in the background.
23922
23923 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
23924
23925 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
23926 Install the package PKG.
23927 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
23928 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
23929
23930 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
23931 `package-selected-packages'.
23932
23933 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
23934 to install it but still mark it as selected.
23935
23936 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
23937
23938 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
23939 Install a package from the current buffer.
23940 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
23941 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
23942 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
23943
23944 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
23945 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
23946 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
23947
23948 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
23949
23950 \(fn)" t nil)
23951
23952 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
23953 Install a package from a file.
23954 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
23955 directory.
23956
23957 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23958
23959 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
23960 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
23961 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
23962
23963 \(fn)" t nil)
23964
23965 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
23966 Reinstall package PKG.
23967 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
23968 object.
23969
23970 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
23971
23972 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
23973 Remove packages that are no more needed.
23974
23975 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
23976 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
23977 will be deleted.
23978
23979 \(fn)" t nil)
23980
23981 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
23982 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
23983
23984 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
23985
23986 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
23987 Display a list of packages.
23988 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
23989 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
23990 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
23991
23992 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
23993
23994 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
23995
23996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package--" "package-" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature" "define-package")))
23997
23998 ;;;***
23999 \f
24000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24001 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24003
24004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-" "package--archive-contents-from-" "package--make-" "package--update-" "package--encode")))
24005
24006 ;;;***
24007 \f
24008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24009 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24010
24011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("pages-" "sort-pages-" "set-page-delimiter" "original-page-delimiter" "search-pages" "add-new-page" "previous-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24012
24013 ;;;***
24014 \f
24015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24016 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24017
24018 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24019 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24020 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24021 for a description of this minor mode.
24022 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24023 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24024 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24025
24026 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24027
24028 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24029 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24030 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24031 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24032 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24033
24034 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24035 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24036 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24037
24038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24039
24040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-" "show-paren--")))
24041
24042 ;;;***
24043 \f
24044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24045 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24046 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24047 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24048
24049 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24050 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24051 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24052 \"Fri, 25 Mar 2016 16:24:56 +0100\", but this function is
24053 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24054 return a \"likely\" value even for somewhat malformed strings.
24055 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24056 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24057
24058 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24059
24060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-time-" "parse-iso8601-time-string")))
24061
24062 ;;;***
24063 \f
24064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24066
24067 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24068 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
24069 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24070
24071 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24072 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
24073
24074 Other useful functions are:
24075
24076 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
24077 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
24078 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
24079 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
24080 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
24081 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
24082 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
24083 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
24084 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
24085
24086 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24087
24088 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24089 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24090 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24091 Indentation for case statements.
24092 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24093 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24094 mark after an end.
24095 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24096 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24097 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24098 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24099 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24100 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24101 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24102 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24103 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24104 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24105
24106 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24107 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24108
24109 \(fn)" t nil)
24110
24111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-" "pascal--extra-indent" "pascal--syntax-propertize")))
24112
24113 ;;;***
24114 \f
24115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24116 ;;;;;; 0))
24117 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24118
24119 (defvar password-cache t "\
24120 Whether to cache passwords.")
24121
24122 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24123
24124 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24125 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24126 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24127
24128 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24129
24130 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24131 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24132
24133 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24134
24135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-read-" "password-cache-" "password-data" "password-read" "password-reset")))
24136
24137 ;;;***
24138 \f
24139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24141
24142 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24143 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24144 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24145
24146 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24147 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
24148 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24149 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24150
24151 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24152 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24153 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24154
24155 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24156 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
24157 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24158 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24159 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24160 quoted.)
24161
24162 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24163 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24164 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24165 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24166
24167 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24168
24169 _ matches anything.
24170 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24171 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24172 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24173 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24174 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24175 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
24176 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
24177 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24178 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24179 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24180 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24181 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24182
24183 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24184
24185 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24186 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24187 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24188 which is the value being matched.
24189 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24190 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24191
24192 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24193 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24194
24195 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24196
24197 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24198
24199 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24200 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24201
24202 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24203
24204 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24205
24206 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24207 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24208 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24209 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24210 variable name being but a special case of it).
24211
24212 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24213
24214 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24215
24216 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24217
24218 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24219 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24220 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24221 of the form (PAT EXP).
24222
24223 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24224
24225 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24226
24227 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24228 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24229 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24230 of the form (PAT EXP).
24231 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24232 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24233 any kind of error.
24234
24235 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24236
24237 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24238
24239 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24240
24241
24242 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
24243
24244 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24245
24246 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24247 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24248 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24249 to this macro.
24250
24251 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24252
24253 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24254
24255 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24256
24257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-MACRO" "pcase-codegen" "pcase-mutually-exclusive-predicates" "pcase--")))
24258
24259 ;;;***
24260 \f
24261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24263
24264 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24265 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24266
24267 \(fn)" nil nil)
24268
24269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-entries" "pcmpl-cvs-tags" "pcmpl-cvs-modules" "pcmpl-cvs-commands" "pcmpl-cvs-binary")))
24270
24271 ;;;***
24272 \f
24273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24275
24276 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24277 Completion for `gzip'.
24278
24279 \(fn)" nil nil)
24280
24281 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24282 Completion for `bzip2'.
24283
24284 \(fn)" nil nil)
24285
24286 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24287 Completion for GNU `make'.
24288
24289 \(fn)" nil nil)
24290
24291 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24292 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24293
24294 \(fn)" nil nil)
24295
24296 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24297 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24298
24299 \(fn)" nil nil)
24300
24301 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24302
24303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24304
24305 ;;;***
24306 \f
24307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24309
24310 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24311 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24312
24313 \(fn)" nil nil)
24314
24315 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24316 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24317
24318 \(fn)" nil nil)
24319
24320 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24321 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24322
24323 \(fn)" nil nil)
24324
24325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcmpl-linux-fs-types" "pcmpl-linux-mounted-directories" "pcmpl-linux-mountable-directories" "pcomplete-pare-list")))
24326
24327 ;;;***
24328 \f
24329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24330 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24331
24332 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24333 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24334
24335 \(fn)" nil nil)
24336
24337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24338
24339 ;;;***
24340 \f
24341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24342 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24343
24344 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24345 Completion for `cd'.
24346
24347 \(fn)" nil nil)
24348
24349 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24350
24351 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24352 Completion for `rmdir'.
24353
24354 \(fn)" nil nil)
24355
24356 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24357 Completion for `rm'.
24358
24359 \(fn)" nil nil)
24360
24361 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24362 Completion for `xargs'.
24363
24364 \(fn)" nil nil)
24365
24366 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24367
24368 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24369 Completion for `which'.
24370
24371 \(fn)" nil nil)
24372
24373 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24374 Completion for the `chown' command.
24375
24376 \(fn)" nil nil)
24377
24378 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24379 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24380
24381 \(fn)" nil nil)
24382
24383 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24384 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24385
24386 \(fn)" nil nil)
24387
24388 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24389 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24390 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24391
24392 \(fn)" nil nil)
24393
24394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-unix-" "pcmpl-ssh-config-" "pcmpl-ssh-known-hosts" "pcmpl-ssh-known-hosts-file" "pcmpl-ssh-hosts")))
24395
24396 ;;;***
24397 \f
24398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24399 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24400
24401 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24402 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24403
24404 \(fn)" nil nil)
24405
24406 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24407 Completion for the `ack' command.
24408 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24409 long options.
24410
24411 \(fn)" nil nil)
24412
24413 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24414
24415 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24416 Completion for the `ag' command.
24417
24418 \(fn)" nil nil)
24419
24420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-ack-" "pcmpl-x-tlmgr-" "pcmpl-x-ag-options")))
24421
24422 ;;;***
24423 \f
24424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24426
24427 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24428 Support extensible programmable completion.
24429 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24430 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24431
24432 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24433
24434 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24435 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24436
24437 \(fn)" t nil)
24438
24439 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24440 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24441 This will modify the current buffer.
24442
24443 \(fn)" t nil)
24444
24445 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24446 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24447
24448 \(fn)" t nil)
24449
24450 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24451 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24452 This will modify the current buffer.
24453
24454 \(fn)" t nil)
24455
24456 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24457 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24458
24459 \(fn)" t nil)
24460
24461 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24462 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24463
24464 \(fn)" t nil)
24465
24466 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24467 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24468 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24469 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24470 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24471
24472 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24473
24474 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24475 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24476
24477 \(fn)" nil nil)
24478
24479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-" "pcomplete--")))
24480
24481 ;;;***
24482 \f
24483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24484 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24485
24486 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24487 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24488 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24489 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24490
24491 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24492
24493 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24494
24495 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24496 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24497 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24498 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
24499 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24500 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24501 FLAGS is ignored.
24502
24503 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24504
24505 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24506 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24507 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24508 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24509 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24510 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
24511 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24512 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24513
24514 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24515
24516 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24517 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24518 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24519 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24520 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
24521 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24522 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24523 passed to cvs.
24524
24525 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24526
24527 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24528 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24529 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24530 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24531 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
24532 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24533 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24534
24535 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24536
24537 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24538 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24539 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24540
24541 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24542
24543 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24544 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24545 A value of nil means never do it.
24546 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24547 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24548 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24549
24550 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24551
24552 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24553 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24554 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24555
24556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24557
24558 ;;;***
24559 \f
24560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24562
24563 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24564 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24565
24566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24567
24568 ;;;***
24569 \f
24570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24571 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24572
24573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24574
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24579
24580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24581
24582 ;;;***
24583 \f
24584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24586
24587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24588
24589 ;;;***
24590 \f
24591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24592 ;;;;;; 0))
24593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24594 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24595 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24596 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24597 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24598 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24599 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24600
24601 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24602 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24603 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24604 Tab indents for Perl code.
24605 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
24606 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24607 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24608 \\{perl-mode-map}
24609 Variables controlling indentation style:
24610 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24611 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24612 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24613 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24614 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24615 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24616 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24617 `perl-nochange'
24618 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24619 `perl-indent-level'
24620 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24621 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24622 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24623 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24624 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24625 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24626 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24627 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24628 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24629 `perl-brace-offset'
24630 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24631 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24632 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24633 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24634 `perl-label-offset'
24635 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24636 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24637 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24638
24639 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24640 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24641 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24642 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24643 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24644 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24645 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24646
24647 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24648
24649 \(fn)" t nil)
24650
24651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "perl--prettify-symbols-alist" "indent-perl-exp" "mark-perl-function")))
24652
24653 ;;;***
24654 \f
24655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24657
24658 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24659 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24660 \\<picture-mode-map>
24661 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24662 afterwards settable by these commands:
24663
24664 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
24665 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
24666 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
24667 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
24668
24669 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
24670 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
24671 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
24672 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
24673
24674 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
24675 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
24676 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
24677 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
24678
24679 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24680 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24681 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24682 with these commands:
24683
24684 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
24685 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
24686 Move to column following last
24687 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
24688 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
24689 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
24690 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
24691 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
24692 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
24693
24694 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
24695
24696 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
24697 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
24698 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
24699 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
24700 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
24701 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
24702
24703 You can manipulate text with these commands:
24704 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
24705 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
24706 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
24707 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
24708 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
24709 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
24710
24711 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
24712 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
24713 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
24714 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
24715 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
24716 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
24717 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
24718 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
24719
24720 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
24721 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
24722 by supplying an argument.
24723
24724 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
24725
24726 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
24727 they are not by default assigned to keys.
24728
24729 \(fn)" t nil)
24730
24731 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
24732
24733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
24734
24735 ;;;***
24736 \f
24737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
24738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
24739 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24740
24741 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
24742 Start a Pinentry service.
24743
24744 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
24745 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
24746
24747 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
24748 will not be shown.
24749
24750 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24751
24752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry--" "pinentry-")))
24753
24754 ;;;***
24755 \f
24756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
24757 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
24758
24759 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
24760 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
24761
24762 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24763
24764 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
24765 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
24766
24767 \(fn)" t nil)
24768
24769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-" "plstore--")))
24770
24771 ;;;***
24772 \f
24773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
24774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
24775
24776 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
24777 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
24778 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
24779
24780 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
24781
24782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-find-charset" "po-find-file-coding-system-guts" "po-content-type-charset-alist")))
24783
24784 ;;;***
24785 \f
24786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
24787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
24788
24789 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
24790 Play pong and waste time.
24791 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
24792 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
24793
24794 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
24795
24796 \\{pong-mode-map}
24797
24798 \(fn)" t nil)
24799
24800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
24801
24802 ;;;***
24803 \f
24804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
24806
24807 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
24808 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
24809 Use streaming commands.
24810
24811 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24812
24813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
24814
24815 ;;;***
24816 \f
24817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
24819
24820 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
24821 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
24822 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
24823 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
24824
24825 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
24826
24827 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
24828 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
24829
24830 \(fn)" nil nil)
24831
24832 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
24833 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
24834 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
24835 can handle, whenever this is possible.
24836 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
24837
24838 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
24839
24840 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
24841 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24842 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
24843
24844 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24845
24846 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
24847 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24848
24849 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24850
24851 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
24852 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
24853 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24854 Ignores leading comment characters.
24855
24856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24857
24858 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
24859 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
24860 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24861 Ignores leading comment characters.
24862
24863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24864
24865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-last-sexp" "pp-display-expression" "pp-escape-newlines")))
24866
24867 ;;;***
24868 \f
24869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
24870 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
24871 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24872
24873 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
24874 Activate the printing interface buffer.
24875
24876 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
24877
24878 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
24879
24880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24881
24882 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
24883 Preview directory using ghostview.
24884
24885 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24886 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24887 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24888 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24889
24890 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24891 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24892 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24893 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24894 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24895 file name.
24896
24897 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24898
24899 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24900
24901 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24902 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
24903
24904 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24905 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24906 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24907 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24908
24909 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24910 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24911 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24912 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24913 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24914 file name.
24915
24916 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24917
24918 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24919
24920 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
24921 Print directory using PostScript printer.
24922
24923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24924 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24925 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24926 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24927
24928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24929 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24930 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24931 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24932 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24933 file name.
24934
24935 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24936
24937 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24938
24939 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
24940 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
24941
24942 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
24943
24944 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24945 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24946 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24947 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24948
24949 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24950 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24951 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24952 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24953 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24954 file name.
24955
24956 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24957
24958 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24959
24960 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
24961 Preview buffer using ghostview.
24962
24963 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24964 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24965 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24966
24967 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24968 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
24969 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
24970 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24971
24972 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24973
24974 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24975 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
24976
24977 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24978 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24979 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
24980
24981 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24982 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
24983 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
24984 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24985
24986 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24987
24988 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
24989 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
24990
24991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24992 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24993 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
24994
24995 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24996 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
24997 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
24998 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24999
25000 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25001
25002 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25003 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25004
25005 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25006
25007 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25008 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25009 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25010
25011 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25012 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25013 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25014 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25015
25016 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25017
25018 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25019 Preview region using ghostview.
25020
25021 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25022
25023 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25024
25025 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25026 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25027
25028 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25029
25030 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25031
25032 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25033 Print region using PostScript printer.
25034
25035 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25036
25037 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25038
25039 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25040 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25041
25042 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25043
25044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25045
25046 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25047 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25048
25049 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25050
25051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25052
25053 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25054 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25055
25056 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25057
25058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25059
25060 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25061 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25062
25063 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25064
25065 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25066
25067 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25068 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25069
25070 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25071
25072 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25073
25074 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25075 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25076 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25077 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25078
25079 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25080 matching.
25081
25082 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25083 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25084
25085 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25086
25087 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25088
25089 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25090 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25091 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25092 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25093
25094 \(fn)" t nil)
25095
25096 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25097 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25098 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25099 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25100
25101 \(fn)" t nil)
25102
25103 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25104 Print directory using text printer.
25105
25106 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25107 matching.
25108
25109 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25110 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25111
25112 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25113
25114 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25115
25116 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25117 Print buffer using text printer.
25118
25119 \(fn)" t nil)
25120
25121 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25122 Print region using text printer.
25123
25124 \(fn)" t nil)
25125
25126 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25127 Print major mode using text printer.
25128
25129 \(fn)" t nil)
25130
25131 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25132 Preview spooled PostScript.
25133
25134 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25135 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25136 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25137
25138 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25139 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25140 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25141
25142 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25143
25144 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25145 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25146
25147 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25148 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25149 instead of sending it to the printer.
25150
25151 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25152 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25153 image in a file with that name.
25154
25155 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25156
25157 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25158 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25159
25160 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25161 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25162 instead of sending it to the printer.
25163
25164 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25165 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25166 image in a file with that name.
25167
25168 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25169
25170 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25171 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25172
25173 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25174 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25175 instead of sending it to the printer.
25176
25177 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25178 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25179 image in a file with that name.
25180
25181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25182
25183 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25184 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25185
25186 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25187
25188 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25189 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25190
25191 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25192
25193 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25194 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25195
25196 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25197
25198 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25199 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25200
25201 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25202
25203 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25204 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25205
25206 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25207
25208 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25209 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25210
25211 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25212 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25213 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25214 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25215
25216 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25217 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25218 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25219 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25220 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25221 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25222 file name.
25223
25224 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25225
25226 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25227 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25228
25229 \(fn)" t nil)
25230
25231 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25232 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25233
25234 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25235 right.
25236 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25237 bottom.
25238
25239 \(fn)" t nil)
25240
25241 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25242 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25243
25244 \(fn)" t nil)
25245
25246 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25247 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25248
25249 \(fn)" t nil)
25250
25251 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25252 Toggle printing with faces.
25253
25254 \(fn)" t nil)
25255
25256 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25257 Toggle spooling.
25258
25259 \(fn)" t nil)
25260
25261 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25262 Toggle duplex.
25263
25264 \(fn)" t nil)
25265
25266 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25267 Toggle tumble.
25268
25269 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25270 right.
25271 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25272 bottom.
25273
25274 \(fn)" t nil)
25275
25276 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25277 Toggle landscape.
25278
25279 \(fn)" t nil)
25280
25281 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25282 Toggle upside-down.
25283
25284 \(fn)" t nil)
25285
25286 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25287 Toggle line number.
25288
25289 \(fn)" t nil)
25290
25291 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25292 Toggle zebra stripes.
25293
25294 \(fn)" t nil)
25295
25296 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25297 Toggle printing header.
25298
25299 \(fn)" t nil)
25300
25301 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25302 Toggle printing header frame.
25303
25304 \(fn)" t nil)
25305
25306 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25307 Toggle menu lock.
25308
25309 \(fn)" t nil)
25310
25311 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25312 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25313
25314 \(fn)" t nil)
25315
25316 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25317 Toggle auto mode.
25318
25319 \(fn)" t nil)
25320
25321 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25322 Customization of the `printing' group.
25323
25324 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25325
25326 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25327 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25328
25329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25330
25331 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25332 Help for the printing package.
25333
25334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25335
25336 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25337 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25338
25339 \(fn)" t nil)
25340
25341 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25342 Interactively select a text printer.
25343
25344 \(fn)" t nil)
25345
25346 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25347 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25348
25349 \(fn)" t nil)
25350
25351 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25352 Show current ps-print settings.
25353
25354 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25355
25356 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25357 Show current printing settings.
25358
25359 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25360
25361 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25362 Show current lpr settings.
25363
25364 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25365
25366 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25367 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25368
25369 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25370 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25371 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25372 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25373
25374
25375 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25376
25377 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25378 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25379 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25380
25381 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25382 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25383 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25384 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25385 current active printer.
25386
25387 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25388 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25389 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25390 printer.
25391
25392 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25393 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25394 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25395 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25396 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25397
25398
25399 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25400 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25401
25402 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25403
25404 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25405 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25406 be done using the new current active printer.
25407
25408 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25409 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25410 printer.
25411
25412 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25413 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25414 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25415 instead of sending it to the printer.
25416
25417 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25418 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25419 printer.
25420
25421 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25422
25423
25424 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25425 are both set to t.
25426
25427 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25428
25429 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25430 Fast fire function for text printing.
25431
25432 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25433 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25434 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25435 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25436
25437 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25438 user for a new active text printer.
25439
25440 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25441
25442 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25443
25444 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25445 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25446 printer.
25447
25448 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25449
25450 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25451 are both set to t.
25452
25453 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25454
25455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25456
25457 ;;;***
25458 \f
25459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25460 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25461
25462 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25463 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25464 \\<proced-mode-map>
25465 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25466 the process information.
25467
25468 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25469
25470 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25471 Proced buffers.
25472
25473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25474
25475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25476
25477 ;;;***
25478 \f
25479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25480 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25481
25482 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25483 Start/restart profilers.
25484 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25485 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25486 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25487
25488 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25489
25490 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25491 Open profile FILENAME.
25492
25493 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25494
25495 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25496 Open profile FILENAME.
25497
25498 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25499
25500 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25501 Open profile FILENAME.
25502
25503 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25504
25505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25506
25507 ;;;***
25508 \f
25509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25511
25512 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25513 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25514 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25515 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25516 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25517 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25518
25519 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25520
25521 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25522 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25523 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
25524 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25525
25526 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25527
25528 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25529 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25530 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
25531 pattern to search for.
25532
25533 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25534
25535 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25536 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25537 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25538 recognized.
25539
25540 \(fn)" t nil)
25541
25542 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25543 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25544 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25545 recognized.
25546
25547 \(fn)" t nil)
25548
25549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-" "project--find-" "project--value-in-dir" "project--read-regexp" "project--completing-read-strict")))
25550
25551 ;;;***
25552 \f
25553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25555
25556 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25557 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25558
25559 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25560 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25561
25562 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25563
25564 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25565 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
25566
25567 Commands:
25568 \\{prolog-mode-map}
25569
25570 \(fn)" t nil)
25571
25572 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25573 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25574 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25575
25576 \(fn)" t nil)
25577
25578 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25579 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25580 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25581
25582 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25583
25584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25585
25586 ;;;***
25587 \f
25588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25589 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25590
25591 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25592 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25593 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
25594
25595 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25596
25597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25598
25599 ;;;***
25600 \f
25601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25603 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25604
25605 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25606 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25607
25608 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25609
25610 The following variables hold user options, and can
25611 be set through the `customize' command:
25612
25613 `ps-mode-tab'
25614 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25615 `ps-mode-print-function'
25616 `ps-run-prompt'
25617 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25618 `ps-run-x'
25619 `ps-run-dumb'
25620 `ps-run-init'
25621 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25622 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25623
25624 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
25625
25626
25627 \\{ps-mode-map}
25628
25629
25630 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
25631 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25632 The keymap for this second window is:
25633
25634 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
25635
25636
25637 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25638 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25639 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25640 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25641 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25642
25643 \(fn)" t nil)
25644
25645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-mode-" "ps-run-" "ps-mode--syntax-propertize-special" "ps-mode--string-syntax-table")))
25646
25647 ;;;***
25648 \f
25649 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25650 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 655192 607000))
25651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25652
25653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25654
25655 ;;;***
25656 \f
25657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25658 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25659 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25660
25661 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25662 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25663 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25664
25665 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25666
25667 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25668 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25669 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25670 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
25671
25672 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
25673
25674 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
25675 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
25676
25677 Valid values are:
25678
25679 nil Do not print colors.
25680
25681 t Print colors.
25682
25683 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
25684 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
25685
25686 Any other value is treated as t.")
25687
25688 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
25689
25690 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
25691 Customization of ps-print group.
25692
25693 \(fn)" t nil)
25694
25695 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
25696 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25697
25698 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25699 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
25700 sending it to the printer.
25701
25702 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25703 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25704 image in a file with that name.
25705
25706 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25707
25708 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25709 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25710 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25711 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25712 so it has a way to determine color values.
25713
25714 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25715
25716 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
25717 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25718 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
25719
25720 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25721
25722 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25723 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25724 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25725 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25726 so it has a way to determine color values.
25727
25728 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25729
25730 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
25731 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25732 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
25733 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
25734
25735 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25736
25737 \(fn)" t nil)
25738
25739 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25740 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25741 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
25742 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
25743 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
25744
25745 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25746
25747 \(fn)" t nil)
25748
25749 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
25750 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25751 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
25752
25753 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25754
25755 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25756
25757 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25758 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25759 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25760 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25761 so it has a way to determine color values.
25762
25763 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25764
25765 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25766
25767 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
25768 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25769
25770 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25771 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25772 instead of sending it to the printer.
25773
25774 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25775 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25776 image in a file with that name.
25777
25778 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
25781 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
25782 Done using the current ps-print setup.
25783 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
25784 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
25785
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25787
25788 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
25789 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
25790 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25791
25792 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25793
25794 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
25795 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
25796 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25797
25798 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25799
25800 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
25801 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
25802
25803 \(fn)" nil nil)
25804
25805 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
25806 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25807
25808 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
25809 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25810
25811 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25812 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25813
25814 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
25815
25816 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
25817
25818 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25819
25820 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
25821 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25822
25823 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
25824 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25825
25826 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25827 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25828
25829 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
25830
25831 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
25832
25833 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
25834
25835 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
25836 foreground and background colors respectively.
25837
25838 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
25839 bold - use bold font.
25840 italic - use italic font.
25841 underline - put a line under text.
25842 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
25843 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
25844 shadow - text will have a shadow.
25845 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
25846 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
25847
25848 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
25849
25850 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25851
25852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
25853
25854 ;;;***
25855 \f
25856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25857 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
25858
25859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
25860
25861 ;;;***
25862 \f
25863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25864 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
25865 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
25866
25867 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
25868 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
25869 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25870
25871 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25872
25873 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
25874 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
25875 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25876
25877 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25878
25879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
25880
25881 ;;;***
25882 \f
25883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
25884 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
25885
25886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
25887
25888 ;;;***
25889 \f
25890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
25891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
25892 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
25893
25894 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
25895
25896 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
25897
25898 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
25899 Run an inferior Python process.
25900
25901 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
25902 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
25903 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
25904 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
25905 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
25906
25907 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
25908 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
25909 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
25910 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
25911
25912 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
25913 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
25914 process buffer for a list of commands.)
25915
25916 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
25917
25918 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
25919 Major mode for editing Python files.
25920
25921 \\{python-mode-map}
25922
25923 \(fn)" t nil)
25924
25925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "python--prettify-symbols-alist" "inferior-python-mode" "run-python-internal")))
25926
25927 ;;;***
25928 \f
25929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
25931
25932 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
25933 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
25934 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
25935 coding-system.
25936
25937 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
25938 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
25939
25940 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
25941 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
25942 them into characters should be done separately.
25943
25944 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
25945
25946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-decode-string" "quoted-printable-encode-region" "quoted-printable-encode-string")))
25947
25948 ;;;***
25949 \f
25950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
25951 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
25952
25953 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
25954 Return the title of the current Quail package.
25955
25956 \(fn)" nil nil)
25957
25958 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
25959 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
25960 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
25961
25962 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
25963 `quail-activate', which see.
25964
25965 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
25966
25967 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
25968 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
25969 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
25970 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
25971 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
25972 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
25973 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
25974
25975 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
25976 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
25977 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
25978 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
25979 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
25980 shown.
25981 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
25982
25983 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
25984 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
25985 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
25986 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
25987 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
25988 list of candidates.
25989
25990 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
25991 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
25992 command to be called.
25993
25994 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
25995 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
25996 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
25997 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
25998
25999 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26000 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26001 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26002 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26003 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26004 to t.
26005
26006 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26007 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26008 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26009 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26010
26011 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26012 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26013 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26014 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26015 defines no translations for single character keys.
26016
26017 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26018 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26019 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26020 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26021 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26022 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26023
26024 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26025 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26026 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
26027 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
26028 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26029 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
26030
26031 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26032 covers Quail translation region.
26033
26034 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26035 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26036 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26037 for it) is inserted.
26038
26039 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26040 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26041 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26042
26043 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26044 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26045 non-Quail commands.
26046
26047 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26048
26049 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26050 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26051
26052 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26053 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26054 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26055 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26056 you type is correctly handled.
26057
26058 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26059
26060 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26061 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26062
26063 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26064 keyboard type.
26065
26066 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26067
26068 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26069 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26070 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26071 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26072 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26073 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26074 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26075 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26076 for the translation.
26077 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26078
26079 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26080 it is used to handle KEY.
26081
26082 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26083 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26084 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26085 the following annotation types are supported.
26086
26087 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26088 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26089
26090 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26091 candidate list.
26092
26093 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26094 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26095 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26096 inserted.
26097
26098 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26099 generated for the following translations.
26100
26101 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26102
26103 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26104 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26105
26106 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26107 which to install MAP.
26108
26109 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26110
26111 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26112
26113 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26114 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26115
26116 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26117 which to install MAP.
26118
26119 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26120
26121 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26122
26123 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26124 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26125 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26126 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26127 a function, or a cons.
26128 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26129 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26130 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26131 for the translation.
26132 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26133 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26134 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26135 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26136 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26137
26138 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26139 it is used to handle KEY.
26140
26141 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26142 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26143 current Quail package.
26144
26145 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26146 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26147
26148 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26149
26150 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26151 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26152
26153 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26154 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26155
26156 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26157
26158 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26159 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26160
26161 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26162
26163 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26164 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26165 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26166 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26167 of the Emacs source tree.
26168
26169 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26170 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
26171
26172 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26173 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26174 of each directory.
26175
26176 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26177
26178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26179
26180 ;;;***
26181 \f
26182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26183 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26184 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26185
26186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26187
26188 ;;;***
26189 \f
26190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26191 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26192 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26193
26194 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26195 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26196 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26197 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26198
26199 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26200
26201 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul-" "hangul390-" "hangul3-" "hangul2-" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26202
26203 ;;;***
26204 \f
26205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26206 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26207 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26208
26209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("quail-tamil-itrans-" "quail-define-" "inscript-tml-keytable" "inscript-mlm-keytable" "inscript-dev-keytable")))
26210
26211 ;;;***
26212 \f
26213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26214 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26215
26216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-underscore-implosive" "ipa-x-sampa-prepend-to-keymap-entry" "ipa-x-sampa-implosive-submap")))
26217
26218 ;;;***
26219 \f
26220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26221 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26222 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26223
26224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26225
26226 ;;;***
26227 \f
26228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26229 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26230
26231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26232
26233 ;;;***
26234 \f
26235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26236 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26237
26238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26239
26240 ;;;***
26241 \f
26242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26243 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26244 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26245
26246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-regexp" "sisheng-vowel-table" "sisheng-syllable-table")))
26247
26248 ;;;***
26249 \f
26250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26251 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26252
26253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26254
26255 ;;;***
26256 \f
26257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26258 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26259 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26260
26261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("tibetan-" "quail-tibkey-to-transcription" "quail-tibkey-characters" "quail-tibkey-update-translation" "quail-tibetan-update-translation")))
26262
26263 ;;;***
26264 \f
26265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26266 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26267 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26268
26269 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26270 Activate UCS input method.
26271 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26272
26273 While this input method is active, the variable
26274 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26275
26276 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26277
26278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-insert-char" "ucs-input-method" "ucs-input-deactivate" "ucs-input-help")))
26279
26280 ;;;***
26281 \f
26282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26283 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26284
26285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26286
26287 ;;;***
26288 \f
26289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26291
26292 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26293 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26294 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26295 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26296
26297 To make use of this do something like:
26298
26299 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26300
26301 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26302
26303 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26304 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26305
26306 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26307 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26308 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26309
26310 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26311
26312 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26313 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26314
26315 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26316
26317 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26318 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26319
26320 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26321 is decided.
26322
26323 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26324
26325 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26326 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26327
26328 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26329 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26330 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26331
26332 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26333
26334 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26335 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26336
26337 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26338
26339 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26340 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26341
26342 \(fn)" t nil)
26343
26344 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26345 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26346
26347 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26348
26349 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
26350
26351 \(fn)" t nil)
26352
26353 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26354 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26355
26356 \(fn)" t nil)
26357
26358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26359
26360 ;;;***
26361 \f
26362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26363 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26365
26366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26367
26368 ;;;***
26369 \f
26370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26371 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26372
26373 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26374 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26375
26376 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26377
26378 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26379
26380 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26381
26382 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26383
26384 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26385
26386
26387 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26388
26389 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26390 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26391 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26392 for a description of this minor mode.
26393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26395 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26396
26397 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26398
26399 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26400 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26402 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26403 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26404
26405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26406
26407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "with-rcirc-" "set-rcirc-" "rcirc--connection-open-p" "defun-rcirc-command")))
26408
26409 ;;;***
26410 \f
26411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26412 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26414
26415 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26416
26417 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26418 Construct a regexp interactively.
26419 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
26420 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
26421 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26422
26423 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
26424 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26425
26426 \(fn)" t nil)
26427
26428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26429
26430 ;;;***
26431 \f
26432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26433 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26434
26435 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26436 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26437 See the `recentf-mode' command
26438 for a description of this minor mode.
26439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26440 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26441 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26442
26443 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26444
26445 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26446 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
26447 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26448 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26449 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26450
26451 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
26452 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
26453 were operated on recently.
26454
26455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26456
26457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26458
26459 ;;;***
26460 \f
26461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26462 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26463
26464 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26465 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26466 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26467 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26468 ends.
26469
26470 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26471 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26472 to be deleted.
26473
26474 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26475
26476 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26477 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26478 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26479
26480 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26481 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26482 deleted.
26483
26484 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26485
26486 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26487 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26488 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26489
26490 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26491
26492 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26493 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26494
26495 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26496 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26497
26498 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26499 deleted.
26500
26501 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26502 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
26503 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26504 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26505 even beep.)
26506
26507 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26508
26509 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26510 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26511
26512 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26513
26514 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26515 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26516
26517 \(fn)" t nil)
26518
26519 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26520 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26521 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26522 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26523 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26524 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26525 and point is at the lower right corner.
26526
26527 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26528
26529 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26530 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26531
26532 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26533 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26534
26535 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26536 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26537 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26538
26539 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26540
26541 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26542
26543 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26544 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26545 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26546 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26547 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26548
26549 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26550 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26551
26552 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26553
26554 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26555 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26556 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26557
26558 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26559
26560 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26561
26562 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26563
26564 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26565 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26566
26567 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26568 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26569 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26570
26571 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26572
26573 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26574 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26575 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26576
26577 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26578 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26579 rectangle which were empty.
26580
26581 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26582
26583 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26584 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26585
26586 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26587 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26588 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26589 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26590
26591 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26592
26593 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26594 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26595 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26596
26597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26598
26599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle--" "rectangle-" "delete-" "spaces-" "string-rectangle-" "extract-rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "open-rectangle-line" "killed-rectangle" "apply-on-rectangle" "operate-on-rectangle")))
26600
26601 ;;;***
26602 \f
26603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26604 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26605
26606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26607
26608 ;;;***
26609 \f
26610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26612
26613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26614
26615 ;;;***
26616 \f
26617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26619
26620 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26621 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26623 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26624 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26625
26626 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26627 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26628 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26629 auto-filling.
26630
26631 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
26632
26633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26634
26635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26636
26637 ;;;***
26638 \f
26639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26641 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26642 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26643 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26644 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26645
26646 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26647 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26648
26649 \(fn)" nil nil)
26650
26651 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26652 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
26653
26654 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
26655 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
26656
26657 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
26658 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26659 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26660 \\ref macro.
26661
26662 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
26663 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26664 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
26665
26666 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26667 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26668 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
26669
26670 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
26671 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
26672
26673 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
26674 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
26675
26676 \\{reftex-mode-map}
26677 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
26678 on the menu bar.
26679
26680 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26681
26682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26683
26684 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
26685 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
26686 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
26687
26688 \(fn)" nil nil)
26689
26690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-" "reftex--prepare-syntax-tables")))
26691
26692 ;;;***
26693 \f
26694 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26695 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
26697
26698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-plug-flag" "reftex-what-index-tag")))
26699
26700 ;;;***
26701 \f
26702 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
26703 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
26705
26706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-" "reftex--query-search-regexps")))
26707
26708 ;;;***
26709 \f
26710 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
26711 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
26713
26714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
26715
26716 ;;;***
26717 \f
26718 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
26719 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
26721
26722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-isearch-" "reftex-grep-history" "reftex-grep-command" "reftex-translate" "reftex-ensure-write-access")))
26723
26724 ;;;***
26725 \f
26726 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
26727 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
26729
26730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
26731
26732 ;;;***
26733 \f
26734 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
26735 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26736 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
26737
26738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
26739
26740 ;;;***
26741 \f
26742 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26743 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 277741 19000))
26744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
26745
26746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
26747
26748 ;;;***
26749 \f
26750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
26751 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26752 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
26753
26754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-select-" "reftex-last-line" "reftex-last-data")))
26755
26756 ;;;***
26757 \f
26758 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
26759 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
26761
26762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-" "reftex--rebuilding-toc")))
26763
26764 ;;;***
26765 \f
26766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
26767 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
26769 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26770 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26771 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26772 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
26773
26774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
26775
26776 ;;;***
26777 \f
26778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
26779 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
26781
26782 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
26783 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
26784 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
26785 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
26786 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
26787 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
26788
26789 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
26790 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
26791
26792 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26793 by \\=\\< and \\>.
26794 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26795 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
26796
26797 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
26798
26799 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
26800 Return the depth of REGEXP.
26801 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
26802 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
26803
26804 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
26805
26806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-charset" "regexp-opt-group")))
26807
26808 ;;;***
26809 \f
26810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
26811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
26812 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
26813
26814 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-pos" "regi-mapcar" "regi-interpret")))
26815
26816 ;;;***
26817 \f
26818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
26819 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
26820
26821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-db" "registry-db-version" "registry--match")))
26822
26823 ;;;***
26824 \f
26825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
26826 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
26827 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26828
26829 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
26830 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
26831 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
26832 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
26833
26834 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
26835
26836 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26837
26838 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
26839 Call `remember' in another frame.
26840
26841 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26842
26843 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
26844 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
26845 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
26846
26847 \(fn)" t nil)
26848
26849 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
26850 Extract diary entries from the region.
26851
26852 \(fn)" nil nil)
26853
26854 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
26855 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
26856 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
26857 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
26858
26859 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
26860
26861 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
26862 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
26863 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
26864 minor mode.
26865
26866 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
26867
26868 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
26869 Return the buffer.
26870
26871 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
26872 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
26873 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
26874
26875 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
26876
26877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
26878
26879 ;;;***
26880 \f
26881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
26882 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
26883 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
26884
26885 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
26886 Repeat most recently executed command.
26887 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
26888 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
26889 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
26890
26891 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
26892 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
26893 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
26894 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
26895
26896 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
26897 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
26898 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
26899
26900 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
26901
26902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
26903
26904 ;;;***
26905 \f
26906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
26907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
26908
26909 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
26910 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
26911
26912 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
26913 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
26914 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
26915 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
26916 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
26917 and point is left after the salutation.
26918
26919 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
26920 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
26921 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
26922 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
26923 left after that text.
26924
26925 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
26926 is non-nil.
26927
26928 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
26929 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
26930 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
26931 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
26932
26933 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
26934
26935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
26936
26937 ;;;***
26938 \f
26939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
26940 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
26941
26942 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
26943 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
26944 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
26945 visibility of comments that precede it.
26946 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
26947 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
26948 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
26949 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
26950 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
26951 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
26952 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
26953 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
26954 the comment lines.
26955 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
26956 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
26957 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
26958 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
26959 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
26960
26961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26962
26963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines-signed" "repos-count-screen-lines")))
26964
26965 ;;;***
26966 \f
26967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
26968 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
26969
26970 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
26971 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
26972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
26973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26974 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26975
26976 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
26977 reveals invisible text around point.
26978
26979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26980
26981 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
26982 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
26983 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
26984 for a description of this minor mode.
26985 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26986 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26987 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
26988
26989 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
26990
26991 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
26992 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
26993 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
26994
26995 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
26996 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26997 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26998
26999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27000
27001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27002
27003 ;;;***
27004 \f
27005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27006 ;;;;;; 0))
27007 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27008
27009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-decode-" "rfc1843-hzp-word-" "rfc1843-word-" "rfc1843-decode" "rfc1843-newsgroups-regexp")))
27010
27011 ;;;***
27012 \f
27013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27014 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27015
27016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27017
27018 ;;;***
27019 \f
27020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27021 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27022
27023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27024
27025 ;;;***
27026 \f
27027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27029
27030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-ipad" "rfc2104-opad" "rfc2104-nybbles" "rfc2104-hash")))
27031
27032 ;;;***
27033 \f
27034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27036
27037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-parse-qp-string" "rfc2231-parse-string" "rfc2231-get-value" "rfc2231-decode-encoded-string" "rfc2231-encode-string")))
27038
27039 ;;;***
27040 \f
27041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27043
27044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-mailto-" "rfc2368-unhexify-string" "rfc2368-parse-mailto-url")))
27045
27046 ;;;***
27047 \f
27048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27050
27051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27052
27053 ;;;***
27054 \f
27055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27057
27058 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27059 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27060
27061 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27062
27063 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27064 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27065
27066 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27067
27068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27069
27070 ;;;***
27071 \f
27072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27074
27075 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27076 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27077 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27078 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27079
27080 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27081
27082 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27083 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27084 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27085 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27086
27087 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27088 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27089
27090 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27091 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27092
27093 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27094 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27095 INPUT-ARGS.
27096
27097 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27098 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27099 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27100 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27101 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27102
27103 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27104 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27105 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27106 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27107
27108 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27109 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27110 variable.
27111
27112 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27113
27114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27115
27116 ;;;***
27117 \f
27118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27120
27121 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27122 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27123
27124 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27125
27126 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27127
27128 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27129 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27130 Its name should end with a slash.")
27131
27132 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27133 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27134
27135 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27136 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27137 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27138
27139 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27140
27141 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27142 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27143 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27144 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27145 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27146 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27147 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27148
27149 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27150 sent by you under different user names.
27151 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27152
27153 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27154
27155 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27156
27157 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27158
27159 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27160 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27161 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27162 explicitly.")
27163
27164 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27165
27166 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27167 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27168 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27169 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27170 which normally happens once for each message,
27171 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27172 To make a change in this variable take effect
27173 for a message that you have already viewed,
27174 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
27175
27176 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27177
27178 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27179 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27180 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27181 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27182
27183 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27184
27185 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27186 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27187
27188 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27189
27190 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
27191 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27192 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27193
27194 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27195
27196 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27197 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27198 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27199 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27200 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27201 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
27202
27203 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27204
27205 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27206 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27207
27208 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27209
27210 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
27211 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27212
27213 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27214
27215 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27216 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27217
27218 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27219 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27220
27221 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27222
27223 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27224 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27225
27226 This is set to nil by default.")
27227
27228 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27229 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27230 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27231 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27232 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27233 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27234 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27235
27236 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27237 Read and edit incoming mail.
27238 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27239 file in RMAIL Mode.
27240 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
27241
27242 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27243 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27244 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27245 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27246
27247 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27248
27249 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27250
27251 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27252 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
27253 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27254 Instead, these commands are available:
27255
27256 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
27257 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
27258 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
27259 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
27260 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
27261 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
27262 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
27263 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
27264 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
27265 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
27266 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
27267 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
27268 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
27269 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
27270 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27271 till a deleted message is found.
27272 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27273 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
27274 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
27275 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
27276 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
27277 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
27278 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
27279 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
27280 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
27281 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
27282 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
27283 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
27284 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
27285 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27286 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
27287 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
27288 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
27289 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
27290 (label defaults to last one specified).
27291 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27292 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
27293 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
27294 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
27295 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
27296 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
27297 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
27298 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
27299 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
27300
27301 \(fn)" t nil)
27302
27303 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27304 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27305
27306 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27307
27308 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27309 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27310
27311 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27312
27313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-unsent-separator" "mail-mime-unsent-header")))
27314
27315 ;;;***
27316 \f
27317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27318 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27319 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27320
27321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rsf-" "rmail-use-spam-filter" "rmail-spam-filter" "rmail-get-new-mail-filter-spam")))
27322
27323 ;;;***
27324 \f
27325 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27326 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27328
27329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-edit-" "rmail-abort-edit" "rmail-cease-edit" "rmail-old-headers" "rmail-old-pruned")))
27330
27331 ;;;***
27332 \f
27333 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27334 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27336
27337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-set-label" "rmail-make-label" "rmail-label-obarray")))
27338
27339 ;;;***
27340 \f
27341 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27342 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27344
27345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-mime-" "rmail-insert-mime-" "rmail-mm-get-boundary-error-message" "rmail-show-mime" "rmail-search-mime-message")))
27346
27347 ;;;***
27348 \f
27349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27351 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27352
27353 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27354 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27355 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27356 case it writes Babyl.
27357
27358 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27359 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27360 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27361 `rmail-default-file'.
27362
27363 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27364 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27365 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27366
27367 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27368 the header display is currently pruned.
27369
27370 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27371 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27372 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27373 messages after output.
27374
27375 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27376 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
27377 message (if writing a file directly).
27378
27379 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27380 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27381
27382 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27383
27384 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27385 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27386 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27387 i) the header is output as currently seen
27388 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27389 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27390
27391 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27392 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27393 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27394
27395 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27396
27397 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27398 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27399 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27400 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
27401 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27402 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27403 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27404
27405 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27406 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27407 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27408
27409 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27410
27411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-output-" "rmail-nuke-pinhead-header" "rmail-convert-to-babyl-format" "rmail-delete-unwanted-fields" "rmail-fields-not-to-output")))
27412
27413 ;;;***
27414 \f
27415 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27416 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27418
27419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-select-correspondent" "rmail-sort-messages" "rmail-make-date-sortable")))
27420
27421 ;;;***
27422 \f
27423 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27424 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 835192 607000))
27425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27426
27427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-" "rmail--decode-and-apply")))
27428
27429 ;;;***
27430 \f
27431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27432 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27433
27434 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27435 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27436 Return a pattern.
27437
27438 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27439
27440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-c-" "rng-token-datatype" "rng-string-datatype")))
27441
27442 ;;;***
27443 \f
27444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27445 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27446
27447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-builtin-compile" "rng-dt-make-value" "rng-dt-namespace-context-getter" "rng-dt-error" "rng-dt-error-reporter")))
27448
27449 ;;;***
27450 \f
27451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27452 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27453
27454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27455
27456 ;;;***
27457 \f
27458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27460
27461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27462
27463 ;;;***
27464 \f
27465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27466 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27467
27468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-" "rng--ipattern-datatype" "rng--ipattern-after" "rng--ipattern-value-object")))
27469
27470 ;;;***
27471 \f
27472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27473 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27474
27475 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27476 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27477 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27478 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27479
27480 \(fn)" t nil)
27481
27482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27483
27484 ;;;***
27485 \f
27486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27487 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27488
27489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-prev-was-start-tag" "rng-parse-validate-file" "rng-parse-do-validate" "rng-parse-to-match-name")))
27490
27491 ;;;***
27492 \f
27493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27494 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27495
27496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-make-" "rng-ref-" "rng-any-" "rng-schema-change-hook" "rng-current-schema")))
27497
27498 ;;;***
27499 \f
27500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27501 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27502
27503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27504
27505 ;;;***
27506 \f
27507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27508 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27509
27510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27511
27512 ;;;***
27513 \f
27514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27515 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27516
27517 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27518 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27519
27520 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27521 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27522 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27523 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27524 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27525 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
27526 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27527 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27528 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27529 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27530
27531 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27532 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27533 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
27534 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27535 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27536 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27537 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27538 to use for finding the schema.
27539
27540 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27541
27542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27543
27544 ;;;***
27545 \f
27546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27547 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27548
27549 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27550
27551 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27552 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27553 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27554 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27555 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27556 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27557 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27558 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27559 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27560 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27561 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27562 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27563 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27564 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27565 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27566 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27567 must be equal.
27568
27569 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27570
27571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27572
27573 ;;;***
27574 \f
27575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27576 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27577
27578 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27579 Define a robin package.
27580
27581 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27582 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27583 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27584 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27585
27586 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27587 one replaces the old one.
27588
27589 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27590
27591 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27592 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27593
27594 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27595 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27596 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27597
27598 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27599
27600 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27601 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27602
27603 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27604
27605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27606
27607 ;;;***
27608 \f
27609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27610 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27611
27612 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27613 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27614
27615 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27616
27617 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27618 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27619
27620 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27621
27622 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27623 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27624
27625 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27626
27627 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27628 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27629 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27630
27631 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27632 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27633 in ROT13.
27634
27635 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27636
27637 \(fn)" t nil)
27638
27639 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27640 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
27641
27642 \(fn)" t nil)
27643
27644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-translate-table" "rot13-display-table")))
27645
27646 ;;;***
27647 \f
27648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
27649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
27650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
27651
27652 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
27653 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
27654 \\<rst-mode-map>
27655
27656 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
27657 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
27658 highlighting.
27659
27660 \\{rst-mode-map}
27661
27662 \(fn)" t nil)
27663
27664 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
27665 Toggle ReST minor mode.
27666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
27667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27669
27670 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
27671 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
27672 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
27673
27674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27675
27676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
27677
27678 ;;;***
27679 \f
27680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
27681 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
27682
27683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
27684
27685 ;;;***
27686 \f
27687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
27688 ;;;;;; 0))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
27690 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
27691
27692 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
27693 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
27694
27695 \\{ruby-mode-map}
27696
27697 \(fn)" t nil)
27698
27699 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
27700
27701 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
27702
27703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-" "ruby--")))
27704
27705 ;;;***
27706 \f
27707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27708 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
27709 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
27710
27711 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
27712 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
27713 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
27714
27715 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
27716 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
27717 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
27718 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27719 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27720
27721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27722
27723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-mode-" "ruler--save-header-line-format")))
27724
27725 ;;;***
27726 \f
27727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
27728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
27729
27730 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
27731 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
27732 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
27733 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
27734
27735 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
27738 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
27739 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
27740
27741 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
27742 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
27743 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
27744
27745 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
27746 notation.
27747
27748 STRING
27749 matches string STRING literally.
27750
27751 CHAR
27752 matches character CHAR literally.
27753
27754 `not-newline', `nonl'
27755 matches any character except a newline.
27756
27757 `anything'
27758 matches any character
27759
27760 `(any SET ...)'
27761 `(in SET ...)'
27762 `(char SET ...)'
27763 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
27764 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
27765 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
27766
27767 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
27768 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
27769 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
27770 `word', or one of their synonyms.
27771
27772 `(not (any SET ...))'
27773 matches any character not in SET ...
27774
27775 `line-start', `bol'
27776 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
27777 in the text being matched
27778
27779 `line-end', `eol'
27780 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
27781
27782 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
27783 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27784 string being matched against.
27785
27786 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
27787 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27788 string being matched against.
27789
27790 `buffer-start'
27791 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27792 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
27793
27794 `buffer-end'
27795 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27796 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
27797
27798 `point'
27799 matches the empty string, but only at point.
27800
27801 `word-start', `bow'
27802 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
27803
27804 `word-end', `eow'
27805 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
27806
27807 `word-boundary'
27808 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
27809 word.
27810
27811 `(not word-boundary)'
27812 `not-word-boundary'
27813 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
27814 word.
27815
27816 `symbol-start'
27817 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
27818
27819 `symbol-end'
27820 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
27821
27822 `digit', `numeric', `num'
27823 matches 0 through 9.
27824
27825 `control', `cntrl'
27826 matches ASCII control characters.
27827
27828 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
27829 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
27830
27831 `blank'
27832 matches space and tab only.
27833
27834 `graphic', `graph'
27835 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
27836 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
27837 unassigned by Unicode.
27838
27839 `printing', `print'
27840 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
27841
27842 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
27843 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
27844 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27845
27846 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
27847 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
27848 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27849
27850 `ascii'
27851 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
27852
27853 `nonascii'
27854 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
27855
27856 `lower', `lower-case'
27857 matches anything lower-case.
27858
27859 `upper', `upper-case'
27860 matches anything upper-case.
27861
27862 `punctuation', `punct'
27863 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
27864 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
27865
27866 `space', `whitespace', `white'
27867 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
27868
27869 `word', `wordchar'
27870 matches anything that has word syntax.
27871
27872 `not-wordchar'
27873 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
27874
27875 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
27876 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
27877 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
27878 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
27879
27880 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
27881 `punctuation' (\\s.)
27882 `word' (\\sw)
27883 `symbol' (\\s_)
27884 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
27885 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
27886 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
27887 `string-quote' (\\s\")
27888 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
27889 `escape' (\\s\\)
27890 `character-quote' (\\s/)
27891 `comment-start' (\\s<)
27892 `comment-end' (\\s>)
27893 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
27894 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
27895
27896 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
27897 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
27898
27899 `(category CATEGORY)'
27900 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
27901 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
27902
27903 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
27904 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
27905 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
27906 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
27907 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
27908 `symbol' (\\c5)
27909 `digit' (\\c6)
27910 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
27911 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
27912 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
27913 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
27914 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
27915 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
27916 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
27917 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
27918 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
27919 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
27920 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
27921 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
27922 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
27923 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
27924 `ascii' (\\ca)
27925 `arabic' (\\cb)
27926 `chinese' (\\cc)
27927 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
27928 `greek' (\\cg)
27929 `korean' (\\ch)
27930 `indian' (\\ci)
27931 `japanese' (\\cj)
27932 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
27933 `latin' (\\cl)
27934 `lao' (\\co)
27935 `tibetan' (\\cq)
27936 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
27937 `thai' (\\ct)
27938 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
27939 `hebrew' (\\cw)
27940 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
27941 `can-break' (\\c|)
27942
27943 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
27944 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
27945
27946 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27947 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27948 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27949 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27950 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
27951
27952 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27953 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27954 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
27955 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
27956
27957 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27958 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27959 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
27960 group number N.
27961
27962 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27963 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27964 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
27965 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
27966 regular expression.
27967
27968 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
27969 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
27970 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
27971 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
27972 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
27973
27974 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
27975 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
27976
27977 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
27978 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
27979
27980 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
27981 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
27982 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
27983
27984 `(* SEXP ...)'
27985 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
27986 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
27987
27988 `(*? SEXP ...)'
27989 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
27990 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
27991
27992 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
27993 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
27994 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
27995
27996 `(+ SEXP ...)'
27997 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
27998
27999 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28000 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28001
28002 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28003 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28004 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28005 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28006
28007 `(? SEXP ...)'
28008 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28009
28010 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28011 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28012
28013 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28014 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28015 matches N occurrences.
28016
28017 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28018 matches N or more occurrences.
28019
28020 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28021 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28022 matches N to M occurrences.
28023
28024 `(backref N)'
28025 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28026
28027 `(eval FORM)'
28028 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28029 `regexp-quote' it.
28030
28031 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28032 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28033
28034 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28035
28036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28037
28038 ;;;***
28039 \f
28040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28042
28043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28044
28045 ;;;***
28046 \f
28047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28049
28050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-steps" "sasl-cram-md5-response")))
28051
28052 ;;;***
28053 \f
28054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28056
28057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28058
28059 ;;;***
28060 \f
28061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28062 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28063 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28064
28065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-response" "sasl-ntlm-request" "sasl-ntlm-steps")))
28066
28067 ;;;***
28068 \f
28069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28070 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28072
28073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-sha-1-" "sasl-scram-client-first-message" "sasl-scram--authenticate-server" "sasl-scram--client-first-message-bare" "sasl-scram--client-final-message")))
28074
28075 ;;;***
28076 \f
28077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28078 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28079 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28080
28081 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28082 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28083 See the `savehist-mode' command
28084 for a description of this minor mode.
28085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28087 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28088
28089 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28090
28091 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28092 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28094 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28095 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28096
28097 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28098 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28099 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28100 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28101
28102 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28103 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28104 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28105
28106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28107
28108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28109
28110 ;;;***
28111 \f
28112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28114
28115 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28116 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28117 See the `save-place-mode' command
28118 for a description of this minor mode.
28119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28121 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28122
28123 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28124
28125 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28126 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28127 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28128 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28129
28130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28131
28132 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28133 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28134 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28135 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28136 even in a later Emacs session.
28137
28138 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28139 the argument is positive.
28140
28141 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28142 file:
28143
28144 \(save-place-mode 1)
28145
28146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28147
28148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place-" "load-save-place-alist-from-file" "save-place--setup-hooks" "save-places-to-alist")))
28149
28150 ;;;***
28151 \f
28152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28153 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28154
28155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-image-dump" "speedbar-insert-image-button-maybe" "speedbar-expand-image-button-alist" "speedbar-use-images" "defimage-speedbar")))
28156
28157 ;;;***
28158 \f
28159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28161
28162 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28163 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28164 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28165
28166 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28167 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28168 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28169 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28170 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
28171 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28172 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
28173 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28174
28175 Commands:
28176 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28177 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28178 \\{scheme-mode-map}
28179
28180 \(fn)" t nil)
28181
28182 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28183 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28184 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28185
28186 Commands:
28187 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28188 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28189 \\{scheme-mode-map}
28190 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28191 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28192 that variable's value is a string.
28193
28194 \(fn)" t nil)
28195
28196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-sgml-declaration" "dsssl-mode-hook" "dsssl-imenu-generic-expression" "dsssl-font-lock-keywords")))
28197
28198 ;;;***
28199 \f
28200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28202
28203 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28204 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28205 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28206
28207 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
28208
28209 \(fn)" t nil)
28210
28211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-syntax-table" "score-mode-coding-system")))
28212
28213 ;;;***
28214 \f
28215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28216 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28217
28218 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28219 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28220 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28221 for a description of this minor mode.
28222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28223 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28224 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28225
28226 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28227
28228 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28229 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28231 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28232 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28233
28234 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28235 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28236
28237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28238
28239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28240
28241 ;;;***
28242 \f
28243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28245
28246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("scroll-bar-" "horizontal-scroll-" "toggle-" "previous-scroll-bar-mode" "set-scroll-bar-mode" "get-scroll-bar-mode")))
28247
28248 ;;;***
28249 \f
28250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28251 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28252
28253 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28254 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28256 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28257 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28258 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28259 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28260 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28261
28262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28263
28264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28265
28266 ;;;***
28267 \f
28268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28270 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28271 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28272
28273 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28274
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28279 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28280
28281 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28282 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28283 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28284
28285 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28286 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28287 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28288 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28289 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28290 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28291 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28292 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28293 keybinding for tag names.
28294 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28295 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28296 of the symbol under point.
28297 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28298 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28299 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28300 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28301 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28302 syntax tokens.
28303 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28304
28305 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28306
28307 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28308 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28309 See the `semantic-mode' command
28310 for a description of this minor mode.
28311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28312 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28313 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28314
28315 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28316
28317 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28318 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28320 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28321 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28322
28323 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28324 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28325 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28326 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28327 Semantic mode.
28328
28329 \\{semantic-mode-map}
28330
28331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28332
28333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "semantic--" "bovinate")))
28334
28335 ;;;***
28336 \f
28337 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28338 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28339 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28340
28341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-analyze-" "semantic-adebug-analyze")))
28342
28343 ;;;***
28344 \f
28345 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28346 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (22164 57533 947192
28347 ;;;;;; 607000))
28348 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28349
28350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-type-constants-default" "semantic-analyze-tags-of-class-list" "semantic-analyze-possible-completions-default")))
28351
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28355 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28357
28358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyzer-debug-" "semantic-analyze-debug-assist")))
28359
28360 ;;;***
28361 \f
28362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28363 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28364 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28365
28366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28367
28368 ;;;***
28369 \f
28370 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28371 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28372 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28373
28374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic--analyze-refs-find-" "semantic--analyze-refs-full-" "semantic-analyze-tag-references-default" "semantic-analyze-tag-references" "semantic-analyze-references")))
28375
28376 ;;;***
28377 \f
28378 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28379 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28380 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28381
28382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-bovinate-nonterminal-check" "semantic-bovinate-nonterminal-db-nt" "semantic-bovinate-nonterminal-check-obarray" "semantic-lambda" "semantic-bovinate-symbol-nonterminal-p")))
28383
28384 ;;;***
28385 \f
28386 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28387 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28388 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28389
28390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic-" "semantic--tag-" "semanticdb-" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28391
28392 ;;;***
28393 \f
28394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28395 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28396 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28397
28398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-create-bovine-debug-error-frame" "semantic-bovine-debug-frame" "semantic-bovine-debug-create-frame" "semantic-bovine-debug-error-frame" "semantic-bovine-debug-parser")))
28399
28400 ;;;***
28401 \f
28402 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28403 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (22257 7109 249189 216000))
28404 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28405
28406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("semantic-" "semantic--elisp-parse-table" "emacs-lisp-mode" "lisp-mode")))
28407
28408 ;;;***
28409 \f
28410 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28411 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28412 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28413
28414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-cpp-defs" "semantic-gcc-setup-data" "semantic-gcc-fields" "semantic-gcc-get-include-paths" "semantic-gcc-query")))
28415
28416 ;;;***
28417 \f
28418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28419 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28420 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28421
28422 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28423 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28424
28425 \(fn)" t nil)
28426
28427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-grammar-" "bovine--grammar-macros" "bovine--make-parser-1" "bovine-make-parsers" "bovine-batch-make-parser")))
28428
28429 ;;;***
28430 \f
28431 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28432 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28434
28435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28436
28437 ;;;***
28438 \f
28439 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28440 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28441 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28442
28443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-format-tag-prototype" "semantic-documentation-for-tag" "semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "semantic-lex-scheme-symbol" "semantic-scheme-lexer")))
28444
28445 ;;;***
28446 \f
28447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28448 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28450
28451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-analyzer" "semantic-chart-tag-complexity" "semantic-chart-token-complexity" "semantic-chart-database-size" "semantic-chart-tags-by-class")))
28452
28453 ;;;***
28454 \f
28455 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28456 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28457 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28458
28459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-complete-" "semantic-completion-" "semantic-collector-" "semantic-displayor-")))
28460
28461 ;;;***
28462 \f
28463 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28464 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28465 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28466
28467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28468
28469 ;;;***
28470 \f
28471 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28472 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28474
28475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28476
28477 ;;;***
28478 \f
28479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28480 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28481 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28482
28483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-adebug-" "semanticdb-database-sanity-check" "semanticdb-dump-all-table-summary" "semanticdb-table-sanity-check" "semanticdb-table-oob-sanity-check")))
28484
28485 ;;;***
28486 \f
28487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28488 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28489 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28490
28491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28492
28493 ;;;***
28494 \f
28495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28496 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28497 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28498
28499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-elisp-sym-" "semanticdb-project-database-emacs-lisp" "semanticdb-table-emacs-lisp" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semanticdb-elisp-mapatom-collector")))
28500
28501 ;;;***
28502 \f
28503 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28504 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28505 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28506
28507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28508
28509 ;;;***
28510 \f
28511 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28512 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28513 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28514
28515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28516
28517 ;;;***
28518 \f
28519 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28520 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28521 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28522
28523 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-enable-gnu-global-hook" "semanticdb-enable-gnu-global-in-buffer" "semanticdb-project-database-global" "semanticdb-table-global")))
28524
28525 ;;;***
28526 \f
28527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28528 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28530
28531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-javascript-" "javascript-mode" "semanticdb-table-javascript" "semanticdb-project-database-javascript" "semanticdb-find-translate-path")))
28532
28533 ;;;***
28534 \f
28535 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28536 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28537 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28538
28539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28540
28541 ;;;***
28542 \f
28543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28544 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28545 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28546
28547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-test" "semanticdb-ref-adebug")))
28548
28549 ;;;***
28550 \f
28551 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28552 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28553 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28554
28555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-typecache-" "semanticdb-expand-nested-tag" "semanticdb-db-typecache-dump")))
28556
28557 ;;;***
28558 \f
28559 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28560 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28561 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28562
28563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28564
28565 ;;;***
28566 \f
28567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28568 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28569 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28570
28571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-" "semantic--tag-link-secondary-overlays" "semantic--tag-unlink-copy-secondary-overlays" "semantic--tag-unlink-secondary-overlays")))
28572
28573 ;;;***
28574 \f
28575 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28576 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (22164 57533 955192
28577 ;;;;;; 607000))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28579
28580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28581
28582 ;;;***
28583 \f
28584 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28587
28588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28589
28590 ;;;***
28591 \f
28592 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28595
28596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-dependency-include-path" "semantic-dependency-system-include-path" "semantic-dependency-find-file-on-path" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path" "semantic--dependency-find-file-on-path")))
28597
28598 ;;;***
28599 \f
28600 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28603
28604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-documentation-comment-preceding-tag" "semantic-doc-snarf-comment-for-tag")))
28605
28606 ;;;***
28607 \f
28608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28609 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28610 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28611
28612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-grammar-compiler-" "semantic-ede-proj-target-grammar" "semantic-ede-source-grammar-bovine" "semantic-ede-source-grammar-wisent")))
28613
28614 ;;;***
28615 \f
28616 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28617 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28619
28620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28621
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28625 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (22164 57533 959192 607000))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28627
28628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-" "semantic--find-tags-by-macro" "semantic--find-tags-by-function")))
28629
28630 ;;;***
28631 \f
28632 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28633 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (22164 57533 959192 607000))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28635
28636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-format-" "semantic--format-" "semantic-uml-" "semantic-function-argument-separator")))
28637
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28641 ;;;;;; 0))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28643
28644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic-" "semanticdb-without-unloaded-file-searches" "semantic--on-input-start-marker")))
28645
28646 ;;;***
28647 \f
28648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
28649 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
28651
28652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic--grammar-" "semantic-")))
28653
28654 ;;;***
28655 \f
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
28657 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
28659
28660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
28661
28662 ;;;***
28663 \f
28664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
28665 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
28667
28668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("semantic-html-" "semantic-parse-region" "semantic-parse-changes" "html-helper-mode" "semantic-sb-tag-children-to-expand")))
28669
28670 ;;;***
28671 \f
28672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
28673 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (22164 57533 975192 607000))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
28675
28676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-completion-" "semantic-ia-get-" "semantic-ia-insert-tag-default" "semantic-ia-insert-tag" "semantic-ia--fast-jump-helper")))
28677
28678 ;;;***
28679 \f
28680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
28681 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
28683
28684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-sb-" "semantic-ia-speedbar")))
28685
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
28689 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (22164 57533 975192 607000))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
28691
28692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
28693
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
28697 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (22164 57533 975192 607000))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
28699
28700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-imenu-" "semantic-create-imenu-" "semantic-default-which-function" "semantic-which-function-use-color" "semantic-which-function")))
28701
28702 ;;;***
28703 \f
28704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
28705 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
28707
28708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-java-" "semantic-tag-" "semantic-ctxt-scoped-types" "semantic-format-tag-prototype" "semantic-documentation-for-tag")))
28709
28710 ;;;***
28711 \f
28712 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
28713 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (22164 57533 979192 607000))
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
28715
28716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("define-lex-" "semantic-" "define-lex")))
28717
28718 ;;;***
28719 \f
28720 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
28721 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (22164 57533 979192 607000))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
28723
28724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-spp-" "define-lex-spp-macro-" "define-lex-spp-include-analyzer" "semantic-lex-make-spp-table" "semantic-lex-with-macro-used")))
28725
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
28729 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (22164 57533 979192 607000))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
28731
28732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
28733
28734 ;;;***
28735 \f
28736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
28737 ;;;;;; 0))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
28739
28740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
28741
28742 ;;;***
28743 \f
28744 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
28745 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
28747
28748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-analyze-scoped-" "semantic-scope-" "semantic-analyze-scope-" "semantic-completable-tags-from-type")))
28749
28750 ;;;***
28751 \f
28752 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
28753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (22189 60738 73741 19000))
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
28755
28756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("senator-" "semantic-up-reference" "semantic-up-reference-default" "senator--search-filter")))
28757
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
28761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
28763
28764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
28765
28766 ;;;***
28767 \f
28768 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
28769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (22325 43443 618604 871000))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
28771
28772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
28773
28774 ;;;***
28775 \f
28776 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
28777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (22294 1450 520812 63000))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
28779
28780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
28781
28782 ;;;***
28783 \f
28784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
28785 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28786 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
28787
28788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-rename-local-variable" "semantic-symref-test-count-hits-in-tag" "semantic-symref-hits-in-region" "semantic-symref-filter-hit")))
28789
28790 ;;;***
28791 \f
28792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
28793 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (22294 1450 536812 63000))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
28795
28796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
28797
28798 ;;;***
28799 \f
28800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
28801 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
28803
28804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-grep-" "semantic-symref-grep--line-re" "semantic-symref-derive-find-filepatterns" "semantic-symref-filepattern-alist")))
28805
28806 ;;;***
28807 \f
28808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
28809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
28811
28812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
28813
28814 ;;;***
28815 \f
28816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
28817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
28819
28820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
28821
28822 ;;;***
28823 \f
28824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
28825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
28827
28828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic--tag-" "semantic-")))
28829
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
28833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
28835
28836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
28837
28838 ;;;***
28839 \f
28840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
28841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
28843
28844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-tag-" "semantic--tag-attribute-similar-" "semantic--tag-similar-names-" "semantic--tag-similar-types-p" "semantic--tag-similar-types-p-default")))
28845
28846 ;;;***
28847 \f
28848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
28849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
28851
28852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-tag-list" "semantic-tag-write-one-value" "semantic-tag-write-one-attribute" "semantic-tag-write-one-tag")))
28853
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
28857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (22257 7109 253189 216000))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
28859
28860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
28861
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
28865 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
28867
28868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
28869
28870 ;;;***
28871 \f
28872 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
28873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (22164 57534 3192 607000))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
28875
28876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
28877
28878 ;;;***
28879 \f
28880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
28881 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
28883
28884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
28885
28886 ;;;***
28887 \f
28888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
28889 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
28891
28892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
28893
28894 ;;;***
28895 \f
28896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
28897 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28898 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
28899
28900 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
28901 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
28902
28903 \(fn)" t nil)
28904
28905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-grammar-" "wisent-make-" "wisent--grammar-macros" "wisent--make-parser-1" "wisent-batch-make-parser")))
28906
28907 ;;;***
28908 \f
28909 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
28910 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
28912
28913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-analyze-split-name" "semantic-analyze-unsplit-name" "wisent-java-parse-error" "semantic-get-local-variables")))
28914
28915 ;;;***
28916 \f
28917 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
28918 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
28920
28921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("semantic-" "js-mode" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
28922
28923 ;;;***
28924 \f
28925 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
28926 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
28928
28929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-3-mode" "python-2-mode")))
28930
28931 ;;;***
28932 \f
28933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
28934 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
28936
28937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$action" "$nterm" "$region")))
28938
28939 ;;;***
28940 \f
28941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
28942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
28943
28944 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
28945 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
28946
28947 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
28948 king@grassland.com
28949 If `parens', they look like:
28950 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
28951 If `angles', they look like:
28952 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
28953
28954 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
28955 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
28956
28957 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
28958
28959 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
28960 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
28961 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
28962 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
28963
28964 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
28965 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
28966 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
28967 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
28968
28969 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
28970
28971 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
28972 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
28973 This is done when the message is initialized,
28974 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
28975
28976 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
28977
28978 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
28979 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
28980 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
28981
28982 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
28983
28984 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
28985 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
28986 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
28987 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
28988 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
28989 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
28990 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
28991
28992 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
28993
28994 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
28995 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
28996
28997 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
28998
28999 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29000 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29001 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29002 be a Babyl file.")
29003
29004 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29005
29006 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29007 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29008 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29009 when you first send mail.")
29010
29011 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29012
29013 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29014 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29015 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29016 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29017 This file need not actually exist.")
29018
29019 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29020
29021 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29022 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29023
29024 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29025
29026 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29027 Alist of mail address aliases,
29028 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29029 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29030 can specify a different file name.)
29031 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29032 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29033
29034 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29035 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29036 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29037
29038 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29039
29040 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29041 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29042 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29043
29044 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29045
29046 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29047 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29048 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29049 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29050 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29051 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29052 in the cited portion of the message.
29053
29054 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29055 instead of no action.")
29056
29057 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29058
29059 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29060 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29061 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29062 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29063 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29064
29065 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29066
29067 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29068 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29069 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29070 If a string, that string is inserted.
29071 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
29072 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29073 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29074 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29075
29076 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29077
29078 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29079 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29080
29081 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29082
29083 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29084 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29085 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29086
29087 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29088 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29089
29090 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29091
29092 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29093 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29094 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29095 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29096
29097 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29098
29099 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29100 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29101 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29102
29103 \(fn)" nil nil)
29104
29105 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29106
29107 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29108
29109
29110 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29111
29112 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29113 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29114 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29115
29116 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
29117 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
29118
29119 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29120 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
29121 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
29122 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
29123 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
29124 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
29125 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
29126 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
29127 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
29128 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
29129 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
29130 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
29131 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29132 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29133
29134 \(fn)" t nil)
29135
29136 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29137 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29138 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
29139 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29140
29141 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29142
29143 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29144 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29145 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29146 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29147 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29148 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29149
29150 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29151 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29152 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29153
29154 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29155 User should not set this variable manually,
29156 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29157 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29158 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29159
29160 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29161 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29162 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29163 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29164
29165 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29166 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29167
29168 \\<mail-mode-map>
29169 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
29170
29171 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29172 to move to message header fields:
29173 \\{mail-mode-map}
29174
29175 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29176 when the message is initialized.
29177
29178 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29179 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29180
29181 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29182 is inserted.
29183
29184 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29185 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29186
29187 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29188 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29189 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29190 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29191 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29192 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29193 buffer without erasing the contents.
29194
29195 The second through fifth arguments,
29196 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29197 the initial contents of those header fields.
29198 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29199 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29200 original message being replied to, or else an action
29201 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29202 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29203 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29204 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29205 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29206 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29207
29208 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29209
29210 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29211 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29212
29213 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29214
29215 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29216 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29217
29218 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29219
29220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29221
29222 ;;;***
29223 \f
29224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29226 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 14)) package--builtin-versions)
29227
29228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-" "seq--make-pcase-" "seq--activate-font-lock-keywords" "seq--elt-safe" "seq--count-successive")))
29229
29230 ;;;***
29231 \f
29232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29234
29235 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29236
29237 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29238
29239 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29240
29241 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29242 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29243 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29244 changed while a server is running.")
29245
29246 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29247
29248 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29249 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29250 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29251 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
29252 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29253 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
29254
29255 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29256 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29257
29258 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29259 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29260 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29261
29262 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
29263 \\[server-start].
29264
29265 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29268 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29269 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29270 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29271
29272 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29273
29274 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29275 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29276 See the `server-mode' command
29277 for a description of this minor mode.
29278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29279 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29280 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29281
29282 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29283
29284 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29285 Toggle Server mode.
29286 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29287 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29288 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29289
29290 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29291 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29292 `server-start' for details.
29293
29294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29295
29296 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29297 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29298 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29299
29300 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29301 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29302
29303 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29304
29305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-" "server--on-display-p")))
29306
29307 ;;;***
29308 \f
29309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29310 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29311
29312 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29313 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29314
29315 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29316 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29317 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29318 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29319 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29320
29321 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29322 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29323 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29324 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29325 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29326 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29327
29328 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29329 displayed.
29330
29331 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29332 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29333 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29334
29335 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
29336 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29337
29338 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29339 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29340
29341 \\{ses-mode-map}
29342 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29343 part):
29344 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
29345 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29346 formula:
29347 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
29348
29349 \(fn)" t nil)
29350
29351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses-" "ses--" "ses+" "noreturn" "1value")))
29352
29353 ;;;***
29354 \f
29355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29356 ;;;;;; 0))
29357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29358
29359 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29360 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29361 Makes > match <.
29362 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
29363 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29364
29365 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29366 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29367 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29368
29369 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
29370 in your init file.
29371
29372 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
29373
29374 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29375 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
29376 \\{sgml-mode-map}
29377
29378 \(fn)" t nil)
29379
29380 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29381 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29382 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29383 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29384 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
29385 which this is based.
29386
29387 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29388
29389 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29390 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29391 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29392 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29393
29394 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29395 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29396 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29397
29398 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29399 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29400 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29401 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29402
29403 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
29404 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
29405 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
29406 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29407
29408 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
29409
29410 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29411 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
29412 To work around that, do:
29413 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
29414
29415 \\{html-mode-map}
29416
29417 \(fn)" t nil)
29418
29419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("sgml-" "html-")))
29420
29421 ;;;***
29422 \f
29423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29424 ;;;;;; 0))
29425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29426 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29427 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29428
29429 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29430 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29431 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29432 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29433 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29434 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29435
29436 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29437 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29438 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29439 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29440 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29441
29442 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29443 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29444 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29445 \\<sh-mode-map>
29446 \\[sh-case] case statement
29447 \\[sh-for] for loop
29448 \\[sh-function] function definition
29449 \\[sh-if] if statement
29450 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
29451 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
29452 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
29453 \\[sh-select] select loop
29454 \\[sh-until] until loop
29455 \\[sh-while] while loop
29456
29457 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29458 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
29459 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
29460 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
29461 would indent to the way it currently is.
29462 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
29463 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29464
29465
29466 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
29467 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
29468 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
29469 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
29470 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
29471
29472 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29473 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29474 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29475
29476 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29477 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29478 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29479
29480 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
29481 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29482
29483 \(fn)" t nil)
29484
29485 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29486
29487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-" "sh--inside-noncommand-expression" "sh--vars-before-point" "sh--cmd-completion-table" "sh--maybe-here-document")))
29488
29489 ;;;***
29490 \f
29491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29493
29494 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29495 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29496
29497 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29498 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29499 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29500
29501 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29502 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29503 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29504 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
29505 the earlier.
29506
29507 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29508
29509 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
29510
29511 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29512 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29513 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
29514
29515 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29516 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29517
29518 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29519 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29520 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29521 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29522 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29523 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29524 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29525 Emacs version).
29526
29527 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29528 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29529 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29530 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29531 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29532
29533 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29534 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29535
29536 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29537
29538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29539
29540 ;;;***
29541 \f
29542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29543 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29544
29545 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29546 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29547 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29548 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29549 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29550 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29551 sites in the cluster.
29552
29553 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29554
29555 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29556 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29557 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29558 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29559 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29560
29561 \(fn)" t nil)
29562
29563 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29564 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29565 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29566 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29567 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29568 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29569 `shadow-define-cluster').
29570
29571 \(fn)" t nil)
29572
29573 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29574 Set up file shadowing.
29575
29576 \(fn)" t nil)
29577
29578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow-" "shadowfile-unload-function")))
29579
29580 ;;;***
29581 \f
29582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29583 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29584
29585 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
29586 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29587 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29588 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29589 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29590 arguments.")
29591
29592 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29593
29594 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29595 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29596 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29597 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29598 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29599
29600 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29601 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29602 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29603 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29604 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29605 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29606 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29607 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29608 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29609 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29610 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29611
29612 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29613 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
29614 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
29615 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29616 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29617 `default-process-coding-system'.
29618
29619 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29620 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29621 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29622 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29623
29624 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
29625
29626 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29627
29628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "shell--" "explicit-" "dirs")))
29629
29630 ;;;***
29631 \f
29632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29633 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29634
29635 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29636 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29637
29638 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29639
29640 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29641 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29642 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29643 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29644
29645 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
29646
29647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-" "shr--")))
29648
29649 ;;;***
29650 \f
29651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
29653
29654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
29655
29656 ;;;***
29657 \f
29658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
29659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
29660
29661 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
29662
29663
29664 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
29665
29666 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
29667
29668
29669 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
29672
29673
29674 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29675
29676 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
29677
29678
29679 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29680
29681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
29682
29683 ;;;***
29684 \f
29685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
29686 ;;;;;; 0))
29687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
29688
29689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-manage-" "sieve-sasl-auth")))
29690
29691 ;;;***
29692 \f
29693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29694 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
29695
29696 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
29697 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
29698 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
29699 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
29700 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
29701
29702 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
29703
29704 \(fn)" t nil)
29705
29706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
29707
29708 ;;;***
29709 \f
29710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
29711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
29712
29713 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
29714 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
29715 \\{simula-mode-map}
29716 Variables controlling indentation style:
29717 `simula-tab-always-indent'
29718 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
29719 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29720 `simula-indent-level'
29721 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
29722 `simula-substatement-offset'
29723 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
29724 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
29725 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
29726 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
29727 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
29728 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
29729 `simula-label-offset' -4711
29730 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
29731 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
29732 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
29733 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
29734 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
29735 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
29736 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
29737 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
29738 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
29739 `simula-electric-indent' nil
29740 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
29741 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
29742 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
29743 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
29744 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
29745 or nil if they should not be changed.
29746 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
29747 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
29748 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
29749 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
29750
29751 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
29752 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
29753
29754 \(fn)" t nil)
29755
29756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
29757
29758 ;;;***
29759 \f
29760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
29761 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
29762
29763 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
29764 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
29765
29766 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
29767 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
29768 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
29769 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
29770
29771 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
29772
29773 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
29774
29775 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
29776 Insert SKELETON.
29777 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
29778 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
29779 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
29780 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
29781 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
29782
29783 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
29784 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
29785
29786 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
29787
29788 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
29789 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
29790
29791 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
29792 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
29793 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
29794 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
29795
29796 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
29797 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
29798 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
29799 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
29800
29801 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
29802 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
29803 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
29804
29805 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
29806 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
29807
29808 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
29809 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
29810
29811 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
29812 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
29813 is at bol/eol
29814 _ interesting point, interregion here
29815 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
29816 interesting point set by _
29817 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
29818 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
29819 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
29820 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
29821 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
29822 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
29823 nil skipped
29824
29825 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
29826 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
29827
29828 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
29829 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
29830 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
29831 as the first element when at bol.
29832
29833 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
29834 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
29835 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
29836 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
29837 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
29838 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
29839 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
29840 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
29841
29842 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
29843 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
29844 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
29845 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
29846 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
29847 available:
29848
29849 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
29850 then: insert previously read string once more
29851 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
29852 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
29853 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
29854
29855 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
29856 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
29857
29858 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
29859
29860 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
29861 Insert the character you type ARG times.
29862
29863 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
29864 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
29865 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
29866 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
29867 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
29868 such as backslash.
29869
29870 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
29871 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
29872 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
29873 twice for the others.
29874
29875 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29876
29877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
29878
29879 ;;;***
29880 \f
29881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29882 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
29883
29884 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
29885 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
29886 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
29887 buffer names.
29888
29889 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
29890
29891 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
29892 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
29893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29894 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29895 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29896 \\{smerge-mode-map}
29897
29898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29899
29900 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
29901 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
29902 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
29903
29904 \(fn)" t nil)
29905
29906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-" "smerge--get-marker")))
29907
29908 ;;;***
29909 \f
29910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
29911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
29912
29913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-" "smie--")))
29914
29915 ;;;***
29916 \f
29917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
29918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
29919
29920 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
29921 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
29922 A list of images is returned.
29923
29924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29925
29926 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
29927 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
29928 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
29929
29930 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29931
29932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
29933
29934 ;;;***
29935 \f
29936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
29937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
29938
29939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime-" "smime")))
29940
29941 ;;;***
29942 \f
29943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29944 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
29945
29946 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
29947
29948
29949 \(fn)" nil nil)
29950
29951 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
29952 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
29953
29954 \(fn)" t nil)
29955
29956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
29957
29958 ;;;***
29959 \f
29960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
29961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
29962
29963 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
29964 Play the Snake game.
29965 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
29966
29967 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
29968
29969 Snake mode keybindings:
29970 \\<snake-mode-map>
29971 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
29972 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
29973 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
29974 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
29975 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
29976 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
29977 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
29978
29979 \(fn)" t nil)
29980
29981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
29982
29983 ;;;***
29984 \f
29985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
29987
29988 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
29989 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
29990 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
29991 Tab indents for C code.
29992 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
29993 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29994 \\{snmp-mode-map}
29995 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
29996 `snmp-mode-hook'.
29997
29998 \(fn)" t nil)
29999
30000 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30001 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30002 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30003 Tab indents for C code.
30004 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30005 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30006 \\{snmp-mode-map}
30007 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30008 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30009
30010 \(fn)" t nil)
30011
30012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp-" "snmpv2-mode-hook" "snmpv2-mode-abbrev-table" "snmpv2-tempo-tags")))
30013
30014 ;;;***
30015 \f
30016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30018 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30019
30020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30021
30022 ;;;***
30023 \f
30024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30025 ;;;;;; 0))
30026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30027
30028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-inspect-" "soap-sample-" "soap-client-describe-" "soap-inspect" "soap-insert-describe-button")))
30029
30030 ;;;***
30031 \f
30032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30034
30035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30036
30037 ;;;***
30038 \f
30039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30040 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30041
30042 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30043 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30044 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30045 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30046 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30047
30048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30049
30050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30051
30052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "calendar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset")))
30053
30054 ;;;***
30055 \f
30056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30057 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30058
30059 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30060 Play Solitaire.
30061
30062 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
30063 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
30064 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30065 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
30066 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
30067 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
30068 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30069 check after each move or undo.)
30070
30071 What is Solitaire?
30072
30073 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30074 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30075 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30076
30077 Le Solitaire
30078 ============
30079
30080 o o o
30081
30082 o o o
30083
30084 o o o o o o o
30085
30086 o o o . o o o
30087
30088 o o o o o o o
30089
30090 o o o
30091
30092 o o o
30093
30094 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30095 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30096 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30097 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30098
30099 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30100 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30101 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30102 this: o o .
30103
30104 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30105 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30106
30107 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30108
30109 o o o
30110
30111 . o o
30112
30113 o o . o o o o
30114
30115 o . o o o o o
30116
30117 o o o o o o o
30118
30119 o o o
30120
30121 o o o
30122
30123 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30124
30125 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
30126
30127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30128
30129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30130
30131 ;;;***
30132 \f
30133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30135 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30136
30137 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30138 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30139
30140 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30141 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30142 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30143 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30144 contiguous.
30145
30146 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30147 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30148 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30149 the sort order.
30150
30151 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30152 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30153
30154 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30155 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30156 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30157 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30158 is called.
30159
30160 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30161 It should move point to the end of the record.
30162
30163 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30164 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30165 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30166 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30167 starts at the beginning of the record.
30168
30169 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30170 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30171 same as ENDRECFUN.
30172
30173 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30174 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30175 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30176 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30177 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30178 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30179 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30180
30181 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30182
30183 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30184 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30185 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30186 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30187 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30188 the sort order.
30189
30190 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30191
30192 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30193 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30194 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30195 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30196 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30197 the sort order.
30198
30199 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30200
30201 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30202 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30203 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30204 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30205 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30206 the sort order.
30207
30208 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30209 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30210
30211 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30212 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30213 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30214 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30215 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
30216 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30217 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30218 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30219 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30220
30221 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30222
30223 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30224 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30225 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30226 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30227 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30228 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30229 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30230 the sort order.
30231
30232 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30233
30234 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30235 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30236 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30237 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30238
30239 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30240 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
30241
30242 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30243 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30244 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
30245 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30246 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
30247 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30248 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30249 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30250
30251 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30252
30253 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30254 the sort order.
30255
30256 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30257 starting with the letter \"f\",
30258 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
30259
30260 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30261
30262 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30263 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30264 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30265 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30266 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30267 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30268 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30269 the sort order.
30270
30271 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30272 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30273 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30274 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30275 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
30276
30277 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30278
30279 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30280 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30281 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30282
30283 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30284
30285 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30286 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30287 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30288 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30289 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30290 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30291 each repeated line.
30292
30293 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30294 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30295 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30296 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30297
30298 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30299 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30300
30301 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30302 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30303
30304 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30305
30306 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30307
30308 ;;;***
30309 \f
30310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30311 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30312
30313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex-alist" "soundex")))
30314
30315 ;;;***
30316 \f
30317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30319
30320 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30321 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30322 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30323 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30324 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30325 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30326
30327 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30328
30329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30330
30331 ;;;***
30332 \f
30333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30334 ;;;;;; 0))
30335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30336
30337 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30338 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30339
30340 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30341 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30342 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30343
30344 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30345
30346 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30347 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30348 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30349 server.
30350
30351 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30352
30353 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30354 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30355 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30356
30357 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30358
30359 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30360 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30361 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
30362 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30363 Agent is plugged.
30364
30365 \(fn)" t nil)
30366
30367 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30368 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30369 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30370 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
30371
30372 \(fn)" t nil)
30373
30374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30375
30376 ;;;***
30377 \f
30378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30380
30381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat-" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size" "spam-stat")))
30382
30383 ;;;***
30384 \f
30385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30387
30388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-treat-parts" "spam-wash")))
30389
30390 ;;;***
30391 \f
30392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30393 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30394
30395 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30396
30397 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30398 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30399 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30400 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30401 supported at a time.
30402 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30403 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30404
30405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30406
30407 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30408 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30409 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30410 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30411
30412 \(fn)" t nil)
30413
30414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30415
30416 ;;;***
30417 \f
30418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30420
30421 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30422 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30423
30424 \(fn)" t nil)
30425
30426 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30427 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30428
30429 \(fn)" nil nil)
30430
30431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrases-file" "spook-phrase-default-count")))
30432
30433 ;;;***
30434 \f
30435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30437 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30438
30439 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30440 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30441
30442 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30443 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30444 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30445 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30446 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30447 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30448 of the current highlighting list.
30449
30450 For example:
30451
30452 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
30453 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
30454
30455 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30456 `_t' as data types.
30457
30458 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30459
30460 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30461 Major mode to edit SQL.
30462
30463 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30464 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
30465 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30466
30467 \\{sql-mode-map}
30468 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30469
30470 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30471 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30472 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
30473 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
30474 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30475 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
30476
30477 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30478 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30479
30480 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30481 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30482 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30483
30484 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
30485 (lambda ()
30486 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
30487
30488 \(fn)" t nil)
30489
30490 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30491 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30492
30493 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30494 their settings.
30495
30496 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30497 is specified in the connection settings.
30498
30499 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30500
30501 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30502 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30503
30504 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30505 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30506
30507 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30508 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
30509 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
30510 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
30511
30512 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30513
30514 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30515
30516 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30517 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30518
30519 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30520 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30521 `*SQL*'.
30522
30523 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30524 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30525 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30526 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30527
30528 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30529 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30530
30531 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30532 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
30533 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30534 buffer.
30535
30536 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30537 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30538 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30539 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30540 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30541 `default-process-coding-system'.
30542
30543 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30544
30545 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30546
30547 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30548 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30549
30550 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30551 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30552 `*SQL*'.
30553
30554 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30555 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30556 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30557 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30558
30559 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30560 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30561
30562 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30563 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
30564 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30565 buffer.
30566
30567 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30568 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30569 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30570 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30571 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30572 `default-process-coding-system'.
30573
30574 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30575
30576 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30577
30578 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30579 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30580
30581 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30582 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30583 `*SQL*'.
30584
30585 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30586 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30587
30588 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30589 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30590
30591 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30592 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
30593 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30594 buffer.
30595
30596 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30597 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30598 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30599 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30600 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30601 `default-process-coding-system'.
30602
30603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30604
30605 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30606
30607 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30608 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30609
30610 SQLite is free software.
30611
30612 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30613 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30614 `*SQL*'.
30615
30616 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30617 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30618 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30619 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30620
30621 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30622 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30623
30624 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30625 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
30626 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30627 buffer.
30628
30629 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30630 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30631 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30632 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30633 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30634 `default-process-coding-system'.
30635
30636 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30637
30638 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30639
30640 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
30641 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
30642
30643 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
30644
30645 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30646 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30647 `*SQL*'.
30648
30649 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
30650 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30651 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30652 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
30653
30654 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30655 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30656
30657 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30658 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
30659 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30660 buffer.
30661
30662 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30663 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30664 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30665 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30666 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30667 `default-process-coding-system'.
30668
30669 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30670
30671 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30672
30673 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
30674 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
30675
30676 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30677 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30678 `*SQL*'.
30679
30680 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
30681 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
30682 defaults, if set.
30683
30684 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30685 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30686
30687 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30688 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
30689 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30690 buffer.
30691
30692 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30693 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30694 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30695 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30696 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30697 `default-process-coding-system'.
30698
30699 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30700
30701 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30702
30703 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
30704 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
30705
30706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30708 `*SQL*'.
30709
30710 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
30711 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30712
30713 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30714 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30715
30716 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30717 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
30718 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30719 buffer.
30720
30721 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30722 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30723 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30724 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30725 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30726 `default-process-coding-system'.
30727
30728 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30729
30730 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30731
30732 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
30733 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
30734
30735 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30736 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30737 `*SQL*'.
30738
30739 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
30740 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
30741 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
30742 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
30743
30744 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30745 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30746
30747 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30748 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
30749 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30750 buffer.
30751
30752 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30753 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30754 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30755 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30756 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30757 `default-process-coding-system'.
30758
30759 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30760
30761 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30762
30763 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
30764 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
30765
30766 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30767 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30768 `*SQL*'.
30769
30770 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
30771 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
30772 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
30773 `sql-postgres-options'.
30774
30775 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30776 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30777
30778 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30779 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
30780 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30781 buffer.
30782
30783 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30784 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30785 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30786 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30787 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30788 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
30789 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
30790 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
30791
30792 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
30793 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
30794
30795 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30796
30797 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30798
30799 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
30800 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
30801
30802 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30803 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30804 `*SQL*'.
30805
30806 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
30807 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30808 defaults, if set.
30809
30810 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30811 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30812
30813 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30814 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
30815 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30816 buffer.
30817
30818 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30819 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30820 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30821 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30822 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30823 `default-process-coding-system'.
30824
30825 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30826
30827 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30828
30829 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
30830 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
30831
30832 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30833 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30834 `*SQL*'.
30835
30836 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
30837 automatic login.
30838
30839 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30840 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30841
30842 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
30843 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
30844 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
30845 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
30846
30847 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30848 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
30849 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30850 buffer.
30851
30852 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30853 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
30854 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
30855 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30856 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30857 `default-process-coding-system'.
30858
30859 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30860
30861 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30862
30863 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
30864 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
30865
30866 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30867 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30868 `*SQL*'.
30869
30870 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
30871 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
30872 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30873 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
30874 parameters.
30875
30876 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
30877 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
30878 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
30879 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
30880 an empty password.
30881
30882 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30883 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30884
30885 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
30886 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
30887 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
30888 buffer.
30889
30890 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
30891
30892 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30893
30894 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
30895 Run vsql as an inferior process.
30896
30897 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30898
30899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-" "sql--completion-table" "sql--make-help-docstring" "sql--help-docstring" "sql--oracle-show-reserved-words")))
30900
30901 ;;;***
30902 \f
30903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
30905 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30906
30907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
30908
30909 ;;;***
30910 \f
30911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
30912 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30913 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
30914
30915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-semantic-handle-:" "srecode-handle-region-when-non-active-flag")))
30916
30917 ;;;***
30918 \f
30919 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
30920 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
30922
30923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-compile-" "srecode-template" "srecode-flush-active-templates" "srecode-template-inserter" "srecode-dump-code-list")))
30924
30925 ;;;***
30926 \f
30927 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
30928 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
30930
30931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-semantic-handle-:using-namespaces" "srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict" "srecode-cpp-namespaces" "srecode-c-apply-templates")))
30932
30933 ;;;***
30934 \f
30935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
30936 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30937 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
30938
30939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-calculate-context-default" "srecode-calculate-context-font-lock" "srecode-semantic-handle-:ctxt" "srecode-calculate-nearby-things" "srecode-calculate-context")))
30940
30941 ;;;***
30942 \f
30943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
30944 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30945 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
30946
30947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-create-" "srecode-dictionary-" "srecode-adebug-dictionary" "srecode-field-value" "srecode-dictionary")))
30948
30949 ;;;***
30950 \f
30951 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
30952 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30953 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
30954
30955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
30956
30957 ;;;***
30958 \f
30959 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
30960 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30961 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
30962
30963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
30964
30965 ;;;***
30966 \f
30967 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
30968 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
30970
30971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-find-prototype-for-expansion" "srecode-expandproto-template-file-alist")))
30972
30973 ;;;***
30974 \f
30975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
30976 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
30978
30979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract-state" "srecode-extract-code-stream" "srecode-extract")))
30980
30981 ;;;***
30982 \f
30983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
30984 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
30986
30987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
30988
30989 ;;;***
30990 \f
30991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
30992 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30993 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
30994
30995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
30996
30997 ;;;***
30998 \f
30999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31000 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31001 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31002
31003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31004
31005 ;;;***
31006 \f
31007 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31008 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31009 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31010
31011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-position-new-" "srecode-auto-choose-" "srecode-insert-getset-fully-automatic-flag" "srecode-strip-fieldname" "srecode-query-for-field")))
31012
31013 ;;;***
31014 \f
31015 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31016 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (22328 19625 560549 735000))
31017 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31018
31019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-" "srecode--insert-into-buffer")))
31020
31021 ;;;***
31022 \f
31023 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31024 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31025 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31026
31027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-map-" "srecode-maps-dump-file-list" "srecode-adebug-maps" "srecode-map" "srecode-current-map")))
31028
31029 ;;;***
31030 \f
31031 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31032 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31034
31035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31036
31037 ;;;***
31038 \f
31039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31040 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31042
31043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31044
31045 ;;;***
31046 \f
31047 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31048 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31050
31051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-variable-name" "srecode-read-variable-name-history" "srecode-read-major-mode-name" "srecode-read-major-mode-history")))
31052
31053 ;;;***
31054 \f
31055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31056 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31058
31059 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31060 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31061
31062 \(fn)" t nil)
31063
31064 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31065
31066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("srecode-" "semantic-")))
31067
31068 ;;;***
31069 \f
31070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31071 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31072 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31073
31074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31075
31076 ;;;***
31077 \f
31078 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31079 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31080 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31081
31082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31083
31084 ;;;***
31085 \f
31086 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31087 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31088 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31089
31090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("srecode-texi-texify-" "srecode-texi-add-menu" "srecode-texi-insert-tag-as-doc" "srecode-texi-massage-to-texinfo" "semantic-insert-foreign-tag")))
31091
31092 ;;;***
31093 \f
31094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31096
31097 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31098 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31099 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31100 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31101 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31102 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31103 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31104 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31105 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31106 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31107 with any buffer
31108 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31109 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31110 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31111 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31112
31113 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31114
31115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31116
31117 ;;;***
31118 \f
31119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31120 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31121
31122 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31123 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31124 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31125 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31126 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31127 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31128
31129 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31130
31131 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31132
31133 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31134 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31135 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31136 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31137 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31138 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31139 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31140
31141 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31142
31143 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31144 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31145 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31146 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31147 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31148 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31149 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31150
31151 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31152
31153 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31154 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31155 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31156
31157 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31158
31159 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31160 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31161 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31162
31163 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31164
31165 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31166 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31167
31168 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31169
31170 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31171 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31172
31173 \(fn)" t nil)
31174
31175 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31176 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31177
31178 \(fn)" t nil)
31179
31180 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31181 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31182 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
31183 by command name.
31184 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31185
31186 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31187
31188 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31189 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31190 See the `strokes-mode' command
31191 for a description of this minor mode.
31192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31193 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31194 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31195
31196 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31197
31198 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31199 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31202 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31203
31204 \\<strokes-mode-map>
31205 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31206 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
31207 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
31208 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
31209
31210 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31211 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
31212 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
31213 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
31214
31215 \\{strokes-mode-map}
31216
31217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31218
31219 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31220 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31221 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31222 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31223
31224 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31225
31226 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31227 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31228
31229 \(fn)" t nil)
31230
31231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31232
31233 ;;;***
31234 \f
31235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31236 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31237
31238 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31239 Studlify-case the region.
31240
31241 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31242
31243 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31244 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31245
31246 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31247
31248 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31249 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31250
31251 \(fn)" t nil)
31252
31253 ;;;***
31254 \f
31255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31256 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31257
31258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("string-" "internal--" "hash-table-" "thread-" "if-let" "when-let")))
31259
31260 ;;;***
31261 \f
31262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31264
31265 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31266
31267 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31268 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31270 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31271 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31272
31273 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31274 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31275 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31276 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
31277
31278 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31279 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31280 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31281
31282 Nomenclature Subwords
31283 ===========================================================
31284 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
31285 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
31286 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
31287
31288 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31289 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31290
31291 \\{subword-mode-map}
31292
31293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31294
31295 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31296 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31297 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31298 for a description of this minor mode.
31299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31301 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31302
31303 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31304
31305 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31306 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31307 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31308 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31309 ARG is omitted or nil.
31310
31311 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31312 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31313 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31314
31315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31316
31317 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31318 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31320 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31321 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31322
31323 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31324 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31325 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31326 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
31327
31328 \\{superword-mode-map}
31329
31330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31331
31332 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31333 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31334 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31335 for a description of this minor mode.
31336 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31337 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31338 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31339
31340 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31341
31342 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31343 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31344 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31345 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31346 ARG is omitted or nil.
31347
31348 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31349 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31350 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31351
31352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31353
31354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("subword-" "superword-mode-map")))
31355
31356 ;;;***
31357 \f
31358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31359 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31360
31361 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31362 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31363 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31364 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31365 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31366 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31367 original message but it does require a few things:
31368
31369 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31370
31371 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31372 reply buffer.
31373
31374 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31375 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31376 original message.
31377
31378 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31379
31380 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31381
31382 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31383 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31384 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31385
31386 \(fn)" nil nil)
31387
31388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31389
31390 ;;;***
31391 \f
31392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31393 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31394
31395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-" "svg--append" "svg--arguments" "svg--def")))
31396
31397 ;;;***
31398 \f
31399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31400 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31401
31402 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31403
31404 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31405 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31406 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31407 for a description of this minor mode.
31408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31409 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31410 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31411
31412 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31413
31414 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31415 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31416 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31417 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31418 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31419
31420 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31421 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31422 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31423
31424 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31425 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31426 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31427
31428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31429
31430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-disable" "gpm-mouse-enable")))
31431
31432 ;;;***
31433 \f
31434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31435 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31436
31437 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31438 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31439 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31440 buffer.
31441
31442 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31443 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31444 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31445
31446 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31447
31448 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31449 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31450 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31451 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31452 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31453 buffer.
31454
31455 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31456 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31457 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31458
31459 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31460
31461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31462
31463 ;;;***
31464 \f
31465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31466 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31467
31468 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31469 Insert an editable text table.
31470 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31471 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31472 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31473 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31474 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31475 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31476 delimiting them.
31477
31478 Examples:
31479
31480 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
31481
31482 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31483 location of point.
31484
31485 -!-
31486
31487 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
31488 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31489 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31490 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31491 first cell.
31492
31493 +-----+-----+-----+
31494 |-!- | | |
31495 +-----+-----+-----+
31496
31497 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
31498
31499 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31500 width, which results as
31501
31502 +--------------+-----+-----+
31503 |-!- | | |
31504 +--------------+-----+-----+
31505
31506 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31507 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31508
31509 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31510 | | |-!- |
31511 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31512
31513 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31514 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31515 width information to `table-insert'.
31516
31517 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31518
31519 instead of
31520
31521 Cell width(s): 5
31522
31523 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31524 work all together.
31525
31526 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31527 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
31528
31529 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31530 |-!- | | |
31531 | | | |
31532 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31533
31534 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
31535
31536 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31537 |-!- | | |
31538 | | | |
31539 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31540 | | | |
31541 | | | |
31542 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31543
31544 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31545
31546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31547 | | | |
31548 | | | |
31549 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31550 | | | |
31551 | | | |
31552 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31553 -!-
31554
31555 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31556 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31557 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31558
31559 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31560 | | | |
31561 | | | |
31562 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31563 | | | |
31564 | | | |
31565 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31566 |-!- | | |
31567 | | | |
31568 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31569
31570 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31571 results.
31572
31573 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31574 | | | |
31575 | | | |
31576 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31577 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31578 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31579 | | |expected results.-!- |
31580 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31581 | | | |
31582 | | | |
31583 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31584
31585 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31586
31587 \\{table-cell-map}
31588
31589 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31590
31591 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31592 Insert N table row(s).
31593 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31594 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31595 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31596 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31597
31598 \(fn N)" t nil)
31599
31600 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31601 Insert N table column(s).
31602 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31603 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31604 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31605 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31606
31607 \(fn N)" t nil)
31608
31609 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31610 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31611 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31612
31613 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31614
31615 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31616 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31617 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31618 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31619 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31620 all the table specific features.
31621
31622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31623
31624 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31625
31626
31627 \(fn)" t nil)
31628
31629 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
31630 Recognize all tables within region.
31631 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
31632 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
31633 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
31634 specific features.
31635
31636 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31637
31638 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
31639
31640
31641 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31642
31643 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
31644 Recognize a table at point.
31645 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
31646 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
31647 the table specific features.
31648
31649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31650
31651 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
31652
31653
31654 \(fn)" t nil)
31655
31656 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
31657 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
31658 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
31659 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
31660 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
31661 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
31662 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
31663
31664 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
31665
31666 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
31667
31668
31669 \(fn)" t nil)
31670
31671 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
31672 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
31673 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
31674 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
31675 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
31676 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
31677 specified.
31678
31679 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31680
31681 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
31682 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
31683 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
31684 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
31685 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
31686 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
31687 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
31688 table structure.
31689
31690 \(fn N)" t nil)
31691
31692 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
31693 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
31694 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
31695 table's rectangle structure.
31696
31697 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31698
31699 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
31700 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
31701 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
31702 table's rectangle structure.
31703
31704 \(fn N)" t nil)
31705
31706 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
31707 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
31708 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31709 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
31710 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
31711
31712 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
31713
31714 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
31715 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
31716 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
31717
31718 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
31719 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
31720 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
31721 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
31722 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
31723 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
31724 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
31725
31726 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31727 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
31728 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
31729 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
31730 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
31731 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
31732 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31733
31734 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
31735 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
31736 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
31737 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
31738 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
31739 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
31740 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
31741 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31742
31743 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
31744
31745 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
31746 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
31747 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31748 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
31749
31750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31751
31752 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
31753 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
31754 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
31755
31756 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
31757
31758 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
31759 Split current cell vertically.
31760 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
31761
31762 \(fn)" t nil)
31763
31764 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
31765 Split current cell horizontally.
31766 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
31767
31768 \(fn)" t nil)
31769
31770 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
31771 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
31772 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
31773
31774 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
31775
31776 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
31777 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
31778 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
31779 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
31780
31781 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31782
31783 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
31784 Justify cell contents.
31785 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
31786 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
31787 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
31788 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
31789
31790 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
31791
31792 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
31793 Justify cells of a row.
31794 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31795 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31796
31797 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31798
31799 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
31800 Justify cells of a column.
31801 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31802 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31803
31804 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31805
31806 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
31807 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
31808 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
31809 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
31810 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
31811 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
31812 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
31813 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
31814 run-time.
31815
31816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31817
31818 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
31819 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
31820 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
31821 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
31822 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
31823 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
31824 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
31825 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
31826 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
31827 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
31828 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
31829
31830 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
31831
31832 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
31833 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
31834 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
31835 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
31836 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
31837 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
31838 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
31839 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
31840 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
31841 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
31842 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
31843 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
31844 untouched.
31845
31846 References used for this implementation:
31847
31848 HTML:
31849 URL `http://www.w3.org'
31850
31851 LaTeX:
31852 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
31853
31854 CALS (DocBook DTD):
31855 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
31856 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
31857
31858 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
31859
31860 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
31861 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
31862 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
31863 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
31864 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
31865 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
31866 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
31867 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
31868 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
31869 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
31870 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
31871 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
31872 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
31873 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
31874 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
31875 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
31876 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
31877
31878 Example:
31879
31880 (progn
31881 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
31882 (table-forward-cell 15)
31883 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
31884 (table-forward-cell 16)
31885 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
31886 (table-forward-cell 1)
31887 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
31888
31889 (progn
31890 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
31891 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
31892 (table-forward-cell 1)
31893 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
31894
31895 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31896
31897 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
31898 Delete N row(s) of cells.
31899 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
31900 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
31901 consists from cells of same height.
31902
31903 \(fn N)" t nil)
31904
31905 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
31906 Delete N column(s) of cells.
31907 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
31908 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
31909 column must consists from cells of same width.
31910
31911 \(fn N)" t nil)
31912
31913 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
31914 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
31915 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
31916 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
31917 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
31918 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
31919 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
31920 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
31921 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
31922 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
31923 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
31924 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
31925 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
31926 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
31927 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
31928
31929
31930 Example 1:
31931
31932 1, 2, 3, 4
31933 5, 6, 7, 8
31934 , 9, 10
31935
31936 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
31937 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
31938 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
31939 specified as 5.
31940
31941 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31942 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
31943 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31944 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
31945 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31946 | | 9 | 10 | |
31947 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31948
31949 Note:
31950
31951 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
31952 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
31953 of each row is optional.
31954
31955
31956 Example 2:
31957
31958 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
31959 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
31960 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
31961 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
31962 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
31963
31964 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
31965 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
31966
31967 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
31968 expression and raw delimiter regular
31969 expression, it parses the specified text
31970 area and extracts cell items from
31971 non-table text and then forms a table out
31972 of them.
31973
31974 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
31975 creates a single cell table. The text in
31976 the specified region is placed in that
31977 cell.-*-
31978
31979 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
31980 like this.
31981
31982 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
31983 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
31984 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
31985 | |
31986 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
31987 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
31988 | expression, it parses the specified text |
31989 | area and extracts cell items from |
31990 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
31991 | of them. |
31992 | |
31993 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
31994 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
31995 | the specified region is placed in that |
31996 | cell. |
31997 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
31998
31999 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32000 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32001 independently.
32002
32003 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32004 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32005 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32006 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32007 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32008 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32009 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32010 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32011 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32012 | |of them. |
32013 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32014 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32015 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32016 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32017 | |cell. |
32018 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32019
32020 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32021 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32022 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32023
32024 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32025
32026 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32027 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32028 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32029 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32030 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32031
32032 \(fn)" t nil)
32033
32034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table--" "table-" "*table--cell-" "*table--present-cell-popup-menu")))
32035
32036 ;;;***
32037 \f
32038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32039 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32040
32041 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32042 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32043
32044 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32045
32046 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32047 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32048
32049 \(fn)" t nil)
32050
32051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32052
32053 ;;;***
32054 \f
32055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32056 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32057
32058 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32059 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32060 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32061 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32062 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32063 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32064 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32065
32066 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32067 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
32068 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32069 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32070
32071 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32072 \\{tar-mode-map}
32073
32074 \(fn)" t nil)
32075
32076 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-" "tar--extract" "tar--check-descriptor" "tar--put-at" "tar--pad-to")))
32077
32078 ;;;***
32079 \f
32080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32082
32083 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32084 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32085 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32086 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32087 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32088 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32089
32090 Variables controlling indentation style:
32091 `tcl-indent-level'
32092 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32093 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32094 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32095
32096 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32097 documentation for details):
32098 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32099 Controls action of TAB key.
32100 `tcl-auto-newline'
32101 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32102 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32103 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32104 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32105 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32106
32107 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32108 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32109 already exist.
32110
32111 \(fn)" t nil)
32112
32113 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32114 Run inferior Tcl process.
32115 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32116 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32117
32118 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32119
32120 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32121 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32122 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32123
32124 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32125
32126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "inferior-tcl-" "switch-to-tcl" "run-tcl" "add-log-tcl-defun" "indent-tcl-exp" "calculate-tcl-indent")))
32127
32128 ;;;***
32129 \f
32130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32131 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32133
32134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise-macros" "ses-exercise-signals" "ses-exercise-invalid-spreadsheets" "ses-exercise-startup" "ses-exercise")))
32135
32136 ;;;***
32137 \f
32138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32139 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32141
32142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep" "testcover-unsafep-unsafe" "testcover-unsafep-safe")))
32143
32144 ;;;***
32145 \f
32146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32148
32149 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32150 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32151 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32152 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
32153
32154 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32155 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32156 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32157 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32158 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32159
32160 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32161
32162 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32163 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32164 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32165 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32166
32167 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32168
32169 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32170
32171 ;;;***
32172 \f
32173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32174 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32175
32176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32177
32178 ;;;***
32179 \f
32180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32181 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32182
32183 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32184 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32185 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32186 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32187 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32188 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32189
32190 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32191
32192 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32193 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32194 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32195 commands to use in that buffer.
32196
32197 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
32198
32199 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32200
32201 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32202 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32203
32204 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32205
32206 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32207 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32208 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32209 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
32210 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
32211 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32212 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32213 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32214 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32215 use in that buffer.
32216 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
32217
32218 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32219
32220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("term-" "serial-" "explicit-shell-file-name" "ansi-term-color-vector")))
32221
32222 ;;;***
32223 \f
32224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32225 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32227
32228 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32229 Start coverage on function under point.
32230
32231 \(fn)" t nil)
32232
32233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-" "testcover--read")))
32234
32235 ;;;***
32236 \f
32237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32238 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32239 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32240
32241 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32242 Play the Tetris game.
32243 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32244 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32245 as to form complete rows.
32246
32247 tetris-mode keybindings:
32248 \\<tetris-mode-map>
32249 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
32250 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
32251 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
32252 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
32253 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
32254 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
32255 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
32256 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
32257
32258 \(fn)" t nil)
32259
32260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32261
32262 ;;;***
32263 \f
32264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32266
32267 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32268 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32269
32270 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32271
32272 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32273 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32274 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32275 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
32276 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
32277
32278 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32279
32280 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32281 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32282 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32283 if it matches the first line of the file,
32284 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32285
32286 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32287
32288 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32289 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32290 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32291 if the variable is non-nil.")
32292
32293 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32294
32295 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32296 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
32297
32298 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32299
32300 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32301 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32302 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32303 See the documentation of that variable.")
32304
32305 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32306
32307 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32308 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32309 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32310 See the documentation of that variable.")
32311
32312 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32313
32314 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32315 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32316 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32317 See the documentation of that variable.")
32318
32319 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32320
32321 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32322 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32323 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32324 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32325 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32326
32327 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32328
32329 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
32330 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32331 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32332 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32333
32334 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32335
32336 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32337 User defined LaTeX block names.
32338 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32339
32340 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32341
32342 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32343 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32344 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32345 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32346
32347 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32348
32349 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32350 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
32351 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32352 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32353
32354 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32355
32356 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32357 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
32358 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32359 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32360
32361 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32362 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32363 for example,
32364
32365 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32366 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
32367
32368 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
32369 use.")
32370
32371 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32372
32373 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32374 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
32375 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32376 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32377 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32378
32379 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32380
32381 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32382
32383 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32384 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
32385 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
32386
32387 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32388
32389 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32390 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32391 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32392 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32393 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32394
32395 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32396
32397 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32398 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
32399
32400 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32401
32402 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32403 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
32404
32405 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32406
32407 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32408 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32409 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32410 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32411 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32412 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32413 says which mode to use.
32414
32415 \(fn)" t nil)
32416
32417 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32418
32419 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32420
32421 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32422
32423 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32424 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32425 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32426 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
32427 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
32428
32429 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
32430 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32431 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
32432 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
32433 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
32434 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
32435 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
32436
32437 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
32438 mismatched $'s or braces.
32439
32440 Special commands:
32441 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
32442
32443 Mode variables:
32444 tex-run-command
32445 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32446 tex-directory
32447 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32448 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32449 tex-dvi-print-command
32450 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
32451 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32452 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
32453 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32454 tex-dvi-view-command
32455 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
32456 tex-show-queue-command
32457 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
32458 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
32459
32460 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32461 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32462 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32463
32464 \(fn)" t nil)
32465
32466 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32467 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32468 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32469 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
32470 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
32471
32472 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
32473 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
32474 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
32475 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
32476 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
32477 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
32478 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
32479
32480 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
32481 mismatched $'s or braces.
32482
32483 Special commands:
32484 \\{latex-mode-map}
32485
32486 Mode variables:
32487 latex-run-command
32488 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32489 tex-directory
32490 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32491 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32492 tex-dvi-print-command
32493 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
32494 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32495 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
32496 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32497 tex-dvi-view-command
32498 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
32499 tex-show-queue-command
32500 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
32501 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
32502
32503 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32504 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32505 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32506
32507 \(fn)" t nil)
32508
32509 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32510 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32511 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32512 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
32513 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
32514
32515 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
32516 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
32517 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
32518 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
32519 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
32520 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
32521 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
32522
32523 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
32524 mismatched $'s or braces.
32525
32526 Special commands:
32527 \\{slitex-mode-map}
32528
32529 Mode variables:
32530 slitex-run-command
32531 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32532 tex-directory
32533 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32534 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
32535 tex-dvi-print-command
32536 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
32537 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32538 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
32539 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32540 tex-dvi-view-command
32541 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
32542 tex-show-queue-command
32543 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
32544 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
32545
32546 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32547 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32548 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32549 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32550
32551 \(fn)" t nil)
32552
32553 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32554
32555
32556 \(fn)" nil nil)
32557
32558 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32559 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32560
32561 \(fn)" t nil)
32562
32563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "latex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "tex--prettify-symbols-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32564
32565 ;;;***
32566 \f
32567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32569
32570 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32571 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32572 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32573 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32574
32575 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32576 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32577 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32578
32579 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32580
32581 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32582 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32583 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32584 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
32585 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32586
32587 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32588
32589 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32590 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32591 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32592 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32593
32594 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32595 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32596 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32597 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32598
32599 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32600 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32601
32602 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32603
32604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("texinfo-" "batch-texinfo-format" "texinfmt-version")))
32605
32606 ;;;***
32607 \f
32608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32609 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32610
32611 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32612 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
32613
32614 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
32615
32616 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32617 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
32618
32619 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
32620
32621 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
32622 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
32623
32624 It has these extra commands:
32625 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
32626
32627 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
32628 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
32629 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
32630 modified version of TeX input format.
32631
32632 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
32633 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
32634 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
32635 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
32636
32637 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
32638 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
32639 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
32640 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
32641 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
32642 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
32643 in the Texinfo file.
32644
32645 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
32646 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
32647 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
32648 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
32649 move forward past the closing brace.
32650
32651 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
32652 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
32653
32654 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
32655 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
32656 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
32657
32658 Here are the functions:
32659
32660 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
32661 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
32662 texinfo-sequential-node-update
32663
32664 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
32665 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
32666 texinfo-master-menu
32667
32668 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
32669
32670 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
32671 which menu descriptions are indented.
32672
32673 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
32674 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
32675 in the region.
32676
32677 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
32678 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
32679 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
32680 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
32681
32682 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
32683 be the first node in the file.
32684
32685 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
32686 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
32687
32688 \(fn)" t nil)
32689
32690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
32691
32692 ;;;***
32693 \f
32694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
32695 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
32697
32698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
32699
32700 ;;;***
32701 \f
32702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
32703 ;;;;;; 0))
32704 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
32705
32706 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
32707 Compose Thai characters in the region.
32708 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32709 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
32710
32711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32712
32713 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
32714 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
32715
32716 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
32717
32718 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
32719 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
32720
32721 \(fn)" t nil)
32722
32723 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
32724
32725
32726 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
32727
32728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("thai-" "exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal")))
32729
32730 ;;;***
32731 \f
32732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
32733 ;;;;;; 0))
32734 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
32735
32736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
32737
32738 ;;;***
32739 \f
32740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32741 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
32742
32743 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
32744 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
32745 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32746 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32747 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32748 `line', and `page'.
32749
32750 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
32751
32752 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32753 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
32754 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32755 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32756 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32757 `line', and `page'.
32758
32759 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
32760 valid THING.
32761
32762 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
32763 positions of the thing found.
32764
32765 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
32766
32767 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32768 Return the THING at point.
32769 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32770 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32771 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32772 `line', `number', and `page'.
32773
32774 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
32775 strip text properties from the return value.
32776
32777 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
32778 a symbol as a valid THING.
32779
32780 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
32781
32782 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32783 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
32784
32785 \(fn)" nil nil)
32786
32787 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32788 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
32789
32790 \(fn)" nil nil)
32791
32792 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32793 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
32794
32795 \(fn)" nil nil)
32796
32797 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32798 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
32799
32800 \(fn)" nil nil)
32801
32802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("thing-at-" "form-at-point" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
32803
32804 ;;;***
32805 \f
32806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
32807 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
32808
32809 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
32810 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
32811
32812 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
32813
32814 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
32815 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
32816 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
32817 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
32818
32819 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
32820
32821 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
32822 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
32823
32824 \(fn)" t nil)
32825
32826 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
32827 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
32828
32829 \(fn)" t nil)
32830
32831 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
32832
32833 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
32834 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
32835
32836 \(fn)" t nil)
32837
32838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
32839
32840 ;;;***
32841 \f
32842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
32844 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32845
32846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-evaluated-p" "thunk-force" "thunk-delay")))
32847
32848 ;;;***
32849 \f
32850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
32851 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32852 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
32853
32854 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
32855 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
32856 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
32857
32858 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
32859
32860 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
32861 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
32862
32863 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32864
32865 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
32866 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
32867 The returned string has no composition information.
32868
32869 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32870
32871 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
32872 Compose Tibetan string STR.
32873
32874 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32875
32876 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
32877 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
32878
32879 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32880
32881 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
32882 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
32883 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
32884 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32885
32886 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32887
32888 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
32889 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
32890 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
32891 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32892
32893 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32894
32895 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32896 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
32897 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
32898
32899 \(fn)" t nil)
32900
32901 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32902 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
32903 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
32904
32905 \(fn)" t nil)
32906
32907 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32908
32909
32910 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32911
32912 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32913
32914
32915 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32916
32917 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
32918
32919
32920 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32921
32922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-canonicalize-for-unicode-" "tibetan-obsolete-glyphs" "tibetan-add-components" "tibetan-decompose-precomposition-alist" "tibetan-strict-unicode")))
32923
32924 ;;;***
32925 \f
32926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32927 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
32928 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32929
32930 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
32931 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
32932 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32933 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32934 parameters.
32935 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32936 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32937 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32938
32939 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32940
32941 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
32942 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
32943 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32944 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32945 parameters.
32946 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32947 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32948 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32949
32950 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32951
32952 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
32953 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
32954
32955 If
32956 * character before point is a space character,
32957 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
32958 constituent),
32959 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
32960 characters) from before the space character, and
32961 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
32962 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
32963 return t.
32964
32965 Otherwise, if
32966 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
32967 * character before point is a space character, and
32968 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
32969 `tildify-space-string' variable,
32970 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
32971
32972 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
32973
32974 \(fn)" t nil)
32975
32976 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
32977 Adds electric behavior to space character.
32978
32979 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
32980 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
32981 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
32982 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
32983
32984 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
32985 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
32986 variable will be set to the representation.
32987
32988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32989
32990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-" "tildify--pick-alist-entry" "tildify--deprecated-ignore-evironments" "tildify--foreach-region" "tildify--find-env")))
32991
32992 ;;;***
32993 \f
32994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
32995 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
32996
32997 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
32998 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
32999
33000 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33001 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33002
33003 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33004 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33005 This display updates automatically every minute.
33006 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33007 are displayed as well.
33008 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33009
33010 \(fn)" t nil)
33011
33012 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33013 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33014 See the `display-time-mode' command
33015 for a description of this minor mode.
33016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33018 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33019
33020 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33021
33022 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33023 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33025 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33026 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33027
33028 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33029 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33030 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33031 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33032 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33033
33034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33035
33036 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33037 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33038 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33039 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33040
33041 \(fn)" t nil)
33042
33043 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33044 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33045 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33046 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
33047
33048 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33049
33050 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33051 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33052
33053 \(fn)" t nil)
33054
33055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "zoneinfo-style-world-list" "legacy-style-world-list")))
33056
33057 ;;;***
33058 \f
33059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33060 ;;;;;; 0))
33061 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33062
33063 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33064 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33065 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33066
33067 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33068
33069 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33070
33071 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33072 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33073
33074 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33075
33076 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33077 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33078
33079 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33080
33081 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33082 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33083 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33084
33085 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33086
33087 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
33088
33089 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33090 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33091 DATE should be a date-time string.
33092
33093 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33094
33095 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33096 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33097 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33098
33099 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33100
33101 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33102 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33103
33104 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33105
33106 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33107 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33108
33109 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33110
33111 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33112 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33113 TIME should be a time value.
33114 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33115
33116 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33117
33118 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33119 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33120 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33121
33122 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33123
33124 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33125 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33126 The valid format specifiers are:
33127 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33128 %d is the number of days.
33129 %h is the number of hours.
33130 %m is the number of minutes.
33131 %s is the number of seconds.
33132 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33133 %% is a literal \"%\".
33134
33135 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
33136 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33137
33138 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
33139 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
33140 return something of the form \"001 year\".
33141
33142 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
33143 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
33144 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33145
33146 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33147
33148 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33149
33150 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33151 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33152
33153 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33154
33155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("time-to-number-of-days" "time-date--day-in-year" "seconds-to-string" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33156
33157 ;;;***
33158 \f
33159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33160 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33161 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33162 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33163 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33164 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33165 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33166 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33167 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33168 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33169
33170 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33171 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33172 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33173 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33174 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
33175 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33176 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33177 look like one of the following:
33178 Time-stamp: <>
33179 Time-stamp: \" \"
33180 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33181 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33182 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33183 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33184 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33185 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33186 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33187 the template.
33188
33189 \(fn)" t nil)
33190
33191 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33192 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
33193 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33194
33195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33196
33197 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-" "time-stamp--format")))
33198
33199 ;;;***
33200 \f
33201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33202 ;;;;;; 0))
33203 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33204 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33205
33206 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33207 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33208 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33209 for a description of this minor mode.
33210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33211 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33212 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33213
33214 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33215
33216 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33217 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33218 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33219 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33220 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33221 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33222 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33223 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33224 display (non-nil means on).
33225
33226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33227
33228 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33229 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33230 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33231 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33232 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33233 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33234 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33235 this function is called within a day.
33236
33237 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33238 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33239 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33240 discover the name of the project.
33241
33242 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33243
33244 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33245 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33246 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33247 begun during the last time segment.
33248
33249 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33250 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33251 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33252 discover the reason.
33253
33254 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33255
33256 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33257 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33258 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33259 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33260 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33261
33262 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33263
33264 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33265 Change to working on a different project.
33266 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33267 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33268 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33269 working on.
33270
33271 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33272
33273 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33274 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33275 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33276
33277 \(fn)" nil nil)
33278
33279 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33280 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33281 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33282
33283 \(fn)" t nil)
33284
33285 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33286 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33287 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33288 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33289 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33290 \"relative to today\".
33291
33292 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33293
33294 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33295 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33296 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33297 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33298
33299 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33300
33301 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33302 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33303 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33304 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33305 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33306 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33307
33308 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33309
33310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33311
33312 ;;;***
33313 \f
33314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33315 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33317
33318 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33319 List all timers in a buffer.
33320
33321 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33322 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33323
33324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-mode-map" "timer-list-mode" "timer-list-cancel")))
33325
33326 ;;;***
33327 \f
33328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33329 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33330
33331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33332
33333 ;;;***
33334 \f
33335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33336 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33337 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33338
33339 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33340 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33341 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33342 the generated Quail package is saved.
33343
33344 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33345
33346 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33347 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33348 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33349 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33350 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
33351 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
33352 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
33353
33354 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33355
33356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("tit-" "ctlau-" "tsang-" "quick-" "quail-" "batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter")))
33357
33358 ;;;***
33359 \f
33360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33362
33363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("tls-" "open-tls-stream")))
33364
33365 ;;;***
33366 \f
33367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33368 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33369 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33370 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33371
33372 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33373 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33374 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33375 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33376 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33377
33378 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
33379 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33380 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33381
33382 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33383
33384 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33385 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33386 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33387 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33388 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33389
33390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33391
33392 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33393 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33394 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33395 in the menu in two ways:
33396 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33397 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33398 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33399
33400 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33401 keymap or an alist of alists.
33402 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33403 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33404
33405 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33406
33407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-" "tmm--history" "tmm--completion-table")))
33408
33409 ;;;***
33410 \f
33411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33412 ;;;;;; 0))
33413 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33414
33415 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33416 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33417
33418 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33419 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33420 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33421 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33422 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33423 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33424 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33425 file was last visited.
33426
33427 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33428 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33429 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33430 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33431 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33432 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33433 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33434 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33435 for the first item.
33436
33437 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33438 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33439 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33440 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33441 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33442 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33443 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33444 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33445
33446 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33447 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33448 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
33449 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33450 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33451
33452 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33453
33454 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33455 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33456
33457 \\{todo-mode-map}
33458
33459 \(fn)" t nil)
33460
33461 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33462 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33463
33464 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
33465
33466 \(fn)" t nil)
33467
33468 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33469 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33470
33471 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
33472
33473 \(fn)" t nil)
33474
33475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-" "todo--user-error-if-marked-done-item")))
33476
33477 ;;;***
33478 \f
33479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33480 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33481
33482 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33483 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33484 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33485
33486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33487
33488 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33489 Add an item to the tool bar.
33490 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33491 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33492 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33493 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33494
33495 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33496 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33497 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33498 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33499
33500 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33501 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33502
33503 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33504
33505 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33506 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33507 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33508 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33509 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33510 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33511
33512 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33513 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33514 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33515 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33516
33517 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33518
33519 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33520 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33521 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33522 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33523 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33524 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33525 properties to add to the binding.
33526
33527 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33528
33529 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33530 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33531
33532 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33533
33534 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33535 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33536 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33537 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33538 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33539 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33540 properties to add to the binding.
33541
33542 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33543 holds a keymap.
33544
33545 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33546
33547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-" "tool-bar--image-expression")))
33548
33549 ;;;***
33550 \f
33551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33552 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33553
33554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33555
33556 ;;;***
33557 \f
33558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33560
33561 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33562 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33563 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33564 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33565 to a tcp server on another machine.
33566
33567 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33568
33569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33570
33571 ;;;***
33572 \f
33573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33575
33576 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33577 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33578
33579 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33580
33581 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33582 Helper function to get internal values.
33583 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33584
33585 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33586
33587 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33588 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33589 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33590 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33591
33592 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33593 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33594 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33595 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33596 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33597
33598 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33599 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33600 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33601 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33602
33603 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33604
33605 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33606
33607 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33608 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33609 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33610 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33611
33612 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33613
33614 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
33615
33616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("trace-" "trace--" "inhibit-trace" "untrace-function" "untrace-all")))
33617
33618 ;;;***
33619 \f
33620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33621 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
33622
33623 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
33624 Whether Tramp is enabled.
33625 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
33626
33627 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
33628
33629 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
33630 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
33631
33632 It can have the following values:
33633
33634 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
33635 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
33636
33637 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
33638
33639 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
33640 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33641 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33642
33643 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33644
33645 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
33646 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33647 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33648
33649 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33650 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
33651 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
33652 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
33653 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
33654 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
33655 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
33656 files which are not really Tramp files.
33657
33658 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33659 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33660 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33661 updated after changing this variable.
33662
33663 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33664
33665 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
33666 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33667 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33668
33669 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33670
33671 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
33672 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33673 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33674
33675 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33676 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
33677 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
33678
33679 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33680 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33681 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33682 updated after changing this variable.
33683
33684 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33685
33686 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
33687 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
33688 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
33689 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
33690 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args)
33691 (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))
33692
33693 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
33694 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
33695
33696 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
33697 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
33698
33699 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
33700
33701 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
33702
33703
33704 \(fn)" nil nil)
33705
33706 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
33707 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.
33708
33709 This is necessary, because Tramp uses a heuristic depending on last
33710 input event. This fails when external packages use other characters
33711 but <TAB>, <SPACE> or ?\\? for file name completion. This variable
33712 should never be set globally, the intention is to let-bind it.")
33713
33714 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
33715 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
33716
33717 \(fn)" t nil)
33718
33719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("with-" "tramp-")))
33720
33721 ;;;***
33722 \f
33723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33724 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
33725
33726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-do-parse-file-attributes-with-ls" "tramp-adb-")))
33727
33728 ;;;***
33729 \f
33730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
33731 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
33732
33733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
33734
33735 ;;;***
33736 \f
33737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
33738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
33739
33740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
33741
33742 ;;;***
33743 \f
33744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
33745 ;;;;;; 0))
33746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
33747
33748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-compat-")))
33749
33750 ;;;***
33751 \f
33752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33753 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
33754
33755 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
33756
33757
33758 \(fn)" nil nil)
33759
33760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-disable-ange-ftp" "tramp-ftp-method" "tramp-ftp-file-name-p" "tramp-ftp-file-name-handler")))
33761
33762 ;;;***
33763 \f
33764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33765 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
33766
33767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("with-tramp-dbus-call-method" "tramp-")))
33768
33769 ;;;***
33770 \f
33771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gw" "net/tramp-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
33772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gw.el
33773
33774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gw" '("tramp-gw-" "socks-username" "socks-server")))
33775
33776 ;;;***
33777 \f
33778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
33779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
33780
33781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
33782
33783 ;;;***
33784 \f
33785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33786 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
33787
33788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
33789
33790 ;;;***
33791 \f
33792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
33793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
33794
33795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu-byte-to-uu-char" "tramp-uuencode-region" "tramp-uu-b64-alphabet" "tramp-uu-b64-char-to-byte")))
33796
33797 ;;;***
33798 \f
33799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
33800 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
33801 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 0 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
33802
33803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-version" "tramp-bug-report-address" "tramp-repository-get-version")))
33804
33805 ;;;***
33806 \f
33807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
33808 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
33809
33810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-" "tree-widget--cursors" "tree-widget--locate-sub-directory" "tree-widget--theme")))
33811
33812 ;;;***
33813 \f
33814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
33815 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
33816
33817 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
33818 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
33819 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
33820 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
33821 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
33822 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
33823 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
33824 any question when restarting the tutorial.
33825
33826 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
33827 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
33828 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
33829
33830 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
33831 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
33832 resumed later.
33833
33834 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
33835
33836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("tutorial--" "get-lang-string" "lang-strings")))
33837
33838 ;;;***
33839 \f
33840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
33841 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
33842
33843 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
33844
33845
33846 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
33847
33848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-re" "tai-viet-glyph-info" "tai-viet-compose-string" "tai-viet-compose-region")))
33849
33850 ;;;***
33851 \f
33852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
33853 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33854 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
33855 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
33856 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
33857 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
33858
33859 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
33860 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
33861 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
33862 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
33863 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
33864 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
33865 first and the associated buffer to its right.
33866
33867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
33868
33869 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
33870 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
33871 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
33872 accepting the proposed default buffer.
33873
33874 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
33875
33876 \(fn)" t nil)
33877
33878 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
33879 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
33880 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
33881 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
33882 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
33883 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
33884 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
33885
33886 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
33887 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
33888
33889 First column's text sSs Second column's text
33890 \\___/\\
33891 / \\
33892 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
33893
33894 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
33895
33896 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
33897
33898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
33899
33900 ;;;***
33901 \f
33902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
33903 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
33904
33905 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
33906 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
33907 See the `type-break-mode' command
33908 for a description of this minor mode.
33909 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33910 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33911 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
33912
33913 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
33914
33915 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
33916 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
33917 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
33918
33919 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
33920 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
33921 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
33922 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
33923 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
33924 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
33925 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
33926
33927 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
33928 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
33929
33930 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
33931 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
33932 reset the keystroke counter.
33933
33934 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
33935 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
33936 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
33937 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
33938
33939 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
33940 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
33941 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
33942 `type-break-schedule' command.
33943
33944 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
33945 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
33946 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
33947 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
33948 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
33949 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
33950 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
33951 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
33952 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
33953
33954 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
33955 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
33956 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
33957 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
33958 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
33959
33960 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
33961 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
33962 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
33963 approximate good values for this.
33964
33965 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
33966 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
33967
33968 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
33969 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
33970 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
33971 `type-break-warning-repeat'
33972 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
33973 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
33974
33975 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
33976 a typing break occur. They include:
33977
33978 `type-break-query-mode'
33979 `type-break-query-function'
33980 `type-break-query-interval'
33981
33982 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
33983
33984 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
33985 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
33986 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
33987 problems.
33988
33989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33990
33991 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
33992 Take a typing break.
33993
33994 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
33995 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
33996
33997 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
33998 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
33999
34000 \(fn)" t nil)
34001
34002 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34003 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34004 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34005 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34006
34007 \(fn)" t nil)
34008
34009 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34010 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34011
34012 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34013 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34014 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34015 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34016 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34017 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34018 average typing speed.)
34019
34020 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34021 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34022 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34023 the computed maximum threshold.
34024
34025 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34026 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34027 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34028 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34029 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34030
34031 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34032
34033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("type-break-" "timep")))
34034
34035 ;;;***
34036 \f
34037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34039
34040 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34041 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34042 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34043 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34044 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34045
34046 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34047
34048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34049
34050 ;;;***
34051 \f
34052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34053 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34054 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34055
34056 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34057 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34058
34059 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34060
34061 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34062 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34063
34064 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34065
34066 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34067 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34068
34069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34070
34071 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34072 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34073
34074 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34075
34076 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34077 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34078
34079 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34080
34081 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34082 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34083
34084 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34085
34086 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34087 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34088
34089 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34090
34091 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34092 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34093
34094 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34095
34096 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34097 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34098
34099 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34100
34101 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34102 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34103
34104 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34105
34106 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34107 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34108
34109 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34110
34111 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34112 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34113
34114 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34115
34116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34117
34118 ;;;***
34119 \f
34120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34121 ;;;;;; 0))
34122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34123
34124 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34125 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34126 Works by overstriking underscores.
34127 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34128 which specify the range to operate on.
34129
34130 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34131
34132 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34133 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34134 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34135 which specify the range to operate on.
34136
34137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34138
34139 ;;;***
34140 \f
34141 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34142 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 843192 607000))
34143 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34144
34145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-digest-parse-" "rmail-digest-methods" "rmail-digest-rfc1153" "rmail-forward-separator-regex")))
34146
34147 ;;;***
34148 \f
34149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34151
34152 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34153 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34154 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34155 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34156 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34157 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34158
34159 \(fn)" nil nil)
34160
34161 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34162 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34163 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34164
34165 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34166
34167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34168
34169 ;;;***
34170 \f
34171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34173
34174 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34175 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34176 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34177 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34178
34179 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34180
34181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34182
34183 ;;;***
34184 \f
34185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34186 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34187
34188 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34189 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34190 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34191 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34192 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34193
34194 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34195 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34196 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34197 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34198 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34199 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34200
34201 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34202 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34203 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34204
34205 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34206 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34207 the callback is not called).
34208
34209 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34210 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34211 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34212 take effect.
34213
34214 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34215 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34216 the server.
34217 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34218 URL-encoded before it's used.
34219
34220 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34221
34222 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34223 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34224 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34225 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34226 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34227
34228 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34229 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34230 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34231 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34232
34233 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34234
34235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34236
34237 ;;;***
34238 \f
34239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34240 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34241
34242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-about" "url-about-protocols" "url-probe-protocols")))
34243
34244 ;;;***
34245 \f
34246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34247 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34248
34249 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34250 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34251 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34252
34253 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34254 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34255 `url-generic-parse-url'
34256 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34257 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34258 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34259 realm
34260 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34261 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34262 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34263 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34264 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34265 what type of auth to use
34266 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34267 if one cannot be found in the cache
34268
34269 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34270
34271 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34272 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34273
34274 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34275 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34276 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34277 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34278 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34279 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34280 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34281 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34282
34283 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34284
34285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-digest-" "url-basic-" "url-auth-" "url-do-auth-source-search" "url-registered-auth-schemes")))
34286
34287 ;;;***
34288 \f
34289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34290 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34291
34292 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34293 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34294
34295 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34296
34297 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34298 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34299 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34300
34301 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34302
34303 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34304 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34305
34306 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34307
34308 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-cache-" "url-fetch-from-cache")))
34309
34310 ;;;***
34311 \f
34312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34313 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34314
34315 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34316
34317
34318 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34319
34320 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34321
34322 ;;;***
34323 \f
34324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34325 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34326
34327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie-" "url-cookies-changed-since-last-save")))
34328
34329 ;;;***
34330 \f
34331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34332 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34333
34334 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34335 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34336 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34337
34338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34339
34340 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34341 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34342 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34343 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34344
34345 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34346 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34347 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34348 though.
34349
34350 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34351
34352 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34353 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34354 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34355
34356 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34357
34358 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34359
34360
34361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34362
34363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-dav-" "url-intersection")))
34364
34365 ;;;***
34366 \f
34367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34368 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34369
34370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-dired-minor-mode" "url-dired-minor-mode-map" "url-dired-find-file-mouse" "url-dired-find-file" "url-find-file-dired")))
34371
34372 ;;;***
34373 \f
34374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34375 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34376
34377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-cookie-allowed-p" "url-domsuf-parse-file" "url-domsuf-domains")))
34378
34379 ;;;***
34380 \f
34381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34382 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34383
34384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-default-expander" "url-identity-expander" "url-expand-file-name" "url-expander-remove-relative-links")))
34385
34386 ;;;***
34387 \f
34388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34389 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34390
34391 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34392 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34393
34394 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34395
34396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34397
34398 ;;;***
34399 \f
34400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34401 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34402
34403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp" "url-ftp-expand-file-name" "url-ftp-asynchronous-p" "url-ftp-default-port")))
34404
34405 ;;;***
34406 \f
34407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34408 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34409
34410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34411
34412 ;;;***
34413 \f
34414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34415 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34416
34417 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34418 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34419
34420 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34421
34422 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34423 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34424 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34425 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34426 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34427
34428 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34429 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34430
34431 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34432
34433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-gateway-" "url-open-rlogin" "url-open-telnet" "url-wait-for-string")))
34434
34435 ;;;***
34436 \f
34437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34438 ;;;;;; 0))
34439 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34440
34441 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34442 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34443 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34444 for a description of this minor mode.
34445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34446 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34447 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34448
34449 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34450
34451 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34452 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34453 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34454 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34455 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34456
34457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34458
34459 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34460 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34461 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34462 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34463
34464 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34465
34466 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34467 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34468 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34469 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34470 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34471 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34472 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34473 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34474 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34475 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34476
34477 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34478
34479 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34480 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34481 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34482 accessible.
34483
34484 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34485
34486 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34487 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34488 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34489 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34490
34491 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34492
34493 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34494
34495
34496 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34497
34498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-handler-" "url-file-" "url-handlers-" "url-run-real-handler" "url-insert")))
34499
34500 ;;;***
34501 \f
34502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34503 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34504
34505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-history-" "url-have-visited-url" "url-completion-function")))
34506
34507 ;;;***
34508 \f
34509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
34510 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34511 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34512
34513 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34514 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34515 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34516 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34517 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34518
34519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-http-" "url-https-" "url-http--user-agent-default-string" "url-handle-content-transfer-encoding" "url-http")))
34520
34521 ;;;***
34522 \f
34523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34524 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34525
34526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap-default-port" "url-imap-open-host" "url-imap")))
34527
34528 ;;;***
34529 \f
34530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34531 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34532
34533 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34534
34535
34536 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34537
34538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-default-port" "url-irc-function" "url-irc-zenirc" "url-irc-rcirc" "url-irc-erc")))
34539
34540 ;;;***
34541 \f
34542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34543 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34544
34545 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34546 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34547 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34548 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
34549 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34550
34551 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34552
34553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34554
34555 ;;;***
34556 \f
34557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34558 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34559
34560 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34561
34562
34563 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34564
34565 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34566 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34567
34568 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34569
34570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34571
34572 ;;;***
34573 \f
34574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34575 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34576
34577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-" "url-scheme--registering-proxy")))
34578
34579 ;;;***
34580 \f
34581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34582 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34583
34584 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34585 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34586
34587 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34588
34589 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34590 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34591
34592 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34593
34594 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34595
34596
34597 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34598
34599 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34600
34601 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34602
34603 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34604
34605 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34606 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34607
34608 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34609
34610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34611
34612 ;;;***
34613 \f
34614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34615 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34616
34617 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34618
34619
34620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34621
34622 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34623
34624
34625 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34626
34627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-fetch-newsgroup" "url-news-fetch-message-id" "url-news-open-host")))
34628
34629 ;;;***
34630 \f
34631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34633
34634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs" "url-nfs-create-wrapper" "url-nfs-build-filename" "url-nfs-unescape" "url-nfs-automounter-directory-spec")))
34635
34636 ;;;***
34637 \f
34638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34639 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34640
34641 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34642
34643
34644 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34645
34646 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
34647
34648
34649 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
34650
34651 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
34652
34653
34654 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34655
34656 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
34657
34658
34659 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34660
34661 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
34662
34663
34664 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
34665
34666 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
34667
34668
34669 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
34670
34671 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
34672
34673
34674 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
34675
34676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-set-user-pref" "url-ns-user-prefs")))
34677
34678 ;;;***
34679 \f
34680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
34681 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
34682
34683 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
34684 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
34685
34686 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
34687
34688 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
34689 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
34690 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
34691
34692 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
34693 USER is the user name (string or nil).
34694 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
34695 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
34696 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
34697 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
34698 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
34699 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
34700 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
34701 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
34702 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
34703 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
34704 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
34705 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
34706
34707 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
34708 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
34709 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
34710
34711 Here is an example. The URL
34712
34713 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
34714
34715 parses to
34716
34717 TYPE = \"foo\"
34718 USER = \"bob\"
34719 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
34720 HOST = \"example.com\"
34721 PORTSPEC = 42
34722 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
34723 TARGET = \"nose\"
34724 ATTRIBUTES = nil
34725 FULLNESS = t
34726
34727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34728
34729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
34730
34731 ;;;***
34732 \f
34733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34734 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
34735
34736 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
34737 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
34738
34739 \(fn)" t nil)
34740
34741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
34742
34743 ;;;***
34744 \f
34745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34746 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
34747
34748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-default-find-proxy-for-url" "url-proxy-locator" "url-find-proxy-for-url" "url-proxy")))
34749
34750 ;;;***
34751 \f
34752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
34753 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
34754
34755 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
34756 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34757 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
34758 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
34759 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
34760 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
34761
34762 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34763
34764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue-" "url-queue")))
34765
34766 ;;;***
34767 \f
34768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34769 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
34770
34771 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
34772 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
34773 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
34774
34775 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
34776
34777 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
34778 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34779 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
34780 would have been passed to OPERATION.
34781
34782 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34783
34784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-url-to-tramp" "url-tramp-convert-tramp-to-url")))
34785
34786 ;;;***
34787 \f
34788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34789 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
34790
34791 (defvar url-debug nil "\
34792 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
34793 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
34794
34795 If t, all messages will be logged.
34796 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
34797 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
34798
34799 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
34800
34801 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
34802
34803
34804 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34805
34806 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
34807
34808
34809 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
34810
34811 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
34812 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
34813 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
34814 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
34815 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
34816 & ==> &amp;
34817 < ==> &lt;
34818 > ==> &gt;
34819 \" ==> &quot;
34820
34821 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
34822
34823 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
34824 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
34825 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
34826
34827 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34828
34829 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
34830 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
34831 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
34832
34833 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34834
34835 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
34836 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
34837
34838 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
34839
34840 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
34841 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
34842
34843 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34844
34845 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
34846 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
34847
34848 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34849
34850 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
34851
34852
34853 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34854
34855 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
34856
34857
34858 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
34859
34860 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
34861
34862 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
34863 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
34864
34865 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34866
34867 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
34868 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
34869
34870 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34871
34872 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
34873
34874
34875 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34876
34877 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
34878 Build a query-string.
34879
34880 Given a QUERY in the form:
34881 ((key1 val1)
34882 (key2 val2)
34883 (key3 val1 val2)
34884 (key4)
34885 (key5 \"\"))
34886
34887 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
34888
34889 This will return a string
34890 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
34891 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
34892 be used.
34893
34894 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
34895
34896 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
34897 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
34898
34899 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
34900
34901 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
34902 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
34903 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
34904 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
34905 forbidden in URL encoding.
34906
34907 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34908
34909 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
34910 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
34911 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
34912 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
34913 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
34914 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
34915
34916 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
34917 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
34918 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
34919 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
34920
34921 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
34922
34923 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
34924 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
34925 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
34926 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
34927 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
34928 should return it unchanged.
34929
34930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34931
34932 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
34933 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
34934 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
34935 of the file with the extension stripped off.
34936
34937 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
34938
34939 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
34940 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
34941 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
34942
34943 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
34944
34945 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
34946 View the current document's URL.
34947 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
34948 the minibuffer.
34949
34950 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
34951
34952 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
34953
34954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-" "url--allowed-chars")))
34955
34956 ;;;***
34957 \f
34958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
34959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
34960
34961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
34962
34963 ;;;***
34964 \f
34965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
34966 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
34967
34968 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
34969 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
34970 This function has a choice of three things to do:
34971 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
34972 to refrain from editing the file
34973 return t (grab the lock on the file)
34974 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
34975 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
34976 in any way you like.
34977
34978 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
34979
34980 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
34981 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
34982 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
34983 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
34984 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
34985
34986 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
34987 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
34988
34989 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
34990
34991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-supersession-help" "ask-user-about-lock-help" "file-supersession" "file-locked")))
34992
34993 ;;;***
34994 \f
34995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
34996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
34997
34998 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
34999
35000
35001 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35002
35003 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35004
35005
35006 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35007
35008 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35009
35010
35011 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35012
35013 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35014
35015
35016 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35017
35018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-encode" "utf-7-decode")))
35019
35020 ;;;***
35021 \f
35022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35023 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35024
35025 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35026 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35027
35028 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35029
35030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35031
35032 ;;;***
35033 \f
35034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35036
35037 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35038 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35039 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35040 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35041
35042 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35043
35044 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35045 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35046 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35047
35048 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35049
35050 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35051 Uudecode region between START and END.
35052 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35053
35054 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35055
35056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35057
35058 ;;;***
35059 \f
35060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35061 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35062
35063 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35064 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35065 See `run-hooks'.")
35066
35067 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35068
35069 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35070 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35071 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35072
35073 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35074
35075 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35076 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35077 See `run-hooks'.")
35078
35079 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35080
35081 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35082 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35083
35084 If FILE is already registered, return the
35085 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35086 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35087 responsible for FILE is returned.
35088
35089 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35090
35091 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35092 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35093 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35094 same state. If not, signal an error.
35095
35096 For merging-based version control systems:
35097 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35098 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35099 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35100 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35101 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35102 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35103
35104 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35105 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35106 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35107 the file(s) for editing.
35108 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35109 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35110 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35111 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35112 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35113
35114 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35115
35116 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35117 Register into a version control system.
35118 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35119 Otherwise register the current file.
35120 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35121
35122 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35123 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35124 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35125 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35126 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35127 first backend that could register the file is used.
35128
35129 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35130
35131 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35132 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35133
35134 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35135
35136 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35137 Display diffs between file revisions.
35138 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35139 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35140 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35141
35142 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35143 saving the buffer.
35144
35145 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35146
35147 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35148 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35149 repository history using ediff.
35150
35151 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35152
35153 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35154 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35155 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35156 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35157 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35158
35159 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35160 saving the buffer.
35161
35162 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35163
35164 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35165 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35166 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35167 fileset with the working revision.
35168 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35169 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35170
35171 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35172 saving the buffer.
35173
35174 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35175
35176 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35177 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35178 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35179
35180 \(fn)" nil nil)
35181
35182 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35183 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35184 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35185 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35186
35187 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35188
35189 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35190 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35191 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35192 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35193
35194 \(fn)" t nil)
35195
35196 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35197 Perform a version control merge operation.
35198 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35199 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
35200 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35201 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35202
35203 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35204 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35205 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35206 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35207 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35208 changes from the current branch.
35209
35210 \(fn)" t nil)
35211
35212 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35213 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35214
35215 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35216
35217 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35218
35219 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35220 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35221 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35222 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35223 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35224 checked out in that new branch.
35225
35226 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35227
35228 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35229 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35230 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35231 named branch in the directory DIR.
35232 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35233 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
35234 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35235 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35236 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35237 allowed and simply skipped).
35238
35239 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35240
35241 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35242 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35243 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35244 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35245 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35246
35247 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35248 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35249
35250 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35251
35252 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35253 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35254 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35255 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35256 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35257
35258 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35259
35260 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35261 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35262 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35263
35264 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35265
35266 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35267 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35268 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35269
35270 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35271
35272 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35273 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35274
35275 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35276
35277 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35278 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35279 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35280 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35281
35282 \(fn)" t nil)
35283
35284 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35285
35286 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35287 Update the current fileset or branch.
35288 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35289 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
35290 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35291 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35292 command to run.
35293
35294 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35295 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35296 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35297 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35298 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35299
35300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35301
35302 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35303
35304 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35305 Push the current branch.
35306 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35307 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
35308 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35309 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35310 VCS command to run.
35311
35312 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35313 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35314
35315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35316
35317 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35318 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35319 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35320 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35321 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35322 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35323 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35324
35325 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35326
35327 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35328 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35329 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35330 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35331 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35332 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35333 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35334 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35335 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35336
35337 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35338
35339 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35340 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35341 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35342 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35343
35344 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35345
35346 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35347 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35348 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35349 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35350
35351 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35352
35353 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35354 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35355 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35356 directory.
35357
35358 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35359
35360 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35361 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35362 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35363
35364 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35365 log entries should be gathered.
35366
35367 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35368
35369 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35370 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35371
35372 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35373
35374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "vc--remove-regexp" "vc--add-line" "vc--read-lines" "with-vc-properties")))
35375
35376 ;;;***
35377 \f
35378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35380
35381 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35382 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35383
35384 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35385 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35386 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35387 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35388 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35389 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35390
35391 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35392 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35393 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35394 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35395 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35396 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35397 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35398 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35399
35400 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35401
35402 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35403
35404 Customization variables:
35405
35406 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35407 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35408 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35409 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35410 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35411 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35412
35413 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35414
35415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-annotate-" "vc-default-annotate-current-time")))
35416
35417 ;;;***
35418 \f
35419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35420 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35421
35422 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35423 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35424
35425 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35426 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35427 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35428 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35429 (progn
35430 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35431 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35432
35433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-" "vc-bzr--pushpull" "vc-bzr--sanitize-header")))
35434
35435 ;;;***
35436 \f
35437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35438 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35439 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35440 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35441 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35442 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35443 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35444 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35445
35446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35447
35448 ;;;***
35449 \f
35450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35452
35453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35454
35455 ;;;***
35456 \f
35457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35458 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35459
35460 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35461 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
35462 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35463 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35464 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35465
35466 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35467 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35468 The file lines appear later.
35469
35470 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35471 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35472
35473 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35474
35475 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
35476
35477 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35478
35479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-dir-" "vc-default-dir-" "vc-ewoc" "vc-default-status-fileinfo-extra" "vc-default-extra-status-menu")))
35480
35481 ;;;***
35482 \f
35483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35484 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35485 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35486
35487 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35488 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35489 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35490 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35491 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35492 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35493 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35494 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35495 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35496 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35497 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35498 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35499 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35500 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35501 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35502
35503 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35504
35505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-" "vc--process-sentinel")))
35506
35507 ;;;***
35508 \f
35509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35510 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35511
35512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-filewise-registered" "vc-rename-master" "vc-master-name")))
35513
35514 ;;;***
35515 \f
35516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35517 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35518 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35519 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35520 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35521 (progn
35522 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35523 (vc-git-registered file))))
35524
35525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-" "vc-git--")))
35526
35527 ;;;***
35528 \f
35529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35530 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35531 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35532 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35533 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35534 (progn
35535 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35536 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35537
35538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-" "vc-hg--")))
35539
35540 ;;;***
35541 \f
35542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35543 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35544
35545 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35546 Name of the monotone directory.")
35547
35548 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35549 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35550 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35551 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35552 (progn
35553 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35554 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35555
35556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35557
35558 ;;;***
35559 \f
35560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35562
35563 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35564 Where to look for RCS master files.
35565 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35566
35567 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35568
35569 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35570
35571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-rcs-" "vc-release-greater-or-equal" "vc-rcsdiff-knows-brief")))
35572
35573 ;;;***
35574 \f
35575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35576 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35577
35578 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35579 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35580 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35581
35582 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35583
35584 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35585
35586 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35587 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35588 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35589 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35590
35591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35592
35593 ;;;***
35594 \f
35595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35596 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35597
35598 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35599 Where to look for SRC master files.
35600 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35601
35602 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35603
35604 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35605
35606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35607
35608 ;;;***
35609 \f
35610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35611 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35612 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35613 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35614 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35615 "_svn")
35616 (t ".svn"))))
35617 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35618 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35619 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35620
35621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35622
35623 ;;;***
35624 \f
35625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35626 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35627
35628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35629
35630 ;;;***
35631 \f
35632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
35633 ;;;;;; 0))
35634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
35635 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
35636 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
35637
35638 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
35639 Major mode for editing Vera code.
35640
35641 Usage:
35642 ------
35643
35644 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
35645 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
35646 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
35647 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
35648
35649 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
35650 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
35651 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
35652 completions.
35653
35654 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
35655 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
35656
35657 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
35658 uncomments a region if already commented out.
35659
35660 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
35661 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
35662 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
35663
35664 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
35665
35666
35667 Maintenance:
35668 ------------
35669
35670 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
35671 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
35672
35673 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
35674
35675 Official distribution is at
35676 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
35677
35678
35679 The Vera Mode Maintainer
35680 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
35681
35682 Key bindings:
35683 -------------
35684
35685 \\{vera-mode-map}
35686
35687 \(fn)" t nil)
35688
35689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
35690
35691 ;;;***
35692 \f
35693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
35694 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
35696
35697 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
35698 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
35699 \\<verilog-mode-map>
35700 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
35701 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
35702
35703 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
35704
35705 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
35706 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
35707
35708 Supports highlighting.
35709
35710 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
35711 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
35712
35713 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
35714
35715 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
35716 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
35717 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
35718 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
35719 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
35720 on the left side of your screen.
35721 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
35722 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
35723 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
35724 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
35725 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
35726 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
35727 function keyword.
35728 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
35729 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
35730 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
35731 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
35732 if (a)
35733 begin
35734 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
35735 Indentation for case statements.
35736 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
35737 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
35738 mark after an end.
35739 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
35740 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
35741 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
35742 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
35743 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
35744 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
35745 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
35746 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
35747 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
35748 if (a)
35749 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
35750 otherwise you get:
35751 if (a)
35752 begin
35753 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
35754 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
35755 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
35756 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
35757 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
35758 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
35759 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
35760 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
35761 comments in tight quarters.
35762 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
35763 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
35764
35765 Variables controlling other actions:
35766
35767 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
35768 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
35769 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
35770
35771 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
35772
35773 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
35774
35775 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
35776 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
35777 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
35778
35779 Some other functions are:
35780
35781 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
35782 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
35783 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
35784 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
35785 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
35786
35787 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
35788 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
35789 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
35790 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
35791
35792 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
35793 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
35794 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
35795 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
35796 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
35797 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
35798 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
35799 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
35800 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
35801 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
35802 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
35803 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
35804 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
35805 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
35806 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
35807 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
35808 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
35809 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35810 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35811 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
35812 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
35813 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
35814 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
35815 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
35816 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
35817 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
35818 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
35819 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
35820 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
35821 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
35822 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
35823
35824 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
35825 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
35826
35827 \\{verilog-mode-map}
35828
35829 \(fn)" t nil)
35830
35831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("verilog-" "electric-verilog-" "vl-")))
35832
35833 ;;;***
35834 \f
35835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
35836 ;;;;;; 0))
35837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
35838
35839 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
35840 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
35841
35842 Usage:
35843 ------
35844
35845 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
35846 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
35847 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
35848 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
35849 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
35850 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
35851 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
35852 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
35853 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
35854
35855 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
35856 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
35857 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
35858 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
35859
35860 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
35861 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
35862 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
35863 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
35864 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
35865
35866 Template styles can be customized in customization group
35867 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
35868
35869
35870 HEADER INSERTION:
35871 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
35872 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
35873 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
35874
35875
35876 STUTTERING:
35877 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
35878 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
35879 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
35880 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
35881
35882 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
35883 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
35884 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
35885 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
35886 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
35887
35888
35889 WORD COMPLETION:
35890 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
35891 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
35892 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
35893 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
35894
35895 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
35896 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
35897 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
35898 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
35899 beginning with \"std\").
35900
35901 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
35902 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
35903 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
35904 stop.
35905
35906
35907 COMMENTS:
35908 `--' puts a single comment.
35909 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
35910 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
35911 with a comment in between.
35912 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
35913 out following lines.
35914 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
35915 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
35916 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
35917 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
35918
35919 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
35920 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
35921 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
35922 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
35923 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
35924 non-nil.
35925
35926 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
35927 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
35928 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
35929 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
35930 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
35931 multi-line comments.
35932
35933
35934 INDENTATION:
35935 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
35936 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
35937 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
35938 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
35939 the entire region.
35940
35941 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
35942 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
35943 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
35944 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
35945
35946 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
35947 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
35948 tabs and vice versa.
35949
35950 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
35951 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
35952
35953 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
35954 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
35955 line.
35956
35957
35958 ALIGNMENT:
35959 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
35960 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
35961 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
35962 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
35963 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
35964 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
35965 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
35966 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
35967
35968 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
35969 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
35970 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
35971 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
35972 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
35973 is non-nil.
35974
35975 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
35976 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
35977 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
35978
35979 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
35980 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
35981
35982
35983 CODE FILLING:
35984 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
35985 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
35986 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
35987 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
35988 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
35989 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
35990
35991
35992 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
35993 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
35994 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
35995 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
35996 command:
35997
35998 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
35999
36000
36001 PORT TRANSLATION:
36002 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36003 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36004 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36005 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36006 internal signal initializations (menu).
36007
36008 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36009 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36010 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36011
36012 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36013 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36014 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36015 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36016 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36017 in subsequent paste operations.)
36018
36019 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36020 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36021 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36022
36023
36024 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36025 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36026 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36027 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36028 association list with formals).
36029
36030
36031 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36032 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36033 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36034 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36035 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36036 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36037 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36038 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36039 `vhdl-testbench'.
36040
36041
36042 KEY BINDINGS:
36043 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36044
36045
36046 VHDL MENU:
36047 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36048
36049
36050 FILE BROWSER:
36051 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36052 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36053 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36054
36055 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36056 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36057
36058
36059 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36060 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36061 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36062 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36063
36064 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36065 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36066 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36067
36068 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36069 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36070 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36071 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
36072
36073 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36074 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36075 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36076 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36077 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36078
36079 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36080 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36081 required by secondary units.
36082
36083
36084 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36085 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36086 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36087 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36088 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36089 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36090 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36091 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36092 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36093 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36094 inputs to this component -> input port created
36095 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36096 outputs from this component -> output port created
36097 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36098 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36099
36100 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36101 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36102 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36103 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36104 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36105
36106 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36107 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36108
36109 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36110 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36111 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36112 component instantiation is also supported (option
36113 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36114
36115 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36116 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36117 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36118 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36119 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36120 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36121 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36122 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36123 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36124 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36125 generating the configuration.
36126
36127 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36128 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36129 configurations in speedbar.
36130
36131 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36132
36133
36134 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36135 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36136 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36137 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36138 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36139 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36140 information. New compilers can be added.
36141
36142 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36143 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36144
36145
36146 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36147 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36148 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36149 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36150 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36151
36152 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36153 command:
36154
36155 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36156 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36157 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36158
36159 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
36160 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
36161 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36162 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36163 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36164 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36165 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36166 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36167 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36168
36169 Limitations:
36170 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36171 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36172 not (yet) supported.
36173 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36174 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36175 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
36176
36177
36178 PROJECTS:
36179 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36180 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36181 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36182 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36183 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36184 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36185 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36186 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36187
36188 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36189 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36190 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36191 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
36192 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
36193 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36194 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36195 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36196 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36197 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36198 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36199
36200
36201 SPECIAL MENUES:
36202 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36203 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36204 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
36205 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36206 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36207 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36208 current directory for VHDL source files.
36209
36210
36211 VHDL STANDARDS:
36212 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36213 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36214
36215
36216 KEYWORD CASE:
36217 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36218 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36219 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36220 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36221 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36222 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36223 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36224 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36225
36226
36227 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36228 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36229 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36230 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36231 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36232 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36233 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36234
36235 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36236 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36237 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36238 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36239 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36240 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36241
36242 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36243 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36244 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36245 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36246 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36247 visually.
36248
36249 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36250 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36251 highlighted if written in lower case.
36252
36253 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
36254 highlighted using a different background color if option
36255 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36256
36257 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36258 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
36259 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36260 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36261 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36262
36263
36264 USER MODELS:
36265 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36266 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36267 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36268
36269
36270 HIDE/SHOW:
36271 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36272 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36273 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36274 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36275 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36276
36277
36278 CODE UPDATING:
36279 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36280 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36281 Limitations:
36282 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36283 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36284 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36285 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36286 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36287 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36288 (used to obtain the port names).
36289 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36290 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36291 sensitivity lists.
36292
36293
36294 CODE FIXING:
36295 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36296 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36297
36298
36299 PRINTING:
36300 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36301 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36302 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36303 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36304 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36305 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36306 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36307 printers.
36308
36309
36310 OPTIONS:
36311 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36312 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
36313 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36314 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36315 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
36316
36317 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36318 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
36319 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
36320 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36321 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36322 INSTALL file).
36323
36324 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36325 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
36326
36327
36328 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36329 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
36330 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36331 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
36332
36333 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
36334
36335
36336 HINTS:
36337 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36338 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36339
36340 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36341
36342 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36343
36344 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36345
36346
36347 RELEASE NOTES:
36348 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36349
36350
36351 Maintenance:
36352 ------------
36353
36354 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
36355 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36356
36357 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36358
36359 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36360 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36361 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36362 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36363
36364 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36365 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36366 where the latest version can be found.
36367
36368
36369 Known problems:
36370 ---------------
36371
36372 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36373 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36374 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36375 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36376
36377
36378 The VHDL Mode Authors
36379 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36380
36381 Key bindings:
36382 -------------
36383
36384 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
36385
36386 \(fn)" t nil)
36387
36388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36389
36390 ;;;***
36391 \f
36392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36393 ;;;;;; 0))
36394 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36395
36396 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36397 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36398
36399 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36400
36401 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36402 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36403 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36404 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36405
36406 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36407
36408 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36409 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36410
36411 \(fn)" t nil)
36412
36413 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36414 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36415 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36416 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36417
36418 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36419
36420 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36421 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36422
36423 \(fn)" t nil)
36424
36425 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36426
36427
36428 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36429
36430 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36431
36432
36433 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36434
36435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viqr-regexp" "viet-viqr-alist")))
36436
36437 ;;;***
36438 \f
36439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36440 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36441
36442 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36443 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36444 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36445
36446 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36447
36448 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36449 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36450 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36451 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36452
36453 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36454
36455 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36456 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36457
36458 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36459
36460 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36461 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36462 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36463 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36464 moving around in the buffer.
36465 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36466 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36467
36468 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36469
36470 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36471
36472 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36473 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36474 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36475 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36476
36477 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36478 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36479 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36480 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36481 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36482
36483 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36484
36485 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36486
36487 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36488 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36489 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36490 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36491 buffer.
36492
36493 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36494 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36495 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36496 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36497 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36498
36499 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36500
36501 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36502
36503 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36504 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36505 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36506 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36507 moving around in the buffer.
36508 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36509 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36510
36511 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36512
36513 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36514 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36515 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36516
36517 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36518 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36519 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36520 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36521
36522 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36523 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36524 own View-like bindings.
36525
36526 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36527
36528 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36529 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36530 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36531 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36532 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36533 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36534 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36535
36536 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36537
36538 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36539
36540 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36541 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36542 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36543
36544 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36545 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36546 own View-like bindings.
36547
36548 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36549
36550 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36551 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36552 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36553 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36554 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36555 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36556 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36557
36558 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36559
36560 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36561
36562 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36563 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36564 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36565
36566 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36567 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36568 own View-like bindings.
36569
36570 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36571
36572 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36573 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36575 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36576 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36577
36578 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36579 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36580 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36581 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36582
36583 \\<view-mode-map>
36584
36585 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36586 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
36587 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36588 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
36589 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
36590 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36591 to a repeat count of one.
36592
36593 H, h, ? This message.
36594 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36595 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
36596 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
36597 > move to the end of buffer.
36598 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
36599 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
36600 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36601 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
36602 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36603 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36604 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36605 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36606 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
36607 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36608 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
36609 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36610 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36611 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
36612 Use this to view a changing file.
36613 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
36614 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
36615 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
36616 . set the mark.
36617 x exchanges point and mark.
36618 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
36619 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36620 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36621 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
36622 ' go to position saved in character register.
36623 s do forward incremental search.
36624 r do reverse incremental search.
36625 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36626 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36627 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36628 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
36629 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
36630 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
36631 p searches backward for last regular expression.
36632 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
36633 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
36634 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
36635 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
36636 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
36637 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
36638 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
36639 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
36640 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
36641 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
36642
36643 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
36644 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
36645 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
36646 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
36647 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
36648 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
36649 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
36650 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
36651 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
36652
36653 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36654
36655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36656
36657 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
36658 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
36659 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
36660 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
36661 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
36662 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
36663 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
36664 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
36665 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
36666
36667 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
36668
36669 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
36670
36671 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
36672 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
36673 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
36674 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
36675 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
36676 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
36677
36678 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
36679 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
36680 called by `view-mode-exit'.
36681
36682 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36683
36684 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36685
36686 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
36687
36688 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
36689 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
36690
36691 \(fn)" t nil)
36692
36693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-" "view--enable" "view--disable")))
36694
36695 ;;;***
36696 \f
36697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
36698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
36699 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
36700
36701 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
36702 Toggle Viper on/off.
36703 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
36704
36705 \(fn)" t nil)
36706
36707 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
36708 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
36709
36710 \(fn)" t nil)
36711
36712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "viper--" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode")))
36713
36714 ;;;***
36715 \f
36716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
36717 ;;;;;; 0))
36718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
36719
36720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
36721
36722 ;;;***
36723 \f
36724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
36725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
36726
36727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
36728
36729 ;;;***
36730 \f
36731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
36732 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
36734
36735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
36736
36737 ;;;***
36738 \f
36739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
36740 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
36742
36743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
36744
36745 ;;;***
36746 \f
36747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
36748 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
36750
36751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-map" "ex-unmap" "ex-map-read-args" "ex-unmap-read-args")))
36752
36753 ;;;***
36754 \f
36755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
36756 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
36758
36759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
36760
36761 ;;;***
36762 \f
36763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
36764 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
36766
36767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper-" "viper=")))
36768
36769 ;;;***
36770 \f
36771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
36772 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
36773
36774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
36775
36776 ;;;***
36777 \f
36778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
36779 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
36780
36781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-state" "led-flash" "led-off" "led-on" "led-update")))
36782
36783 ;;;***
36784 \f
36785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
36786 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
36787
36788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
36789
36790 ;;;***
36791 \f
36792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
36793 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
36794
36795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-fixed-font-alist" "w32-list-proportional-fonts" "w32-use-w32-font-dialog")))
36796
36797 ;;;***
36798 \f
36799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
36800 ;;;;;; 0))
36801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
36802
36803 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
36804 Function to generate warning prefixes.
36805 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
36806 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
36807 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
36808 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
36809 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
36810 the beginning of the warning.")
36811
36812 (defvar warning-series nil "\
36813 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
36814 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
36815 which is the start of the current series; it means that
36816 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
36817 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
36818 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
36819 also call that function before the next warning.")
36820
36821 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
36822 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
36823
36824 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
36825 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
36826 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
36827 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
36828
36829 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
36830 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
36831 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36832 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36833 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
36834 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
36835
36836 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36837 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36838 Default is :warning.
36839
36840 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36841 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36842 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
36843 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
36844 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
36845 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36846
36847 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
36848 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
36849 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
36850
36851 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
36852
36853 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
36854 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
36855
36856 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
36857
36858 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
36859 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36860 \\<special-mode-map>
36861 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36862 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
36863
36864 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36865 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36866 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
36867 can be whatever you like.)
36868
36869 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36870 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36871
36872 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36873 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36874 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
36875 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
36876 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36877
36878 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36879
36880 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
36881 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36882 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36883 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
36884 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
36885
36886 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36887
36888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "display-warning-minimum-level" "log-warning-minimum-level")))
36889
36890 ;;;***
36891 \f
36892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
36893 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
36894 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
36895
36896 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
36897 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
36898 \\<wdired-mode-map>
36899 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
36900 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
36901 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
36902 directories to reflect your edits.
36903
36904 See `wdired-mode'.
36905
36906 \(fn)" t nil)
36907
36908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
36909
36910 ;;;***
36911 \f
36912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
36913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
36914
36915 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
36916 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
36917
36918 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
36919 hotlist.
36920
36921 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
36922 <nwv@acm.org>.
36923
36924 \(fn)" t nil)
36925
36926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
36927
36928 ;;;***
36929 \f
36930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
36931 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
36933 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
36934 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
36935
36936 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
36937
36938 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
36939 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
36940 See the `which-function-mode' command
36941 for a description of this minor mode.
36942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
36943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
36944 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
36945
36946 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
36947
36948 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
36949 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
36950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
36951 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36952 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36953
36954 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
36955 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
36956 in certain major modes.
36957
36958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36959
36960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func-" "which-function-imenu-failed" "which-function")))
36961
36962 ;;;***
36963 \f
36964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
36965 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
36966 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
36967
36968 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
36969 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
36970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
36971 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36972 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36973
36974 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
36975 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36976
36977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36978
36979 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
36980 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
36981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
36982 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
36983 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36984
36985 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
36986 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
36987 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
36988 use `whitespace-mode'.
36989
36990 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36991
36992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36993
36994 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
36995 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
36996 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
36997 for a description of this minor mode.
36998 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
36999 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37000 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37001
37002 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37003
37004 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37005 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37007 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
37008 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37009
37010 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37011 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37012
37013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37014
37015 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37016 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37017 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37018 for a description of this minor mode.
37019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37021 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37022
37023 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37024
37025 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37026 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37027 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37028 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
37029 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37030
37031 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37032 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37033 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37034 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37035
37036 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37037
37038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37039
37040 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37041 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37042
37043 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37044 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37045
37046 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37047 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37048
37049 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37050
37051 CHAR MEANING
37052 (VIA FACES)
37053 f toggle face visualization
37054 t toggle TAB visualization
37055 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37056 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37057 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
37058 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
37059 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37060 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37061 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37062 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37063 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37064 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37065 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37066 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37067 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37068 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37069 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37070 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37071
37072 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37073 T toggle TAB visualization
37074 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37075 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37076
37077 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37078 ? display brief help
37079
37080 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37081 The valid symbols are:
37082
37083 face toggle face visualization
37084 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37085 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37086 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37087 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
37088 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
37089 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37090 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37091 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37092 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37093 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37094 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37095 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37096 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37097 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37098 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37099 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37100 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37101
37102 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37103 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37104 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37105
37106 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37107
37108 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37109
37110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37111
37112 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37113 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37114
37115 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37116 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37117
37118 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37119 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37120
37121 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37122
37123 CHAR MEANING
37124 (VIA FACES)
37125 f toggle face visualization
37126 t toggle TAB visualization
37127 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37128 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37129 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
37130 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
37131 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37132 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37133 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37134 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37135 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37136 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37137 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37138 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37139 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37140 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37141 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37142 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37143
37144 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37145 T toggle TAB visualization
37146 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37147 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37148
37149 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37150 ? display brief help
37151
37152 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37153 The valid symbols are:
37154
37155 face toggle face visualization
37156 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37157 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37158 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37159 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
37160 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
37161 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37162 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37163 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37164 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37165 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37166 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37167 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37168 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37169 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37170 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37171 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37172 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37173
37174 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37175 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37176 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37177
37178 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37179
37180 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37181
37182 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37183
37184 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37185 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37186
37187 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37188 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37189 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37190 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
37191 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37192
37193 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37194
37195 The problems cleaned up are:
37196
37197 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37198 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37199 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37200 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37201
37202 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37203 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37204 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37205 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37206 SPACEs.
37207 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37208 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37209 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37210 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37211
37212 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37213 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37214 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37215 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37217 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37218 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37219 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37220
37221 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37222 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37223 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37224
37225 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37227 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37228 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37230 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37231 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37232 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37233
37234 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37235 documentation.
37236
37237 \(fn)" t nil)
37238
37239 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37240 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37241
37242 The problems cleaned up are:
37243
37244 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37245 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37246 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37247 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37248 SPACEs.
37249 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37250 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37251 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37252 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37253
37254 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37255 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37256 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37257 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37258 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37259 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37260 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37261 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37262
37263 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37264 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37265 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37266
37267 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37268 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37269 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37270 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37272 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37273 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37274 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37275
37276 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37277 documentation.
37278
37279 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37280
37281 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37282 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37283
37284 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37285
37286 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37287
37288 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37289 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37290
37291 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37292 non-nil.
37293
37294 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
37295 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37296 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
37297
37298 empty
37299 trailing
37300 indentation
37301 space-before-tab
37302 space-after-tab
37303
37304 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37305 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37306 report problems.
37307
37308 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37309
37310 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37311 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37312 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37313 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37314 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37315 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37316 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37317
37318 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37319 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37320 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37321 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37322 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37323 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37324 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37325
37326 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37327 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37328 cleaning up these problems.
37329
37330 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37331
37332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37333
37334 ;;;***
37335 \f
37336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37337 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37338
37339 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37340 Browse the widget under point.
37341
37342 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37343
37344 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37345 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37346
37347 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37348
37349 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37350 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37351
37352 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37353
37354 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37355 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37356 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37357 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37358 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37359
37360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37361
37362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-browse-" "widget-minor-mode-map")))
37363
37364 ;;;***
37365 \f
37366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37367 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37368
37369 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37370 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37371
37372 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37373
37374 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37375 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37376 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37377
37378 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37379
37380 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37381 Create widget of TYPE.
37382 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37383
37384 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37385
37386 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37387 Delete WIDGET.
37388
37389 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37390
37391 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37392 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37393
37394 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37395
37396 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37397 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37398 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37399 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37400
37401 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37402 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37403
37404 \(fn)" nil nil)
37405
37406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37407
37408 ;;;***
37409 \f
37410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37411 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37412
37413 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37414 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37415 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37416 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
37417 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37418 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37419 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37420
37421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37422
37423 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37424 Select the window above the current one.
37425 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
37426 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37427 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37428 negative ARG) of the current window.
37429 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37430
37431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37432
37433 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37434 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37435 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37436 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
37437 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37438 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37439 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37440
37441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37442
37443 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37444 Select the window below the current one.
37445 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37446 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
37447 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37448 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37449 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37450
37451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37452
37453 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37454 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37455 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37456 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37457
37458 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37459
37460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37461
37462 ;;;***
37463 \f
37464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37465 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37466
37467 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37468 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37469 See the `winner-mode' command
37470 for a description of this minor mode.
37471 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37472 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37473 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37474
37475 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37476
37477 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37478 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37479 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37480 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37481 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37482
37483 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37484 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37485 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
37486 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37487 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37488 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37489
37490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37491
37492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37493
37494 ;;;***
37495 \f
37496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37497 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37498 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37499
37500 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37501 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37502 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37503 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
37504 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37505
37506 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37507
37508 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37509 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37510 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37511 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37512 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37513 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37514 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
37515 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37516
37517 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37518 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37519
37520 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37521
37522 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37523 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37524
37525 \(fn)" t nil)
37526
37527 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37528 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37529 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37530 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37531 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37532 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37533 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37534 `woman' command for further details.
37535
37536 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37537
37538 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37539 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37540
37541 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37542
37543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman-" "woman2-" "woman1-" "WoMan-" "woman0-" "set-woman-file-regexp" "menu-bar-manuals-menu")))
37544
37545 ;;;***
37546 \f
37547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37548 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37549
37550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37551
37552 ;;;***
37553 \f
37554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37555 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37556
37557 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37558 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37559 Return the top node with all its children.
37560 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37561
37562 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37563 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37564 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37565
37566 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
37567
37568 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37569 namespace to URIs instead.
37570
37571 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37572 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37573
37574 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37575
37576 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37577
37578 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37579
37580 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37581 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37582 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37583 not contain well-formed XML.
37584
37585 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37586 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37587 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37588 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37589 element of the list.
37590 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37591 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37592 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37593
37594 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
37595
37596 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37597 namespace to URIs instead.
37598
37599 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37600 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37601
37602 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37603
37604 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37605
37606 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37607
37608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-" "xml--parse-buffer" "xml--entity-replacement-text")))
37609
37610 ;;;***
37611 \f
37612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37613 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37614
37615 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37616 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37617 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37618 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37619 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37620 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
37621 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
37622 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
37623 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
37624 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
37625
37626 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
37627
37628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
37629
37630 ;;;***
37631 \f
37632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
37633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
37634
37635 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
37636
37637
37638 \(fn)" nil nil)
37639
37640 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
37641 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
37642
37643 \(fn)" t nil)
37644
37645 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
37646 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
37647
37648 \(fn)" nil nil)
37649
37650 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
37651 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
37652 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
37653 prompt for it.
37654
37655 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
37656 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
37657 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
37658 buffer where the user can select from the list.
37659
37660 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37661
37662 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
37663 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
37664
37665 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37666
37667 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
37668 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
37669
37670 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37671
37672 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
37673 Find references to the identifier at point.
37674 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
37675
37676 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37677
37678 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
37679 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
37680 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
37681
37682 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
37683 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
37684 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
37685 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
37686 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
37687 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
37688 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
37689
37690 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
37691 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
37692 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
37693 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
37694
37695 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
37696
37697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref--" "xref-")))
37698
37699 ;;;***
37700 \f
37701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
37702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
37703
37704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "scheme-" "local-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "start-scheme" "reset-scheme" "run-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
37705
37706 ;;;***
37707 \f
37708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
37709 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
37710
37711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
37712
37713 ;;;***
37714 \f
37715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37716 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
37717
37718 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
37719 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
37720 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
37721 for a description of this minor mode.
37722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37724 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
37725
37726 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
37727
37728 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
37729 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
37730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
37731 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37732 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37733
37734 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
37735 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
37736 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
37737 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
37738 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
37739 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
37740
37741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37742
37743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("xterm-mouse-" "xterm-mouse--" "turn-off-xterm-mouse-tracking-on-terminal" "turn-on-xterm-mouse-tracking-on-terminal" "xt-mouse-epoch")))
37744
37745 ;;;***
37746 \f
37747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
37748 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
37749
37750 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
37751 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
37752 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
37753 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
37754
37755 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
37756
37757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
37758
37759 ;;;***
37760 \f
37761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
37762 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
37763
37764 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
37765 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
37766
37767 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37768
37769 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
37770 Extract file name from an yenc header.
37771
37772 \(fn)" nil nil)
37773
37774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-begin-line" "yenc-decoding-vector" "yenc-first-part-p" "yenc-last-part-p" "yenc-parse-line")))
37775
37776 ;;;***
37777 \f
37778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
37779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
37780
37781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
37782
37783 ;;;***
37784 \f
37785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
37786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
37787
37788 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
37789 Zone out, completely.
37790
37791 \(fn)" t nil)
37792
37793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
37794
37795 ;;;***
37796 \f
37797 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
37798 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
37799 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
37800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
37801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
37802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
37803 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
37804 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
37805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
37806 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
37807 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
37808 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
37809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
37810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
37811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
37812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
37813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
37814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
37815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
37816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
37817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
37818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
37819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el"
37820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
37821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
37822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
37823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
37824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
37825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
37826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el"
37827 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
37828 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
37829 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el"
37830 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
37831 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "dired-aux.el"
37832 ;;;;;; "dired-loaddefs.el" "dired-x.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
37833 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
37834 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
37835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
37836 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
37837 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
37838 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
37839 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
37840 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
37841 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
37842 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuffer-loaddefs.el"
37843 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
37844 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-brackets.el"
37845 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
37846 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
37847 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
37848 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
37849 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
37850 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
37851 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
37852 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
37853 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
37854 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
37855 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
37856 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
37857 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
37858 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
37859 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
37860 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
37861 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
37862 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
37863 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
37864 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
37865 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
37866 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el"
37867 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
37868 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el"
37869 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
37870 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
37871 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el"
37872 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
37873 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
37874 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
37875 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el"
37876 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
37877 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
37878 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
37879 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el")
37880 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
37881
37882 ;;;***
37883 \f
37884 (provide 'loaddefs)
37885 ;; Local Variables:
37886 ;; version-control: never
37887 ;; no-byte-compile: t
37888 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
37889 ;; coding: utf-8
37890 ;; End:
37891 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here